Lycoming college
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
▲ ▲ ▲
The Mission
The mission of Lycoming College is to
provide a distinguished baccalaureate educa- '
tion in the liberal arts. This is achieved within|
a coeducational, supportive, residential settini
through programs that develop communica-
tion and critical thinking skills; foster self-
awareness while increasing receptivity to new
concepts and perspectives; explore literary
and scientific traditions; cultivate an aesthetic
sensibility; elicit social responsibility;
promote racial inclusiveness, gender equality,
and an appreciation of cultural diversity; and
produce leadership for the institutions of
society. Each student is encouraged to
develop and strengthen virtues and traits of j
character that enable, ennoble, and emancipat
the human spirit while deepening commitment
to those values that undergird civilization.
Fully accredited. Lycoming is a member of
the Middle States Association of Colleges an(
Schools, and the University Senate of The
United Methodist Church. It is a member of
the Association of American Colleges and
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of
Colleges and Universities, the Commission foi
Independent Colleges and Universities, the
National Commission on Accrediting and the
National Association of Schools and Colleges
of The United Methodist Church.
Also, the Department of Nursing is
accredited by the National League for
Nursing. The Department of Chemistry is
approved by the American Chemical Society
to certify upon graduation those students who
meet or exceed the requirements established
by the Society for membership. The depart-
ments of Accounting and Business Adminis-
tration are accredited by the Association of
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CONTENTS
•
Contents
Academic Calendar, 2002-2003 2
Welcome to Lycoming 4
The Campus 6
Admission to Lycoming 10
Financial Matters 13
Student Affairs 20
Academic Policies And Regulations 23
The Academic Program 30
The Curriculum 50
Fhe Board of Trustees 164
Administrative Staff/Faculty 165
Fhe Alumni Association 180
[ndex 182
Communication With
^ycoming College
184
The general regulations and policies stated in this
catalog are in effect for the 2002-03 academic year.
Freshmen beginning their first terms at Lycoming College
in the fall of 2002 or the spring of 2003 are there-after
governed by the policies stated in this catalog.
If changes are made in subsequent editions of the
catalog to either general requirements or major require-
ments, students have the option of following their original
program or a subsequent catalog version, but the College
always reserves the right to determine which requirements
apply.
If a student interrupts his or her education but returns
to the College after no more than one academic year has
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect
at the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws
from the College for more than one year will, upon return,
be required to complete the requirements currently
imposed upon other students of the same academic level.
A student who transfers to the College with advanced
standing will be subject to the requirements imposed upon
other students at the College who have attained the same
academic level. Post-baccalaureate students will be
subject to the requirements stated on page 30.
Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog
without prior notice to those who may be affected by
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant
and/or the student and Lycoming College.
1002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
ACADEMIC Calendar 2002 - 2003
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Bills are due
August 9
December 13
Residence halls open for freshmen
August 23 at 9 a.m.
January 12 at 8 a.m.
Residence halls open for upperclassmen
August 24 at 10 a.m.
January 12 at 8 a.m.
Classes begin first period
August 26
January 13
Processing of drop/add begins
August 26
January 13
Re-registration fee of $25 applies
after this date
August 30
January 17
Last day for drop/add
August 30
January 17
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
August 30
January 17
Last day for submission of final grades for
courses for which Incomplete grades were
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms
October 4
Last day for submission of final grades
for courses for which Incomplete
grades were recorded in Fall semester
February 21
Early Assessment reports due
in Registrar's Office at noon
October 7
February 24
Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for
spring recess
February 28
Residence halls open at 10 a.m.
March 9
Classes resume first period after
spring recess
March 10
Enrollment deposit deadline
March 11
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Last day to withdraw from courses
October 25
March 21
Last days to withdraw from
half semester courses.
1 st 7 weeks
2nd 7 weeks
September 25
November 13
February 12
April 9
Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for
Thanksgiving recess
November 26
Residence halls open at 10 a.m.
December 1
Classes resume first period after
Thanksgiving
December 2
Final examinations begin
December 9
April 28
Semester ends at 5:00 p.m.
December 13
May 2
Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m.
December 13
May 2
SP
May Term
ECIAL SESSIC
Summer
Session #1
)NS
Summer
Session #2
Residence halls open noon - 2:30 p.m.
May 11
June 8
July 13
Classes begin
May 12
June 9
July 14
Last day for drop/add
May 13
June 11
July 16
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
May 13
June 11
July 16
Last day to withdraw from courses
May 28
June 30
August 4
Ferm ends
June 6
July 11
August 15
Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m.
June 6
July 11
August 15
Special dates to remember:
Freshman First Weekend .... August 23, 24, 25
New Student Convocation August 23
Labor Day (classes in session) .... September 2
Family Weekend September 20-22
Science Saturday September 28
Admissions Open House October 5
Homecoming Weekend October 11-13
Long Weekend (no classes) October 18-20
Admissions Open House November 9
Fhanksgiving Recess November 26-Dec. 1
>0O2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
Admissions Open House February 15
Spring Recess February 28 - March 9
Accepted Students Day April 6
Honors Convocation April 13
Good Friday (no classes) April 18
Baccalaureate May 10
Commencement May 11
Memorial Day (no classes) May 26
Independence Day (no classes) July 4
LYCOMING COLLEGE
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
WELCOME TO LYCOMING COLLEGE
Lycoming College is a small liberal arts
college dedicated to providing the type of
learning that can be used for a lifetime in a
supportive, residential environment that
fosters individual growth and close interper-
sonal relationships.
U.S. News and World Report has recog-
nized the Carnegie reclassification of
Lycoming. The College is one of the national
liberal arts colleges in the United States. It is
something that Lycoming alumni have quietly
known for years. The reasons are simple.
All of Lycoming's resources and faculty
are dedicated to the undergraduate education
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and
all faculty members teach. With a 13 to 1
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or
ten students are not uncommon, while even
large introductory courses average about 30
students. This means abundant opportunities
for individual attention by a faculty truly
committed to teaching. The average gradua-
tion rate for first time freshmen is 63%.
Lycoming students are superbly prepared
to meet the challenges of life through an
academic program that includes both breadth
of study in the humanities, social sciences and
natural sciences and depth of study in at least
one area of concentration.
Those areas of concentration include
bachelor of arts programs in 33 major fields,
and a bachelor of science in three major fields.
Those who intend to continue in medicine,
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will
find excellent preprofessional preparation.
Through a number of cooperative programs
with other colleges and universities,
Lycoming students can study engineering,
forestry, environment, podiatric medicine,
optometry, and medical technology — while
still enjoying the benefits of a small college
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
•
experience. They can also study at Oxford
Brookes Univeristy in Oxford, England;
Anglia Polytechnic University in Cambridge,
England; Regent's College in London,
England; Lancaster University, Lancaster,
England; CUEF Universite Stendhal-Grenoble
3 in Grenoble, France; and Tandem Interna-
tional School, Madrid, Spain; or spend a
semester in Washington, D.C., or New York
City through a number of other cooperative
programs.
One of Lycoming's most popular and
successful ways of blending career planning
with a liberal arts education is through its
internship program. Close to one-third of
Lycoming students gain real job experience as
part of a semester course load. The
Williamsport area is particularly rich in
internship opportunities in business, commu-
nication, government, health and social
services. The close relationship between the
College and the community has given
Lycoming students a chance to roll up their
sleeves and gain resume-enhancing experience
rather than mere observation.
Most students complete their program of
study in four years, usually by taking four
courses each fall and spring semester. How-
ever, students may take one course during
Lycoming's May Term and from one to two
courses in each Summer Term.
Perhaps one of the most important qualities
of Lycoming is its feeling of community.
Lycoming is a truly residential college where
all students, with the exception of close
commuters, live on campus in one of the
College's residence halls or apartments.
The quality of campus life is enriched by a
variety of extracurricular activities in which
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership
training.
Students produce a newspaper, run the
campus radio station, edit a yearbook, mount
theatre productions, participate in a nationally
acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as
organize and manage their own social
^
r
i
%
^
3)
fraternities and sororities, special interest
clubs and campus-wide social events.
Student athletes can try out for 19 different
varsity sports (10 for men, 9 for women) or
participate in the College's strong intramural
program.
Students are admitted free to productions at
the Community Arts Center. Student-run
programs have brought in Adam Sandler,
Fiona Apple, Eve6, Sugar Ray and Brian
Adams.
Lycoming's campus lies near the historic
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball and
the site of its annual international champion-
ship. The greater metro area has a population
of approximately 75,000.
The rolling hills and forestlands of
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of the
state's best scenery, as well as hiking,
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four-
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia,
Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Pittsburgh.
The College enjoys a relationship with the
United Methodist Church and supports its
tradition of providing an education to persons
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its
students to work together in an atmosphere of
respect and tolerance.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY • THE CAMPUS
•
-«l
HISTORY
The history of Lycoming College has been
one of continual evolution. The institution has
been, at one time or another, an elementary and
secondary school, a seminary, a junior college
and at present a four-year liberal arts college-
going through three name changes in the
process. Sold by the Presbyterians to the
Methodists (who bought it as a source of
revenue), it is today an independent non-
profit, private college, affiliated with the
United Methodist Church.
Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in
America — when it was founded as the
Williamsport Academy, that city's first
elementary and secondary school. The school
was administered by a Board of Trustees
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians.
By 1848, Williamsport had its own public
school system well in place, and the private
school was becoming a financial burden. A
visionary circuit preacher, Rev. Benjamin H.
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the
school. They named the institution Dickinson
Seminary and offered college preparatory
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the
school's true founder.
The seminary operated as a private
boarding school until 1929 when a college
curriculum was added and it became the
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the
first junior college in Pennsylvania.
In 1947, the junior college became a four-
year degree-granting college of liberal arts and
sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, derived
from the Indian word "lacomic," meaning
"Great Stream," a name that enjoys local
popularity as the name of the county, a
township and a creek.
In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming
College continues to expand its programs and
improve its academic excellence with each
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin-
guished baccalaureate education to every
student entering its doors.
The Campus
Nineteen buildings sit on Lycoming's 35-
acre campus. Most buildings have been
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre athletic
field and football stadium lie a few blocks
north of the main campus.
Modem buildings include the eight
residence halls, which contain clean and
comfortable double rooms; the student union;
and the physical education/recreation center. .
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center,
an electronic music studio, a photography
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the
physical education center opened in 1980. An
arts center was renovated and opened in 1983.
The Heim Biology and Chemistry Building
opened in 1990.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
Residence Halls
Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The United
Methodist Church in America, who made the
circuit through the upper Susquehanna District
in 1812. the year Lycoming (then the
Williamsport Academy) opened its doors.
Asbury Hall houses freshman students in a co-
educational environment.
Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's
founder and first financial agent, the Rev.
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848.
East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The
self-contained units contain student rooms and
a chapter room.
Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs.
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose
generosity established the memorial.
Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health
services, dining services office, security,
residence life, and buildings and grounds.
Rich is an all female hall.
Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, professor
of psychology and four-time Dean of the
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses
freshmen in a co-educational environment.
Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley,
the founder of Methodism. This building
houses a number of Greek organizations, as
[well as independent students.
Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A.
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose
[bequest established the memorial.
Academic Buildings
Academic Center (1968) — The most architec-
turally impressive complex on campus, the
Center is composed of four buildings: the John
G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle Hall,
the Mary L. Welch Theatre and Laboratories,
and the faculty office building.
John G. Snowden Memorial Library (1968)
www.lycoming.edu/library Named after the
late state senator John G. Snowden, the library
supports the classroom and research needs of
the college community. An active instruction
program promotes the use of print materials,
web accessed academic information resources,
and other information technologies. The
collection includes more than 1 80,000 vol-
umes, approximately 1000 periodical titles, and
a strong reference collection suitable to an
undergraduate education. The Snowden
Memorial Library also serves as a partial
depository for U.S. government publications
and houses the Lycoming College Archives
and the archives of the Central Pennsylvania
Conference of the United Methodist Church.
Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the northwest
corner of the first floor of the John G. Snowden
Memorial Library, the gallery contains exhibits
year-round, including shows of student work.
Office of Communications Technology/
Computer Center (1969) —
www.lycoming.edu/dept/oct Lycoming
College provides at least one computer network
access point in each classroom, office, and for
each student on campus. Students have access
to a variety of on- campus and worldwide
resources through the network.
The College maintains five public use
computer labs, four labs populated with
Windows-based computers, and one lab with a
mix of Windows and Macintosh computers.
The Windows labs utilize several popular
software packages, such as Office 2000 (Word,
Excel, PowerPoint, Access, FrontPage 2000),
Internet Explorer, and SPSS. The Graphics
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE CAMPUS
Lab utilizes Microsoft Office, PageMaker,
Photoshop, Quark XPress, Illustrator,
FrontPage 2000, and Macromedia Director
and DreamWeaver. Laser printing and Zip
drives are available in all labs, with scanning
available in the Graphics Lab.
Lycoming College maintains a site on
the World Wide Web where our URL is
http://www.lycoming.edu. Any student who
is enrolled at Lycoming receives an e-mail
account as well as a network account with
disk space for a personal Web site and
common files. These are backed up daily.
Most academic departments maintain home
pages and resources under the Lycoming
College home page(s). Many faculty post
departmental home pages and communicate
with their students by e-mail.
Any student living in a residence hall can
become part of the Residential Networking
Program, ResNet. They then have direct
access to the Lycoming network and the
Internet. Students need properly configured
computers to give them access to e-mail and
the World Wide Web from their rooms.
An IBM RS6000 running Unix provides
access to a variety of different software
packages to students in the Mathematical and
Computer Sciences.
ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus.
To join the Residential Networking Program,
ResNet, a student must have a computer that
meets a minimal set of standards and he/she
must compete the Residential Networking
Access Account Application, contracting for
the complete set of Internet Services. The
access account fee is $15.00 per month.
Applications are available on the Web at
www.lycoming.edu/acad/resapp.htm.
in the Residence Life Office, the Telecommu-
nications Office, or in the Office of
Communications Technology. For full
instructions you can also go to
www.lycoming.edu/acad/resnet.htm.
Video Conference Facility (1995) - The
College maintains a specially equipped video-
conference facility that provides access to
courses, lectures and resources that would
otherwise be unavailable. Lycoming is part oft
a consortium of schools that uses this tech-
nology to enhance educational opportunities.
Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This
computer lab features state-of-the-art Macintosh]
and Windows NT graphic stations equipped
with animation, photographic imaging, and
paint and draw programs for both fine arts and!
commercial design students, along with
desktop publishing and a number of other
programs for general use. The programs are
updated annually.
Nursing Skills Laboratory (1983) —
Located in the lower level of the Academic
Center, it is a replica of a modem hospital ward,
complete with 10 simulated work stations, a
nurses' station, an intensive care unit and all
the medical equipment used by nurses.
Wendle Hall (1968) — Named after the
George Wendle family, a College benefactor,
this building contains 21 classrooms, the
psychology laboratories, four computer lab-
oratories with 75 terminals available for use,
and spacious Pennington Lounge, an informal
meeting place for students and faculty.
Mary L. Welch Theatre and Laboratories
(1968) — The 204-seat thrust-stage theatre,
formerly known as the Arena Theatre until
2000, is one of the finest in the region. It
includes projection facilities, scene and
costume shops, a make-up room, and a
multiple-use area known as the Down Stage,
where one-act experimental plays are per-
formed. The language, business, mathemat-
ics, and physics laboratories are situated on
the upper floors. The Detwiler Planetarium is
located on the ground floor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
•
Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat
lecture hall.
Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) —
Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood-
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture
hall, offices.
Academic Resource Center — Located on
the top floor of the Fine Arts Center, it is
operated by a professional staff and peer tutors
during the academic year. The Center offers
workshops, tutoring, and counseling.
Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is
fully equipped for both black and white and
color photography.
Communication Center (1987) — The focal
point of the facility is a fully equipped
broadcast quality television studio and control
room. The building also houses an editing
room, a classrooms, faculty offices, the FM
radio station and the student newspaper office.
Heim Biology and Chemistry Building
(1990) — The $10 million Heim Building is
one of the finest undergraduate science facilities
in the East. The three-level structure totals
more than 63,000 square feet and contains
state-of-the-art biology and chemistry labora-
tories, lecture halls, seminar rooms, a science
reading area and a greenhouse as well as
classrooms and faculty offices.
Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) —
Lycoming's landmark honors Martha
B. Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the
United Campus Ministry Center, a recital hall,
music classrooms, practice studios, an elec-
tronic music studio and faculty offices.
Administration Buildings
Drum House — Built in 1 857 the Admissions
House is the oldest building on the campus. It
was first occupied by a Presbyterian parson.
The Admissions House was bought by the
College in 1931, along with 28 other dwell-
ings, and in 1940 became the President's
home. John W. Long occupied it for the
remainder of his tenure and D. Frederick Wertz
lived in the house from 1955 until 1965 when
the College made the property at 325
Grampian Boulevard the President's home.
The building was then converted for use by
the Fine Arts Department. In 1983, when a
new Fine Arts facility was completed, the
department was relocated and the house was
vacant until 1987 when it was restored by
college craftsmen to its original Federalist
design under the supervision of Carol Baker
'60, who kindly volunteered her services
during the year-long reconstruction. The
Admissions House was a gift of the W.F. Rich
family.
John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the
administrative offices, including those of the
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni and Parent Pro-
grams, College Relations, Institutional
Advancement, Publications, and Financial
Aid. It includes a reception area.
Recreation Facilities
Physical Education and Recreation Center
(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all-
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni
lounge.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE CAMPUS • ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named after
D. Frederick Wertz, President ( 1 955- 1 968), it
contains the Main Dining Commons, Jane
Schultz Room, Burchfield Lounge, a recreation
area, game rooms. Jack's Comer, bookstore,
post office, student activities office, Career
Development Center, Counseling Center, and
student organization offices.
Handicapped Accessibility
Most facilities at Lycoming College are
accessible to those with limited mobility. In
addition, the College will make special
accommodations whenever necessary to meet
the needs of any of its students.
Admission
To Lycoming
Lycoming College welcomes applications
from prospective students regardless of age,
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color,
national or ethnic background. Visit us at
http://www.lycoming.edu
Admission Decision Criteria
Admission to Lycoming College is
competitive. Applicants are evaluated on the
basis of their academic preparation, talents,
and interests, as well as the College's capacity
to help them achieve their educational
objectives and career goals.
Successful candidates for admission have
typically completed a college preparatory
program in high school which includes four
years of English, three years of math, two i
years of foreign language, two years of natural
or physical science, three years of social
science, and two years of academic electives.
In addition, successful admission candi-
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of
their high school graduating class, and have
better than average SATl or ACT scores.
From time to time supplemental materials, as
well as a personal interview, may be required
prior to the determination of admissibility .
Admission Application
Filing Period
Applications for the fall semester will be
accepted from June 1 st of the preceding year
through April 1st of the year in which studies
are to begin. Applications for the spring
semester are accepted from the preceding May
1st through December 1st.
Applications, when complete, are reviewed
and evaluated on a rolling basis. Generally,
applicants are notified in writing regarding the
outcome of their applications within three
weeks following the receipt of all required
materials.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Freshman Applicants
Freshman applicants must complete the
following steps:
1) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application.
2) Submit the non-refundable $35
application fee.
3) Provide official transcripts of all high
school and post-secondary school studies
(whether or not completed).
4) Submit official results of the SATl or ACT.
5) Submit two personal letters of recommendation.
6) Submit a written essay.
Transfer Applicants
Lycoming College considers applications
from students who have attended other post-
secondary educational institutions. These
applicants must have earned a cumulative
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4
point scale) in transferable courses at the post-
secondary institution(s) attended.
Credit will be granted only for courses
which have a grade of "C-" or higher.
Courses with a non-grade such as "P" or "S"
will not transfer. Lycoming College will
determine which courses are appropriate for
transfer and is under no obligation to accept
any course. Final determination of transfer
credit will be made by the Lycoming College
Registrar based on official transcripts only.
Transfer courses will be shown on the
Lycoming transcript with the symbol "T."
Transfer applicants must complete each of
the following steps:
1 ) Complete and return application with the
$35 application fee.
2) Provide official transcripts and course
descriptions or catalogs from each
post-secondary school attended. Students
who have accumulated less than 24
semester hours or 36 credit hours must
also submit high school transcripts.
(Official results of the SATl or ACT may
also be required.)
3) Submit the transfer student admission
report (it will be sent to you upon
application).
Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester
credits at the Lycoming College 100 and 200
level and up to 32 semester credits at the
Lycoming College 300 and 400 level for a
total of 96 credits. Students must complete the
final 32 credits of the degree program at
Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the
major area must be taken at Lycoming College.
Challenge examinations may not be used to
fulfill this requirement.
Additional information regarding the
transfer of college credit appears on page 24.
International Applicants
Prospective students who are neither
citizens nor permanent residents of the United
States are welcome to apply for admission.
International applicants must complete
each of the following steps:
1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application.
2) Provide certified true copies of all
secondary (and when applicable, post-
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo-
mas, and certificates in the original lan-
guages, as well as in English (when the
originals are not in English). Transla-
tions of non-English materials must be
certified as true and correct.
3) Submit two letters of recommendation.
4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write,
and speak English at the college level as
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least
500, or 1 73 for computer assessment test.
5) International students who are currently
studying in the United States must be
"in-status" with the United States De-
partment of Justice, Immigration and
Naturalization Service. They must also
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College.
2(X)2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Please note that the minimum amount
required for each academic year of study
(September through April) at Lycoming
College is U.S. $26,000. Summer living
expenses (May through August) average
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not
included in $26,000 amount.
Note To All Students:
1 ) If there is additional information that
would be helpful to the Admissions Com-
mittee in reviewing your application, please
indicate it on a separate piece of paper.
2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for
the SATl or ACT assessment may be
waived.
Readmission to the College
All students who leave the College for one
or more semesters must apply for readmission
through the Office of the Registrar. Students
will be notified by mail when readmission has
been granted. They must then pay a deposit of
$100 confirming their intention to re-matricu-
late in order to receive registration materials.
Students seeking residence must submit an
additional $100 Room Reservation Deposit as
well as contact the Office of Residence Life to
make arrangements to reserve a room. These
deposits are non-refundable. Students who do
not attend Lycoming College the term for which
readmittance is granted will be required to
complete another readmission application when
they desire to return. Students who return to
the College after no more than one academic
year has passed may retain the same require-
ments in effect at the initial date of entrance.
After one year, students will be required to
complete the requirements currently imposed
upon other students of the same academic level.
Confirmation of Intent
to Enroll at Lycoming
Admitted applicants are asked to confirm
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no
later than the preceding May 1st, or by Decem-
ber 1 St for the following spring semester by
submitting the appropriate deposit. New
commuting students are required to submit a
$200 Confirmation Deposit. New resident
students are required to submit the $200
Confirmation Deposit, as well as a $100 Room
Reservation Deposit. Admitted international
applicants are required to submit all applicabh
deposits prior to the issuance of the 1-20 form.
Deposits are non-refundable after May 1st
for the following fall semester, and December
1st for the following spring semester.
Student Orientation
All new students are required to attend one of
three summer orientation sessions with at least
one parent before they enroll in the fall. The
purpose of the program is to acquaint the new
students and their parent(s) more fully with the
College so that they can begin their Lycoming
experience under the most favorable circum-
stances. Students will take placement tests,
meet their academic advisor, and preregister
for fall classes. Information on orientation is
mailed to new students after they confirm their
intention to enroll.
Withdrawal of Admission Offers
Lycoming College reserves the right to
withdraw offers of admission when:
1 ) information requested as part of the
admission application process is not
provided by applicants,
2) misrepresentation of fact to the College by
applicants occurs during the application
process,
3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping
with the ethical or moral standards as set
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or
the Lycoming College Student Handbook.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
i
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
FINANCIAL MATTERS
«
w^
Admissions Office
Location and Hours
Prospective students and their families are
encouraged to visit the campus for a student-
conducted tour and an interview with an
idmissions counselor, who will provide
idditional information about the College and
rnswer questions.
The Office of Admissions is located on
Washington Boulevard and College Place. For
in appointment, telephone 1-800-345-3920,
;xt. 4026 or (570)321-4026, write the Office of
Admissions, Lycoming College, Williamsport,
PA 17701, or visit
www.lycoming.edu/admiss/schedul/htm.
Office hours are:
Weekdays
September through April: 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
May through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
Saturdays
September through April: 9:00 a.m. to
12:(X)noon
May through August: appointments by request.
Financial Matters
Expenses for the
Academic Year 2002-2003
The following expenses are effective for the
1 egular fall and spring semesters. The College
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time. The
fees for each semester are payable approximately
two weeks prior to the start of classes for the
semester as indicated on the semester bill.
Fees Per Semester Per Year
Tuition $10,016.00 $20,032.00
Room Rent $1,446.00 $2,892.00
Board $1,366.00 $2,732.00
Total $12,828.00 $25,656.00
One-Time Student Fees
Application Fee $35
Confirmation Deposit $200
Room Reservation Deposit $100
Part-Time Students Fees
Application Fee $35
Each Unit Course $2,504
Additional Charges
Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for
Returning Students $100
Activity Fee $80
Applied Music Fee (half-hour
per week per semester) $230
Technology Fee (resident students)
(per semester) $145
Cap and Gown Rental prevailing cost
Laboratory Fee per Unit Course .. $10 to $100
Parking Permit (for the academic year). ... $60
Practice Teaching Fee
(payable in junior year) $400
School Nurse Practicum Fee $400
R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit
(payable at Bucknell University) $75
Transcript Fee $3*
Placement Retest Fee $25
Single Room Charge additional charge
of $579 per semester.
The tuition covers the regular course load of
twelve to sixteen credits each semester exclud-
ing band, choir, theater practica and all scholars
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HNANCIAL MATTERS
seminars. Resident students must board at the
College unless, for extraordinary reasons,
authorization is extended for other eating
arrangements. If a double room is used as a
single room, there is an additional charge of
$579 per semester. The estimated cost for
books and supplies is up to $800 per year,
depending on the course of study. Special
session (May Term and Summer Session)
charges for tuition, room, and board are
established during the fall semester.
*$3 for first copy; $1 for each additional copy
requested at the same time. No charge for
currently enrolled full-time students. No
transcripts will be issued for a student or
alumnus whose fmancial obligation to the
college has not been satisfied.
Entry Fees and Deposits
Application Fee — All students applying for
admission must submit a $35 application fee.
This charge defrays the cost of processing the
application and is nonrefundable.
Confirmation Deposit - All full-time students
who have been notified of their admission to
Lycoming College are required to make a
$200 Confirmation Deposit to confirm their
intention to matriculate. The Deposit is held
until Graduation or until voluntary permanent
termination of enrollment, at which time any
remaining balance is refunded after all debts
to the College have been satisfied.
Resident students must remit an additional
$ 1 00 Room Reservation Deposit. The room
deposit is applied against the comprehensive
fees billed for the first semester of attendance.
Both the Confirmation and Room Reserva-
tion Deposits are refundable prior to the start
of the first semester of attendance if the official
withdrawal date is not later than May 1 .
Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all
current full and part-time degree-seeking
students each spring in order to pre-register
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/or
to participate in the annual room selection
process. This deposit is applied against the fall
semester bill.
Partial Payments
For the convenience of those who find it
impossible to follow the regular schedule of
payments, arrangements may be made with
the College Bursar for the monthly payment of
College fees through various educational plans.
Additional information may be obtained from
the Treasurer's Office or Admissions Office.
Lycoming College Withdrawal
Refund Policy
Students wishing to withdraw from the
College during the semester should meet with
the Associate Dean of the College or the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen to ensure that
student financial and academic records are
properly closed. The effecfive date of
calculadng refunds shall be: the date, as
determined by the institution, the student
began the withdrawal process or provided
official nodfication to the insdtution of his or
her intent to withdraw; the midpoint of the
payment period or period of enrollment if the
student dropped out without notifying the
institution; or the date, as determined by the
insdtution, that the student withdrew due to
illness or accident.
Students withdrawing will receive a
prorated refund for tuidon, fees, room and
board, less an administradve fee of $100 and
any unpaid charges, according to the follow-
ing schedule:
Refund
Charge
During Week 1
90%
10%
During Week 2
85%
15%
During Week 3
80%
20%
During Week 4
70%
30%
During Week 5
65%
35%
During Week 6
60%
40%
During Week 7
50%
50%
During Week 8
45%
55%
During Week 9
40%
60%
After 9th Week
0%
100%
Comparative schedules apply to the May and
Summer terms.
The U. S. Department of Educadon
requires that, for any student receiving federal j
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RNANCIAL MATTERS
financial aid, the federal programs be
refunded IN FULL in the following order:
Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan, Subsi-
dized Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Perkins
Loans, Federal PLUS Loans, Federal Pell
Grants, FSEOGs, other SFA Programs, and
Dther federal, state, private, or institutional
sources of aid prior to any refund being
issued to the student. See Federal Funds
Withdrawal Policy for further explanation on
return of Federal Funds. State Grant pro-
grams have varying regulations concerning
refunds, but most will require at least a partial
'efund of the State Grant. If the student has
■eceived a Lycoming Grant, a pro-rated
Dortion of the student's refund also will be
"epaid to the Lycoming Grant program. This
>vill reduce, or in many cases eliminate, the
imount of the refund the student otherwise
tvould receive. Detailed examples are
ivailable from the Financial Aid Office.
Full-time students who, after reducing
;heir course loads, continue to be enrolled for
12 to 16 semester hours are not eligible for a
■efund of tuition for an individual course.
Students who register for extra hours in
jxcess of 16 hours per semester and who later
■educe their loads will be refunded the fee
charged for overloads according to the above
ichedules. Students who enroll full-time and
jubsequently assume part-time status by
■educing their loads below 12 hours, and part-
;ime students who drop individual courses,
tvill be refunded according to the above
schedules for the semester hours dropped,
rhe assumption of part-time status normally
nvolves a substantial reduction of financial
iid since most financial aid programs do not
extend eligibility to part-time students.
The calculated refund will be reduced by
anpaid charges. Any balance remaining will
3e billed to the student. Unpaid student
iccount balances will be charged interest at
he rate of 1 % per month on the month end
balance until account is paid in full. Should
legal collection become necessary, ail costs of
collection will be added to the balance due.
FEDERAL FUNDS WITHDRAWAL POLICY
Deflnitions
Earned Title IV Funds: Title IV funds used to
cover educational costs according to the length
of time the student was enrolled before with-
drawing. The amount of funds earned is directly
proportional to the time enrolled, through 60%
of the term. After 60%, the student is considered tc
have earned all aid. The earned Title IV funds
percentage is calculated by dividing the number
of days completed up to the withdrawal date by
the total days in the billing period.
Unearned Title FV Funds: The amount of grant
and loan assistance awarded under Title IV that
has not been earned by the student. The law
states the earned Title IV funds are to be used to
cover the length of time the student was enrolled
before withdrawing. Unearned Title IV funds
must be returned to the programs. The unearned
Title IV funds percentage is determined by
subtracting the earned Title IV funds percent-age
from 100%. To calculate the amount of unearned
Title rV funds, multiply total dis-
bursed federal financial aid (3) by the unearned
Title IV funds refund percentage.
Withdraw date: The date the student began the
withdrawal process; the date the student other-
wise provided the school with official notification
of the intent to withdraw; or for the student who
does not begin the school's withdrawal process
or notify the school of the intent to withdraw, the
mid-point of the payment period or period of
enrollment for which Title IV assistance was
disbursed (unless the institution can document ;
later date).
The responsibility to repay unearned Title IV
funds is shared by the college and the student.
The college's share is the lesser of:
the total amount of unearned Title IV funds; or
Institutional charges incurred for the billing
period multiplied by the percentage of aid that
was unearned:
1 . Stafford, PLUS and Perkins loans. Pell Grant
and SEOG
2. A student is not eligible for a Title IV refund
if he or she receives an "incomplete" status
;0O2-O3 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
RNANCIAL MATTERS
for coursework that can be, and is expected
to be completed within a reasonable
timeframe after the end of the billing
period, lease refer to the college catalog for
"incomplete" coursework deadlines.
3. Total disbursed federal financial aid
includes aid that was disbursed and aid that
could have been disbursed as of the
student's withdrawal date.
The student's share is the difference
between the unearned Title IV funds and the
college's share. The college's share is
allocated among the Title IV programs in the
following order of return:
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan
Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan
Federal PERKINS Loan
Federal PLUS Loan
Federal Pell Grant
Federal SEOG
Other Title IV assistance for which a return
of funds is required
Non-Payment of Fees Penalty
Students will not be registered for courses in
a new semester if their accounts for previous
attendance have not been settled. Diplomas,
transcripts, and certifications of withdrawals
in good standing are issued only when a satis-
factory settlement of all financial obligations
has been made in the Business Office. Final
grades may also be held in some cases. Unpaid
student accounts will be charged interest at the
rate of 1 % per month on the month-end
balance until accounts are paid in full. Should
legal collection become necessary, all costs of
collection will be added to the balance due.
FINANCIAL AID
Lycoming College is committed to helping
students and families meet college costs. While
some assistance is available to students regard-
less of need (merit scholarships), the primary
purpose of the College's financial aid program
is to help qualified students of limited
financial resources attend Lycoming College.
Scholarships may be awarded on the basis of
merit and/or need, while grants are provided
solely on the basis of financial need. Long-
term educational loans with favorable interest
rates and repayment terms are available, as ar<
part-time employment opportunities.
It is important to submit financial aid
applications after January 1st, as appropriate
income information becomes available, but by
April 15. Although applications may be filed
later, applicants can only receive consideratio
for remaining available funds.
To be considered for financial aid, students
and families must complete the following step
for each year the student seeks assistance:
1 . Fully complete and submit the Lycoming
Financial Aid Application (LFAA).
Return the completed application to the
Financial Aid Office.
2. The College may request signed and dated
copies of student and parent(s) Federal incom
tax returns (1040, 1040A, 1040EZ, 1040PC
TeleFile), including W-2 forms, be sent to
the Financial Aid Office. The tax returns
required are for the year preceding the
academic year in which the student seeks
assistance.
3. Fully complete and submit the Free Applica-
tion For Federal Student Aid (FAFSA).
Returning students should submit the
Renewal FAFSA.
4. PA residents can apply for state grant
assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non-
PA residents should contact the State Grant
Agency in their home state to see if
additional forms must be filed.
Basic eligibility requirements for all federa
programs are listed on the FAFSA application
Students are responsible for understanding the i
basic eligibility requirements.
Enrollment Status for Financial
Aid Eligibility
Financial aid eligibility is substantially
reduced for students who are charged less thari
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
•
full-time tuition. Credit is earned for some
courses which are offered at no charge, includ-
ing choir, band, theatre practica and all scholar
seminars. Therefore, these credits would not
be counted in the full-time tuition calculation.
For financial aid purposes, a full-time student
is enrolled in 12-16 billable semester hours.
Financial Aid Satisfactory
Progress Policy
To remain eligible for federal, state, and
institutional financial aid, all students must
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory
progress policy is separate and distinct from
the College's academic progress policy.
Students retain eligibility for financial aid
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study.
However, it is the College's practice to limit
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8)
semesters of full-time study. Should students
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time
study, they may still be eligible for federal
and/or state aid for the 9th or 10th semester.
In some instances a student may appeal
academic suspension and be permitted to
continue enrollment even though the student
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumulative
GPA (see Academic Levels and Academic
Standing sections on page 27). A student who
is granted an academic appeal may continue to
receive financial assistance only if the student
meets the minimum qualitative (GPA) and
quantitative (credits completed) requirements
listed below.
End of Sem. Min. Cum. GPA Min. Cr. Comp.
1
1.50
10
2
1.60
20
3
1.70
34
4
2.00
48
5
2.00
61
6
2.00
74
7
2.00
88
8
2.00
102
9
2.00
115
10
2.00
128
Students who fail to successfully complete
the minimum number of credits and/or who fail
to meet the minimum cumulative GPA require-
ment will be placed on financial aid probation.
This allows one additional semester of course
work to bring the academic record up to min-
imum standards. Failure to meet the stated min-
imum after the probation period will result in a
suspension of all (federal, state, and institu-
tional) financial aid until the standards are met.
Financial aid satisfactory progress is measured
annually and cumulatively by the Office of
Financial Aid. Official notification of probation
or suspension is made by the Office of Financial
Aid. Students wishing to appeal his or her
suspension of aid, and who have legitimate
reason for doing so (e.g. illness), must put their
request in writing to the Director of Financial
Aid at least four weeks prior to the start of the
semester for which the exception is sought.
Students placed on Financial Aid Probation for
a period of two (2) consecutive semesters, and
who have therefore been granted an appeal after
the first probation semester, are prohibited from
future appeals. If the student fails to attain the
minimum standards after the second semester of
probation, eligibility for financial assistance will
be cancelled automatically.
Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for
determining eligibility for financial assistance
and has absolutely no bearing on any determina-
tion made by the Registrar and/or the Commit-
tee on Academic Standards.
College Scholarships & Grants
NOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are
awarded to eligible students who are full-time
and degree-seeking. Students already possessing
a bachelor's degree are ineligible for scholarships,
grants and institutional loans.
Lycoming Grants may be awarded to students
to help meet their documented financial need.
Renewal requires continued financial need as
determined by Federal Methodology and/ or
the financial aid director. Students should
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL matter;
expect the Grant award to remain constant for
each semester they are enrolled.
Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent
children of United Methodist ministers and
ordained ministers of other denominations.
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for
children of United Methodist ministers in the
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of
tuition for all others. Students meeting the
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest
dollar amount; both will not be awarded.
Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 25%
tuition are awarded to students preparing for
the Christian ministry. Students must complete
a pre-ministerial grant application available
through the financial aid office. Students
meeting the criteria for this grant and any other
Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be awarded the
scholar-ship(s)/grant that provides the highest
dollar amount; both will not be awarded.
Federal Grants
Pell Grants are made available by the federal
government. Eligibility is based upon a
federal formula.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants may be awarded to students with excep-
tional financial need. Priority must be given
to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are provided by
the federal government. Funds are limited.
State Grants
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for
PA residents meeting domicile and financial
requirements of the program. Eligibility is
determined by PHEAA. These grants are
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. Non-
PA residents should contact the State Grant
Agency in their home state for availability of
funds to students attending out-of-state colleges.
Loan Programs
Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone Loan
allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a maximum
of $2,625 annually. Eligible Sophomores may
borrow up to a maximum of $3,500 annually.
Eligible juniors and seniors may borrow up to a
maximum of $5,500 annually. The federal
government pays the interest while the student
is enrolled on at least a half-time basis. The
student begins to repay the loan (interest and
principal) 6 months after leaving school. The
interest rate for new borrowers is variable based
on the 91 -DAY T-BILL plus 3.1%, capped at
8.25%. The rate is adjusted every July 1.
Loan amounts are pro-rated for less than full-
time students. Eligibility is based on financial j
need.
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone
Loan provides an opportunity for students to
borrow under the Stafford Program who do not
qualify for the maximum amount of subsidized I
Stafford loan. Maximum grade level amount
minus subsidized eligibility equals unsub-
sidized eligibility. Interest must be paid by the
borrower on a quarterly basis while enrolled
(check with your lender to see if interest
payments may be deferred). Other aspects of
the loan are similar to those under the Subsi-
dized program. Independent students may be
eligible for higher loan limits; contact the
Financial Aid Office for more information.
Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to
students with exceptional need. Borrowers
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum
simple interest on the unpaid balance, over a
period beginning nine months after the date on
which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at
least half-time. Funds are limited.
PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on
behalf of their dependent student. The amount
a parent may borrow for one year is equal to the
cost of education for one year minus any
financial aid the sUident is eligible for in that
year. The interest rate is variable but is capped at
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
TNANCIAL MATTERS
)%. The interest rate is determined every July 1
md is equal to the bond equivalent rate of 52-
veek T-Bill plus 3.1%. An application is
ivailable at your bank or other lending institu-
ion.
Employment Opportunities
<'ederal College Work-Study Program
V wards provide work opportunities on campus
or qualified students. Students receive pay-
;hecks for work performed in the previous pay
)eriod. Based on documented need and awarded
)y the Financial Aid Office. Funding is limited,
rhe student assumes full responsibility in
ocating a job. Retuming students who wish to
vork the following year must have their name
ubmitted to the Financial Aid Office by their
upervisor before the end of the Spring semester.
Students also have the opportunity to seek
vork-study employment off-campus in the
Community Service program. Interested
tudents can get additional information in the
nnancial Aid Office.
-,ycoming Campus Employment Program
s similar to Federal Work-Study except that
tudents are paid with institutional funds only
ind is not based on financial need. A limited
lumber of jobs are available. Funding is limited.
)ther Job Opportunities are frequently
ivailable with local business firms or persons.
Contact the Career Development Office of the
loliege for information on these opportunities.
3ther Aid Sources
/eterans and Dependents Benefits are
ivailable for qualified veterans and children of
leceased or disabled veterans. Contact the
/eteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office.
Reserved OfUcers Training Corps (ROTC)
Stipends and Scholarships are available for
[ualified students. Contact the Financial Aid
Dffice for more information.
Puition Exchange Grants may be available,
^ycoming College is a member of both the
Puition Exchange Program and the CICU
Tuition Exchange Program. These programs are
for dependent students of employees at partici-
pating institutions of higher education. Students
should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at
their sponsor institution for information regard-
ing sponsorship. Students are expected to apply
for all federal and state grants. If the student
receives a federal or state grant, those amounts
may be applied toward room and board charges
if the student resides in the dorms. If the
student commutes, the grant amount is equal to
tuition less federal and state grants.
United Methodist Scholarships may be
available to full-time degree-seeking appli-
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or
better, are active in Christian activities, and who
are active, full members of a United Methodist
church. Demonstrated financial need is also
required. Normally, seven $500 scholarships
are awarded each year. Annual application is
required. Recipients are selected by the
Director of Financial Aid and will be awarded
to the neediest students. The funds are
provided by the United Methodist Church.
Applications are available in the Financial Aid
Office. Renewal requires a cumulative GPA
of at least 3.00.
United Methodist Student Loans are
available on a very limited basis to students
who are members of the United Methodist
Church. The maximum amount which may be
borrowed for an academic year is $2,500
subject to the availability of the funds.
Contact The Board of Higher Education and
Ministry, P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202
for more information.
Non-college Aid Opportunities are often
available through family employers or labor
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious
organizations, and secondary schools. Your
parents should contact their employer or
organizations of which they are members for
information on financial aid resources.
002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT AFFAIRS
•
Student Affairs
The Division of Student Affairs coordi-
nates a variety of programs, services, and
activities designed to enhance students'
personal, social, and educational growth and
development. This is accomplished through a
composite of programs, offices, and staff
including:
• Career Development Center
• Campus Ministry
• Commuter Student Affairs
• Counseling and Wellness Services
• Greek Life
• Health Services
• International Student Advising
• Intramural Sports, Recreation,
and Leisure Time Activity
• Judicial Affairs
• Residence Life
• Safety and Security
• Student Activities and Leadership
Development
The Student Affairs staff view students as
partners in the educational process and,
therefore, expect that students will share
responsibility for managing our educational
community.
Career Development Center
The Career Development Center provides
services which are designed to help students
LYCOMING COLLEGE
identify their abilities and interests, set
realistic goals, and plan academic programs to
meet these goals. Counseling for Lycoming
students begins in the freshman year.
Individual and group counseling focus on
teaching students how they can learn about
different career fields and present themselves
to potential employers in a positive and
effective manner. Helping students make
appropriate and meaningful connections
between college and career is a goal of the
Career Development Center.
Counseling & Wellness Services
Counseling Services assist students to ensur^
that their college experience is prosperous and
rewarding. Professional, confidential services
are provided at no direct charge to Lycoming
students. Counseling Services are designed to
facilitate one's self-understanding as well as t(
provide support for students' adjustment and
transition to college life. Counseling Services
also provide advocacy to individual students
and student organizations, and they conduct
outreach programs for the entire college
community.
Health Services
Lycoming College Health Services focuseSj
on the holistic care of the individual, health
maintenance, and wellness through health
education and prevention of illness. Educa-
tional materials and instructional programs are
available through the Student Health Services.!
Routine medical care is provided without
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday
8:00 a.m. -4:30 p.m. during the fall and spring
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time
registered nurse with a physician available on a
daily basis.
Health Services' policies reflect the
recommendations of the American College
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsylvania
Department of Health, and the Centers for
Disease Control (CDC).
^m
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
STUDENT AFFAIRS
•
Community Service
Community Service is an learning opportu-
lity for students accomplished in conjunction
A'ith various agencies in the Williamsport area
)r college departments. This activity allows
students to expand their knowledge about
liverse individuals and communities. The
Dutcome of such service promotes students'
personal and social development as well as
living them an enhanced perspective of civic
•esponsibility and social justice.
The Community Service Center, located in
\sbury Hall, coordinates many service opportu-
lities available to students, faculty, and staff in
he greater Williamsport area. A number of
the community service projects include Big
Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for Humanity, the
Literacy Project, a school tutoring program,
Kiwanis Kids Kamp, Adopt-A-Highway,
Bloodmobile, Shephard of the Streets, and
he CROP Walk for World Hunger.
Residence Life
As a residential college, Lycoming offers
students the opportunity to integrate academic
md residential experiences. The Residence
Life Office is committed to providing a living/
learning environment to help each resident
^row as a person and as a student. Lycoming
Z!ollege requires all full-time students to live
in college housing and participate in the
:ollege board plan each semester of the
academic year that they are enrolled. Married
students, students residing with their parents
\vithin a 40 mile radius, students living with
[heir dependents, and students 23 years or
Dlder may request to be exempted from this
policy. Such requests should be submitted in
writing to the Dean of Student Affairs at least
ihree weeks prior to the beginning of the
semester that students are requesting permis-
sion to live off campus.
Residence halls put students at the heart of
College activity — offering greater opportunities
for participation. Through programs, leadership
apportunities, and peer interactions, residents
gain a sense of belonging to the campus
community, acquire new knowledge and skills,
have easy access to College services, make
informed choices, and assume responsibility
for themselves and their community.
The residence halls are staffed with upperclass
students who serve as Resident Advisors (RAs)
selected on the basis of leadership skills. RAs
provide information, refer students to campus
and local resources, help enforce College and
community standards, use helping skills for
students in need, and facilitate educational and
social programs. Most importandy, RAs assist
residents in the development and maintenance
of strong, positive residence hall communities.
The Residence Communities Association also
encourages student participation and involve-
ment in such areas as policy formulation,
facility improvement, and general resident
concerns. With the guidance and support of
Residence Life staff, each resident is expected
to become involved in promoting a positive
learning environment in his or her community.
Several different living options are avail-
able for students in our eight residence halls.
Asbury and Skeath Halls house all freshmen
students in a co-educational environment
encouraging students to develop class identity
and unity. The six upperclass halls offer
opportunities for co-educational housing, an
all female hall, fraternity and sorority chapter
housing, intensive study areas, a substance free
area, and smoking environments. College
Apartments are available to sophomores,
juniors and seniors who meet specific grade
requirements and who are in good disciplinary
standing with the College. Additional
information is sent to students following their
acceptance by the College.
Athletics
Athletics is an important part of the
Lycoming experience. As a member of the
NCAA, Lycoming sponsors nineteen
intercollegiate sports for both men and women
student-athletes.
'002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Men can choose from football, soccer, cross
country, wrestling, golf, basketball, lacrosse,
swimming, tennis, and track and field. Women
can compete in soccer, cross country, lacrosse,
volleyball, basketball, swimming, softball,
tennis, and track and field.
Lycoming is a member of the Middle
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III
athletic conference. As a Division III school,
Lycoming does not offer athletic scholarships.
In addition, the College offers a very active
intramural and recreation program that is open
to all students. This program includes, among
others, basketball, softball, water polo, beach
volleyball, flag football, and soccer.
Student Programs
The Office of Student Programs offers
assistance and resources for all campus
activities and student organizations. Through
the efforts of the student administered Campus
Activities Board (CAB), extra-curricular
programming is offered to the entire college
community. CAB programming is designed
to enhance the overall educational experience
of students through the exposure to social,
cultural, and recreational programs. Members
of the staff in Student Activities also direct
leadership training programs for the student
government, the Interfratemity and
Panhellenic Councils, the International
Student Organization, the Arrow Yearbook,
and all registered student organizations.
Religious Life
The United Campus Ministry, staffed by a
Protestant minister and a Roman Catholic lay
minister, provides a wide range of activities in
support of the spiritual development and
religious life of students. Ecumenical and
inclusive in nature. Campus Ministry at
Lycoming provides worship services, service
projects, social occasions, retreats, study
opportunities, and personal counseling.
The campus ministers are an integral part of
campus life and are available to students who
may need support, counsel, or direction.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Safety and Security
The Department of Safety & Security
strives to maintain an environment that is free
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This
responsibility includes the enforcement of
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty-
four hour a day telephone extensions are used
to handle general security concerns.
The department solicits the cooperation of
the entire college community in reporting
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on
the Lycoming College campus.
Other services provided by the department
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran-
sportation, emergency maintenance referral,
an escort service, guest and parking registra-
tion, and the dissemination of telephone
numbers and general information to the public
when the College switchboard is closed.
Standards of Conduct
Lycoming College is committed to the
creation and maintenance of a living-learning
environment which fosters the intellectual,
personal, social and ethical development of its
students. Respect for the rights of others and
self-discipline are essential to the fulfillment
of these goals. Students are expected to
adhere to the policies contained in the Student
Handbook and other College publications.
These policies, rules and regulations are part
of the contractual agreement students enter
into when they register at Lycoming College.
Students who demonstrate an unwilling-
ness to abide by these policies will be subject
to disciplinary action which may include
suspension or expulsion from the College.
Students are encouraged to review the Student^
Handbook and Housing License in order to
familiarize themselves with the policies
governing student conduct.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Academic Policies
And Regulations
Students are expected to familiarize
themselves with the academic policies
contained in this Catalog. Failure to do so
does not excuse students from the require-
ments and regulations described herein.
THE UNIT
COURSE SYSTEM
Instruction at Lycoming College is orga-
nized, with few exceptions, on a departmental
basis. Most courses are unit courses, meaning
that each course taken is considered to be
equivalent to four semester hours of credit.
Exceptions occur in applied music and theatre
practicum courses, which are offered for either
one-half or one semester hour of credit, and in
departments that have elected to offer certain
courses for the equivalent of one, two or three
semester hours of credit. Furthermore,
independent studies and internships carrying
two semester hours of credit may be designed.
The normal student course load is four unit
courses (16 semester hours) during the fall and
spring semesters. Students who elect to attend
the special sessions may enroll in one unit
course (four semester hours) during the May
term and one or two unit courses (four - eight
semester hours) in each of the summer terms.
A student is considered full time when enrolled
for a minimum of three unit courses, or the
equivalent, during the fall or spring semesters,
one unit course, or the equivalent, for the May
term, and two unit courses for each of the
summer terms.
Students may enroll in five unit courses
(20 semester hours) during the fall and spring
semesters if they are Lycoming scholars or were
admitted to the Dean's List at the end of the
previous semester. Exceptions may be granted
by the Dean of the College. Overloads are not
permitted during the May and summer terms.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
ALTERNATIVE
CREDIT SOURCES
Transfer Credit
Matriculated students who wish to study at
other campuses must obtain prior written
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair
of the department in which the credit will be
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar.
Course work counting toward a major or minor
must also be approved in advance by the chair-
person of the department in which the major or
minor is offered. Once a course is approved,
the credit and grades for the course will be
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the
student's grade point average as if the courses
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F"
grades will be transferred as well as all other
grades. Unapproved courses will not transfer.
Final determination of transfer credit will be
made by the Registrar based on official tran-
scripts only.
Students are expected to complete their last
eight unit courses (32 semester hours), and 16
semester hours in their major at Lycoming.
Requests for waivers of this regulation must be
sent to the Committee on Academic Standards.
Credit By Examination
Students may earn credit or advanced
placement through the standardized examina-
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure-
ate degree may be earned through these exam-
inations. The appropriate academic department
will determine which tests they will accept
and the course equivalencies. A list of
approved examinations is available in the
Office of the Registrar. Although these exam-
inations may be taken after matriculation, new
students who are competent in a given area are
encouraged to take the examination of their
choice before entering Lycoming so that the
college will have the test scores available for
registration advising for the first semester of
enrollment. Students applying to the college
for the first time should inform the Admis-
sions Office that they have completed these
tests and provide the official scores as part of
their application packet. Continuing students
must send official test scores to the Office of
the Registrar and inform their academic
advisors when examinations have been taken.
i
The College Entrance Examination Board
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - Depend-
ing upon the exam, a score of three or four is
required for credit.
The International Baccalaureate - Students
who have completed the full diploma and
have scores of five or above on the higher
level examinations will be granted 32 credit
hours; specific courses will be based on the
examinations taken. Students who complete
the full diploma but earn less than a score of
five on all of the higher level examinations
will be granted eight credits for each higher
level examination completed with a grade of
five or higher and four credits for a satisfac-
tory or higher completion of the Theory of
Knowledge requirement. Students who have
completed the certificate will be granted credit
based on the examinations taken. Subsidiary
examinations will not be considered.
The American College Testing Proficiency
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A score
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required.
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) - A score equivalent to a grade of
"B" or above is required.
Defense Activity for Non-Traditional
Education Support (DANTES) - A score
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required.
STUDENT RECORDS
The policy regarding student educational
records is designed to protect the privacy of
students against unwarranted intrusions and is
consistent with Section 43B of the General
Education Provision Act (commonly known as
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
of 1974, as amended). The details of the College
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
)olicy on student records and the procedures
or gaining access to student records are
;ontained in the current issue of the Student
'handbook, which is available in the library and
he Office of the Dean of Student Affairs.
REGISTRATION
During the registration period, students select
heir courses for the next semester and register
heir course selections in the Office of the
Registrar. Course selection is made in consult-
ition with the student's faculty advisor in order
o insure that the course schedule is consistent
Uith College requirements and student goals,
kfter the registration period, any change in the
[itudent's course schedule must be approved by
30th the faculty advisor and Office of the
Registrar. Students may not receive credit for
:ourses in which they are not formally registered.
During the first five days of classes, students
Tiay drop any course without any record of
juch enrollment appearing on their permanent
record, and they may add any course that is
not closed. The permanent record will reflect
the student's registration as of the conclusion
3f the drop/add period. Students wishing to
withdraw from a course between the fifth day
and the 9th week of classes must secure a
withdrawal form from the Office of the
Registrar. Withdrawal grades are not
computed in the grade point average. Students
may not withdraw from courses after the 9th
week of a semester and the comparable period
during the May and summer terms. Students
who stop attending a course (or courses) but
do not withdraw will receive a grade(s) of "F."
In zero semester hour and two semester hour
(1/2 unit) courses meeting only during the last
half of any semester, students may drop/add for
a period of five days, effective with the mid-
term date shown on the academic calendar.
Withdrawal from zero-credit and half-semester
courses with a withdrawal grade may occur
within 4 1/2 weeks of the beginning of the
course. It is understood that the period of time
at the beginning of the semester will be
identical, for example, a period of five days as
indicated above.
Cross Registration
A special opportunity exists in the
Williamsport area for students to take courses
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology.
Students may enroll for less than a full-time
course load at Penn College while remaining
enrolled in courses at Lycoming.
Students must be enrolled full-fime in a
degree program and have earned no more than
93 semester hours. Cross registration is
available for the Fall and Spring Semesters,
and Summer I and II. It is not available for
May Term.
NON-DEGREE STUDENTS
Smdents who do not wish to pursue a degree at
Lycoming College may, if space permits, register
for credit or audit courses on either a part-time
or full-time basis. Students who register for
less than 12 semester hours are considered to be
enrolled part-time; students who register for 12 or
more semester hours are considered to be
enrolled full-time.
Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree
student must fill out an application form in the
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application
fee and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student
has attempted four unit courses (16 semester
hours), the student must either matriculate or
obtain permission from the Dean of the College
to continue study on a non-degree basis.
All non-degree students are subject to the
general laws and regulations of the College as
stated in the College Catalog and the Student
Handbook. The College reserves the right to
deny permission to register individuals who
do not meet the standards of the College.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Students who wish to change from a non-
degree to a degree status must apply for
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all
conditions for admission and registration in
effect at that time.
AUDITORS
Any person may audit courses at Lycoming
at one-fourth tuition per course. Members of
the Lycoming College Scholar Program may
audit a fifth unit course per semester at no
additional charge. Laboratory and other special
fees must be paid in full. Examinations, papers,
and other evaluation devices are not required
of auditors, but individual arrangements may be
made to complete such exercises with consent
of the instructor. The option to audit a course
must be declared by the end of the drop/add
period. Forms are available in the Registrar's
Office.
ATTENDANCE
The academic program at Lycoming is
based upon the assumption that there is value
in class attendance for all students. Individual
instructors have the prerogative of establishing
reasonable absence regulations in any course.
The student is responsible for learning and
observing these regulations.
WITHDRAWAL FROM
THE COLLEGE
A student who wishes to withdraw from
the College during the semester should contact
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the
Assistant Dean for Sophomores. College
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure
that the student's financial and academic
records are properly closed.
A student who decides to discontinue study
at the College as of the conclusion of the
current semester must provide the Registrar
with written notification of such plans in order
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit.
See page 14 for details.
GRADING SYSTEM
The evaluation of student performance in
courses is indicated by the use of traditional
letter symbols. These symbols and their
definitions are as follows:
A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve
ment through mastery of content or skills and
demonstration of creative and independent
thinking.
B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average
achievement wherein the student reveals
insight and understanding.
C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory
achievement wherein the student's work has
been of average quality and quantity. The
student has demonstrated basic competence ir
the subject area and may enroll in additional
course work.
D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory
achievement wherein the student met only the
minimum requirements for passing the course
and should not continue in the subject area
without departmental advice.
F FAILING — Signifies that the student has
not met the minimum requirements for
passing the course.
I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in
accordance with the restrictions of established
academic policy.
R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall
have the option of repeating courses for which
they already have received a passing grade in
addition to those which they have failed. Credit
is received only once for the course. The most
recent course grade will count toward the GPAi
P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional
grade of A through D-.
X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which
no credit is earned.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^«
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOC
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal
from the course from the sixth day through
the ninth week of the semester.
Pluses and minuses may be awarded (except
for A+, F+, or F- ) at the discretion of the
instmctor. The cumulative grade point average
(GPA) is calculated by multiplying quality
points by credits
and dividing the
total quality
points by the
total credits. A
quality point is
the unit of
measurement of
the quality of
work done by
the student. The
cumulative GPA
is not deter-
mined by
averaging
semester GPA's.
The grade
point average for the major is calculated in
the same way as the cumulative grade point
average. A minimum of 2.00 is required for
the cumulative grade point average in the
major to meet the requirements for gradua-
tion.
Pass/Fail
! Use of the pass/fail grading option is
limited as follows (this does not apply to
ENGL 105):
• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no
more that one unit course per semester
and in no more than four unit courses
during their undergraduate careers.
• P/F courses completed after declaration of
a major may not be used to satisfy a
requirement of that major, including courses
required by the major department which
are offered by other departments.
(Instructor-designated courses are excepted
from this limitation.)
Quality Points
Earned for Each
Grade
Semester Hour
A
4.00
A-
3.67
B+
3.33
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C+
2.33
C
2.00
C-
1.67
D+
1.33
D
1.00
D-
0.67
F
0.00
• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded
may not be used toward fulfillment of any
distribution or "W" course requirement.
• Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a
P/F basis.
• A course selected on a P/F basis from which
a student subsequently withdraws will not
count toward the four-course limit.
• Instructor-designated courses may be
offered during the May term with the
approval of the Dean of the College. Such
courses are not counted toward the four-
course limit.
• P grades are not computed in the grade
point average.
• Students electing the P/F option may designate a
minimum acceptance letter grade from A to
B-. If the student earns the designated grade
or better, the grade will be recorded in the
permanent record and computed in the
grade point average. If a student selects P/F
(with no designated minimum acceptance
grade) and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will
be recorded in the permanent record but not
computed in the grade point average. In all
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this
grade will be recorded in the permanent
record and computed in the student's grade
point average.
• Students must declare the P/F option before
the drop/add deadline.
• Instructors are not notified which of their
students are enrolled on an P/F basis.
• Students electing the P/F option are
expected to perform the same work as those
enrolled on a regular basis.
Incomplete Grades
Incomplete grades may be given if, for
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually
medical in nature), the student has not been
able to complete the work required in the
course. An incomplete grade must be
removed within six weeks of the next regular
semester, otherwise the incomplete is converted
to an "F."
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Repetition of Course
Students shall have the option of repeating
courses for which they already have received
a passing grade in addition to those which
they have failed. Recording of grades for all
repeated courses shall be governed by the
following conditions:
• A course may be repeated only one time.
Both attempts will be recorded on the
student's transcript.
• Credit for the course will be given only once.
• The most recent grade will count toward the
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade
cannot replace another grade.
Final Course Grade
Appeal Process
Assigning final course grades is a responsi-
bility that falls within the professional judgment
and expertise of each faculty member. Grades
assess as accurately as possible a student's
performance according to clear criteria provided
in the course such as academic performance,
class attendance, and punctuality in submitting
assignments. Student appeals of the final course
grade must follow the three-step procedure
outlined below.
(1) Within two weeks of the beginning of the
semester following the conclusion of the
course, the student should request an
informal conference with the instructor to
discuss the grade and attempt to resolve
the concern.
(2) If the outcome of the informal conference
is not satisfactory to the student, or the
instructor is not available, the student may
submit a written request to meet with the
department chairperson (or another faculty
member in the department in instances
involving the chairperson) within two
weeks of meeting with the instructor. The
student's request must include a written
statement outlining the basis for the
appeal. It is the function of the chairperson
to determine the relevant facts and to
attempt to resolve the disagreement. The
decision regarding the course grade in
question will be made by the instructor in
consultation with the chairperson (or his/
her stand-in). The student will receive
from the department chairperson written
nodficadon of the decision within one
week of the meeting with the chairperson.
(3) If resolution has not been achieved at step
two, the student or the instructor may
make a written appeal to the Dean of the
College within two weeks of the depart-
ment chairperson's written nodfication. In
order to resolve the disagreement, the
Dean will confer with the student and the
instructor in private sessions, and may call
addidonal witnesses. If the Dean is unable i
to accomplish a resoludon, s/he will
forward the case to the Committee on
Academic Standards, which will make a
final decision on the matter. The Dean will
communicate in writing to the student and
the instructor the final decision within
three weeks of receiving the appeal. This is
the final step in the appeal process.
ACADEMIC LEVELS
The following table is used to determine
the academic grade level of degree candidates.
See page 17 for related Financial Aid informa-
tion.
Year Semester
Freshman
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
Number of Semester
Hours Earned
Fewer than 12
At least 12 but fewer than 24
At least 24 but fewer than 40
At least 40 but fewer than 56
At least 56 but fewer than 76
At least 76 but fewer than 96
At least 96 but fewer than 1 12
More than 112
ACADEMIC STANDING
Good Academic Standing
Students will be considered in good academic
standing if they meet the following standard:
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Minimum
semester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA
fewer than or equal to 16 1 .70
nore than 16, fewer than or equal to 32 1 .80
nore than 32, fewer than or equal to 48 1 .90
fnore than 48 2.00
Probation
Students who do not meet the standards for
good academic standing at the end of one
semester will be placed on academic probation.
Students on academic probation are required to
3ass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop,
f they have not already done so and are
encouraged to attend programs developed by
[.he Freshman and Sophomore deans.
Suspension
Students will be subject to suspension from the
[College when:
• their cumulative grade point average is
below good standing for any two
semesters, or
• they earn a grade point average of 1 .00 or
under in any one semester.
rhe period of suspension will be for a mini-
Tium of one full semester, not including May
:erm or the summer sessions.
• After this time students may apply for
readmission to the College. The decision
for readmission will be made by the
Committee on Academic Standards.
Readmission is not guaranteed.
1 • Students readmitted after suspension will
be on academic probation.
• Students readmitted after suspension who
fail to meet the required standards may be
dismissed.
' Students may request permission to take
courses at another institution. Courses not
receiving prior approval and with grades
below a "C" will not be accepted for transfer.
Dismissal
Students will be subject to dismissal from the
College when:
• they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc-
cessful course attempts (grades of F and
W) except in the case of withdrawal for
documented medical or psychological
reasons, or
• they cannot reasonably complete all
requirements for a degree.
The standard length of dismissal will be for a
period of two years.
• After this time students may apply for
readmission to the College. The decision
for readmission will be made by the
Committee on Academic Standards.
Readmission is not guaranteed.
• Students readmitted after dismissal will be
on academic probation.
• Students may request permission to take
courses at another institution. Courses not
receiving prior approval and with grades
below a "C" will not be accepted for transfer.
Probation, suspension, and dismissal become
effective at the end of the semester in which the
student fails to meet the academic standards
listed above. The student will be notified of
such action via U.S. mail. Receipt of such
notice is not a prerequisite to the student's
being placed on probation, suspension, or
dismissal.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
The integrity of the academic process of
the College requires honesty in all phases of
the instructional program. The College
assumes that students are committed to the
principle of academic honesty. Students who
fail to honor this commitment are subject to
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for the
adjudication of cases of academic dishonesty are
printed in The Faculty Handbook and The
Pathfinder (the student academic handbook),
copies of which are available in the library.
ACADEMIC HONORS
Dean's List
Students are admitted to the Dean's List at
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they
meet all of the following conditions:
'.002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^n
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICffiS AND REGULATIONS • THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• complete at least 1 2 semester hours for the
semester
• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50
for the semester
• do not incur grades of F
• do not incur grades of P (except in those
courses graded only as P/F)
• do not repeat any courses (except those
which may be repeated for credit)
Graduation Honors
Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, or the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree with
honors when they have earned the following
grade point averages based on all courses
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of 64
semester hours (16 units) required for a student
to be eligible for honors:
summa cum laude exactly 3.90-4.00
magna cum laude exactly 3.67-3.89
cum laude exactly 3.33-3.66
Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and
Societies - Superior academic achievement is
recognized through the conferring of awards
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation
and Commencement and through election to
membership in honor societies.
SOCIETIES
Biology Beta Beta Beta
Business Delta Mu Delta
Chemistry Gamma Sigma Epsilon
Communication Alpha Epsilon Rho
Criminal Justice Alpha Phi Sigma
Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon
Education Kappa Delta Pi
English Sigma Tau Delta
Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota
General Academic Phi Kappa Phi
History Phi Alpha Theta
Nursing Sigma Theta Tau
Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau
Physics Sigma Pi Sigma
Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha
Psychology Psi Chi
Social Science Pi Gamma Mu
Theatre Alpha Psi Omega
The Academic
Program
Lycoming College awards three different
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor ot
Science (B.S.) and Bachelor of Science in
Nursing (B.S.N.). The degree in Nursing will
be discontinued after 2003. For students
wishing to do so, multiple degrees are possible.
Candidates for multiple degrees must satisfy
all requirements for each degree and earn a
minimum of 40 units (160 semester hours).
Students who have completed fewer than 40 ,
units but more than 32 units (128 semester
hours), and who have completed all other
requirements for two baccalaureate degrees
from Lycoming College will receive only one
baccalaureate degree. They must choose the
degree to be conferred. Completed majors
will be posted to the transcript.
Freshmen entering the College during the
2002-2003 academic year are subject to the
requirements which appear on the following
pages. Continuing students are subject to the
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry
unless they elect to complete the current
curriculum. Students who transfer to the
College with advanced standing will be
subject to the requirements imposed upon
other students at the College who have
attained the same academic level.
Students already possessing a baccalaure-
ate degree who are returning for a second
degree will be reviewed on an individiual
basis by the Registrar and major department.
Post-baccalaureate students will be subject to
the current catalog, must complete all major
requirements and related prerequisites, and
may be required to complete the distribution
requirements. This does not apply to non-
degree students in certificate-only programs.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Students must complete the final 32
;mester hours of the degree program at
ycoming College. At least 16 semester
Durs in the major program must be taken at
ycoming.
If a student interrupts his or her education
jt returns to the College after no more than
le academic year has passed, he/she will
tain the same requirements in effect at the
litial date of entrance. A student who
ithdraws from the College for more than one
jar will, upon return, be required to complete
£ requirements currently imposed upon other
udents of the same academic level.
Lycoming College certifies three official
aduation dates per calendar year: the May
)mmencement date for those students who
)mplete all of their degree requirements
jtween January 1 and the conclusion of the
Dring Semester; September 1 5 for those
udents who finish after the conclusion of the
Dring Semester and by September 1 ; and
Jiuary 1 for those students who finish
Jtween September 1 and the conclusion of
e Fall Semester.
Lycoming's Commencement ceremony
;curs in May. Students will be permitted to
irticipate in the ceremony when (a) they
ive finished all degree requirements as of the
eceeding January 1 , have finished all degree
quirements as of the May date, or have
plan approved by the Registrar for finishing
' September 1 of the same calendar year ;
id (b) they are in good academic standing at
e conclusion of their last semester prior to
e ceremony.
rhe College will graduate any student who
IS completed the distribution program,
Ifilled the requirements for one major,
Imed a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
Imrs) and met all other requirements for
jaduation.
Exceptions to or waivers of any requirements
jid/or policies listed in this Catalog must
\- made by the Committee on Academic
"andards.
THE BACHELOR OF
ARTS DEGREE
Lycoming College is committed to the
principle that a liberal arts education is the
ideal foundation for an infonned and produc-
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine
arts, the humanifies, mathematics, the natural
and social sciences - have created the social,
political, economic and intellectual systems
which help define contemporary existence.
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp the
modes of inquiry and knowledge associated
with these disciplines.
Consequently, the Bachelor of Arts degree
is conferred upon the student who has completed
an educational program incorporating the two
principles of the liberal arts known as distribu-
tion and concentradon. The objective of the
distribution principle is to insure that the
student achieves breadth in learning through
the study of the major dimensions of human
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences,
and the natural sciences. The objective of the
concentration principle is to provide depth of
learning through completion of a program of
study in a given discipline or subject area
known as the major. The effect of both
principles is to impart knowledge, inspire
inquiry, and encourage creative thought.
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to
meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the
Curriculum Program requirements.
• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities,
Wellness, and Community Service.
Athletic training courses or Military Science
0 1 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 , or 04 1 may satisfy this
requirement.
li)2-03
ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• Complete a major consisting of at least eight
unit courses (32 semester hours). Students
must pass every course required for the
major and have a minimum major grade
point average of 2.00.
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade
point average of 2.00. Additional credits
beyond 128 semester hours may be completed
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative
average is maintained.
• Complete in residence the final eight courses
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at
Lycoming.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
THE BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE
The Bachelor of Science degree is available
to students majoring in Biology, Chemistry, or
Computer Science. Students may elect either
the B.A. or the B.S. degree in these majors.
The B.S. degree is appropriate for students
planning further education in a graduate or
professional school.
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to
meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology,
Chemistry, or Computer Science as
described on page 68, 81 and 1 18 respec-
tively. Students must pass every course
required for the major and have a minimum
major grade point average of 2.00.
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum
Program requirements.
• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities,
Wellness, and Community Service. Athletic
Training courses or Military Science 01 1,
021, 031 or 041 may satisfy this requirement.
• Pass a minimum of 32 units ( 1 28 semester
hours) with a minimum grade point average of
2.(X). Additional credits beyond 128 semestei
hours may be completed provided that the m
imum 2.00 cumulative average is maintained
• Complete in residence the final eight cours(
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree i
Lycoming.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
THE BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE IN NURSING
DEGREE
The program of study leading to the Bacheld
of Science in Nursing degree is designed to
prepare men and women as beginning practiti
ners of professional nursing, qualified for first
level positions in a variety of health settings ar
for graduate study in nursing. Upon satisfactor
completion of the program, a graduate is eligi'
to write the State Board of Nursing examinatii
for licensure as a registered nurse. The goal o
the program is to develop a liberally-educated
and self-directed individual who is prepared t^
contribute to the welfare of the nation througl^
the practice of professional nursing, which
supports the promotion and restoration of the
health of individuals and families in a variety
settings.
PROGRAM NOTE The Bachelor of Science
Nursing degree will be discontinued as of
August 2003. In order to enter the Nursing
program, a student must complete all degree
requirements (distribution, major, and elective
by the end of August 2003.
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.S.N, degree candidate is expectet
to meet the following requirements in order tj
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the Nursing major as described o
page 1 30. Students must pass every course |
required for the major and have a minimun:
major grade point average of 2.00.
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculun:
Program requirements.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALC
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
tiours) with a minimum cumulative average
of 2.00.
[Earn one year of credit in Physical Activi-
ties. Wellness and Community Service.
Athletic training or Military Science Oil,
021, 031 or 041 may satisfy this requirement.
Complete in residence the final eight
courses (32 semester hours) offered for the
degree at Lycoming.
Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
i he distribution
Program
, he Distribution Program for
lie B.A., B.S., and B.S.N,
degrees
' A course can be used to satisfy only one
Istribution requirement (except in the Cultural
Hversity area). Courses for which a grade of
P" is recorded may not be used toward the
lilfillment of the distribution requirements,
'^efer to page 26 for an explanation of the
rading system.) No more than two courses
sed to satisfy the distribution requirements
iay be selected from the same department,
xcept for ENGL 105 and 106 or 107 and
oreign Language Courses numbered
elow 222. This means that in English,
oreign Languages literatures, and Theatre
are must be taken to comply with this rule.
A course in any of the following distribution
iquirements refers to a full-unit course (four
smester hours) taken at Lycoming, any
ppropriate combination of fractional unit
ourses taken at Lycoming which accumulate
) four semester hours, any appropriate course
/hich is taken by cross-registration, any
ppropriate course which is part of an approved
ff-campus program (such as those listed in the
atalog sections titled COOPERATIVE
•ROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC
)PPORTUNrnES. and STUDY ABROAD
'ROGRAMS) or any approved course
ransferred from another institution.
302-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Special distribution requirements which
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar
Program appear on page 41 . For information
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 24.
A. English - Students are required to pass
ENGL 105, unless exempted on the basis of
the college's placement examination, and
ENGL 106 or 107. ENGL 105 and ENGL
106 or 107 must be taken during the freshman
year unless the student does not successfully
complete ENGL 105 during the first semester.
B. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass
two courses (or the equivalent) from Art,
Creative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or
THEA 100, 1 14, 148, 212, 332, 333, 335.
C. Foreign Language - Students are required
to pass a course in French, German, Greek,
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 101, unless
exempted on the basis of placement, and a
course numbered above 101 in the same
language. Placement at the appropriate course
level will be determined by the faculty of the
Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures.
D. Humanities - Students are required to pass
four courses from History, Literature, includ-
ing THEA 333 and 335, Philosophy, and/or
Religion. At least one course must be suc-
cessfully completed in 3 of the 4 disciplines.
E. Mathematics - Students are required to
demonstrate competence in basic algebra and
to pass one course selected from CPTR 108,
MATH 106, 109, 112, 123, 128, 129, 130,
214, or 216. The requirement of competence
in basic algebra must be met before the end of
the fourth semester or within one year of
entry, whichever is later. Students that have
not met this competency requirement before
the final semester of the applicable time
period must register for MATH I(X) in that
semester.
New students take the mathematics
placement examination determined by the
Department of Mathematical Sciences at a
new-student orientation session. Those who
do not pass this exam may take home a
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
computerized study guide and take another
exam at a specified time.
After beginning classes at Lycoming
College, a student may satisfy the basic
algebra competence requirement by successful
completion of MATH 100 at Lycoming, or of
an approved course transferred from another
college, or by passing a competence examina-
tion administered by the Department of
Mathematical Sciences. Enrolled students may
take this examination only once during a
semester and may be subject to a testing fee.
No student will be permitted to take this
examination while enrolled in MATH 100.
F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to
pass two laboratory courses chosen from
Astronomy/Physics, Biology, and/or Chemisty.
G. Social Sciences - Students are required to
pass two courses from Criminal Justice,
Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or
Sociology- Anthropology.
H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required
to pass one designated course which intro-
duces students to Cultural Diversity which are
distinct from the predominant Anglo-Ameri-
can culture. The course selected to fulfill this
requirement may also be used to satisfy one of
the other general education requirements in
the liberal arts. Students also may fulfill the
cultural diversity requirement by successfully
completing at least one full-time semester ( 1 2
semester hours) in a college-accepted study
abroad program.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and
will be offered as such. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity)
courses for that semester.
ART ART 222, 339
BUSINESS BUS 244, 319
ENGLISH ENGL 334
FRENCH FRN 228
GERMAN GERM 22 1 , 222
HISTORY
MUSIC
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
SPANISH
THEATRE
WOMEN'S STUDIES
HIST 120, 140, 22C
230, 240
MUS 116, 128,234
PSCI221,327, 340
PSY 341
REL 1 10, 224,
225, 226, 228
SOC 229, 331,334,
335, 336, 337
SPAN 221, 222, 311
THEA 114,212,
332,333,335,410
WMST 200
Writing Across The
Curriculum Program
I. Purpose
The Lycoming College Writing Across the
Curriculum Program has been developed in
response to the conviction that writing skills
promote intellectual growth and are a hall-
mark of the educated person. The program
has therefore been designed to achieve two
major, interrelated objectives:
1 ) to enhance student learning in general
and subject mastery in particular, and
2) to develop students' abilities to commu-
nicate clearly. In this program, students
are given opportunities to write in a
variety of contexts and in a substantial
number of courses, in which they receive,
faculty guidance and reinforcement. j
IL Program Requirements
Students must successfully complete the
following writing requirements:
1) ENGL 105 or exemption from the course.
2) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL
107 (Honors Composition).
3) A writing component in all distribution
courses completed at Lycoming.
4) Three courses designated as writing-
intensive, or "W" courses.
• Successful completion of ENGL 106 I
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment!
in writing-intensive courses.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• All courses designated "W" are
numbered 200 or above.
• One of the student's "W" courses must
be in his/her major (or one of the
majors) or with departmental approval
from a related department. All
three cannot carry the same course-
prefix (ex. PHIL, ENGL, ACCT, etc.).
n. Approved Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses have been approved
o be offered as writing intensive courses and
nay be offered as such. Students must check
iiemester class schedules to determine which
'ourses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
ACCOUNTING
AMERICAN STUDIES
[\RT
ASTRONOMY
BIOLOGY
BUSINESS
ACCT 223, 224, 442
HIST 443
ART 222, 223, 331,
333, 334, 336, 339
ASTR 230
BIO 222, 224
BUS 340,342,344,
441
CHEM 330, 331,332
COMM 21 1,326
CHEMISTRY
COMMUNICATION
COMPUTER SCIENCE CPTR 246, 247,
346, 448
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
[ECONOMICS
lEDUCATION
ENGLISH
IFRENCH
|GERMAN
HISTORY
I INTERNATIONAL
! STUDIES
MATHEMATICS
MUSIC
NEAR EAST CULTURE ART 222
NURSING NURS 22 1 , 432/
433, 435
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CJ 447, PHIL 218,
SOC 222
ECON 236, 337, 440
EDUC 239, 343, 344,
447
ENGL 225, 311,331,
334, 335, 336, 420
FRN 222
GERM 431, 441
HIST218, 230, 247,
332, 335, 443, 449
INST 449
MATH 234
MUS 336
PHILOSOPHY
PHYSICS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
SPANISH
THEATRE
PHIL216, 217, 218,
219,301,332,333,
334, 335, 336, 340
PHYS 338, 447
PSCI 210, 334,400
PSY225, 324, 431,
432, 436
REL 230, 331,337
SOC 222, 228, 229,
230,331
SPAN 323,418,
424, 426
THEA212, 332, 333
Physical Activities, Wellness, and
Community Service Program
L Purpose
This program is designed to promote
students' physical welfare, health awareness,
and to encourage a sense of civic responsibility.
II. Program Requirements
Students must pass any combination of two
semesters of course work selected from the
following:
1 . Designated physical activities courses,
2. Designated varsity athletics,
3. Designated wellness courses,
4. Designated community service projects,
5. Designated military science courses.
CONCENTRATION
The Major
Students are required to complete a series of
courses in one departmental or interdisciplinary
(established or individual) major. Specific course
requirements for each major offered by the
College are listed in the curriculum section of
this catalog. Students must earn a 2.00 or
higher cumulative grade point average in the
major. Students must declare a major by the
beginning of their junior year. Departmental
and established interdisciplinary majors are
declared in the Oftlce of the Registrar, whereas
individual interdisciplinary majors must be
approved by the Committee on Curriculum
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Development. Students may complete more
than one major, each of which will be recorded
on the transcript. Students may be removed
from major status if they are not making
satisfactory progress in their major. This
action is taken by the Dean of the College
upon the recommendation of the department,
coordinating committee (for established
interdisciplinary majors), or Curriculum
Development Committee (for individual
interdisciplinary majors). The decision of the
Dean of the College may be appealed to the
Committee on Academic Standards by the
student involved or by the recommending
department or committee. Students pursuing
majors in two different degrees are subject to
the policy for dual degrees on page 29.
Departmental Majors — The following
Departmental majors are available:
Accounting
Art History
Art Studio
Astronomy
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
Economics
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Music
Nursing *
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Sociology- Anthropology
Spanish
Theatre
* The degree in Nursing will be
discontinued as of August 2003.
Established Interdisciplinary Majors — Th(
following established interdisciplinary majors
include course work in two or more departments
Accounting-Mathematical Sciences
Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient Near East
Actuarial Mathematics
American Studies
Criminal Justice
International Studies
Literature
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors —
Students may design majors which are unique
to their needs and objectives and which combine
course work in more than one department.
These majors are developed in consultation
with students' faculty advisors and with a panel
of faculty members from each of the sponsor-
ing departments. The applications are acted
upon by the Curriculum Development Commit
tee. The major normally consists of at least 10
courses, at least six of which are at the 300 or
400 level. No more than two courses used to
satisfy distribution requirements may be
included in the major. Examples of individual
interdisciplinary majors are: Legal Studies,
Women and the Legal System, and Religion
and Marketing.
The Minor
The College awards two kinds of minors,
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog-
nition of concentrated course work in an area
other than the student's major. All minors arej
subject to the following limitations:
• A minor must include at least two courses
which are not counted in the student's major.
• A student may receive at most two minors.
• Students with two majors may receive only
one minor; students with three majors may
not receive a minor.
• Students may not receive a minor in their
major discipline unless their major discipline i
is Art and the minor is Art History^ their
major is Biology and the minor is Environ-
mental Science, or their major is Religion andi
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
the minor is Biblical Languages. (A disci-
pline is any course of study in which a student
can major. Tracks within majors are not
separate disciplines.)
• A student may not receive a minor unless
his/her average in the courses which count
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00.
• Courses taken P/F may not be counted
toward a minor.
Students must declare their intention to
minor by signing a form available in the
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty
signatures, and returning the completed form
to the Office of the Registrar.
When students complete a minor, the title
will be indicated on their official transcript.
Students must meet the requirements for the
minor which are in effect at the time they
declare a minor or which are in effect subse-
quent to that time before they graduate.
Departmental Minors — Requirements for a
departmental minor vary from department to
department. Students interested in pursuing a
departmental minor should consult that
department for its policy regarding minors.
Departmental minors are available in the
following areas:
ACCOUNTING
ART
Art History
Commercial Design
Painting
Photography
Sculpture
ASTRONOMY
BIOLOGY
Biology
Environmental Science
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Marketing
Finance
General Management
CHEMISTRY
COMMUNICATION
ECONOMICS
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ENGLISH
Literature
Writing
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
AND LITERATURES
French
German
Spanish
HISTORY
American History
European History
History
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
Computer Science
Mathematics
PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy
Philosophy and Law
Philosophy and Science
PHYSICS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Science
World Politics
Legal Studies
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
THEATRE
Theatre History and Literature
Performance
Technical Theatre
Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary
minors include course work in two or more
departments. Students interested in interdisci-
plinary minors should consult the faculty
coordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary
minors are available in the following areas:
ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE
ANCIENT NEAR EAST, BIBLICAL
LANGUAGES, CRIMINAL JUSTICE, and
WOMEN'S STUDIES
PRE-PROFESSIONAL
PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Profes-
sional Advising" in The Advising Program
section)
Preparation for Educational Professions —
Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
provide the best preparation for future teachers.
Thus, all education students complete a liberal
arts major in addition to the Lycoming
College Teacher Education Certificate
requirements. Students can be certified in
elementary education or one or more of the
following secondary areas: art (K-12), biology,
chemistry, English, French, general science
(with biology or astronomy/physics tracks),
German, mathematics, music (K-12), physics,
social studies, and Spanish. All teacher
education programs are approved by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in
most other states either through reciprocal
agreements or by transcript evaluation. See
the Education Department listing on page 96.
Preparation for Health Professions — The
program of pre-professional education for the
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteo-
pathic, pediatric and veterinary medicine;
optometry, and pharmacy) is organized around
a sound foundation in biology, chemistry,
mathematics, and physics and a wide range of
subject matter from the humanities, social
sciences, and fine arts. At least three years of
undergraduate study is recommended before
entry into a professional school; the normal
procedure is to complete the Bachelor of Arts
degree.
Students interested in one of the health
professions or in an allied health career should
make their intentions known to the Admissions
Office when applying and to the Health
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC)
during their first semester (see page 45).
Preparation for Legal Professions —
Lycoming offers a strong preparation for
students interested in law as a profession.
Admission to law school is not predicated
upon a particular major or area of study;
rather, a student is encouraged to design a
course of study (traditional or interdisciplinary
major) which is of personal interest and
significance. While no specific major is
recommended, there are certain skills of
particular relevance to the pre-law student:
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading
comprehension. These skills should be
developed during the undergraduate years.
Pre-law students should register with the
Legal Professions Advisory Committee (LP AC
during their first semester (see page 45).
Preparation for Theological Professions —
Students preparing to attend a theological
seminary should examine the suggestions set
down by the Association of Theological
Schools. It is recommended that students
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts with
a major in one of the humanities (English,
history, languages, literature, philosophy,
religion) or one of the social sciences (Ameri-
can studies, criminal justice, economics,
international studies, political science, psychol-
ogy, sociology-anthropology). Students
preparing for a career in religious education
should major in religion and elect five or six
courses in psychology, education and sociol-
ogy. This program of study will qualify
students to work as educational assistants or
directors of religious education after graduate
study in a theological seminary.
Students should register with the Theologi-!
cal Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC)
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to
discuss the needs of students who want to
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious
education, advanced training in religion, or
related vocations (see page 45).
COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS
Lycoming has developed several coopera-
tive programs to provide students with opport-
unities to extend their knowledge, abilities, and
talents in selected areas through access to the
specialized academic programs and facilities
of other colleges, universities, academies and
hospitals. Although thorough advising and
curricular planning are provided for each of
the cooperative programs, admission to
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
.ycoming and registration in the program of
';hoice do not guarantee admission to the coop-
;rating institution. The prerogative of admitting
;tudents to the cooperative aspect of the
)rogram rests with the cooperating institution.
Jtudents who are interested in a cooperative
Drogram should contact the coordinator during
'he first week of the first semester of their
enrollment at Lycoming. This is necessary to
blan their course programs in a manner that
vill ensure completion of required courses
iiccording to the schedule stipulated for the
urogram. All cooperative programs require
>pecial coordination of course scheduling at
Lycoming.
lEngineering — Combining the advantages of
1 liberal arts education and the technical train-
ling of an engineering curriculum, this program
lis offered in conjunction with The Pennsylva-
'nia State University and Washington Univer-
sity at St. Louis. Students complete three years
of study at Lycoming and two years at the
cooperating university. Upon satisfactory
completion of the first year of engineering
istudies, Lycoming awards a Bachelor of Arts
degree. When students successfully complete
the second year of engineering studies, the
cooperafing university awards a Bachelor of
Science degree in engineering.
At Lycoming, students complete the dis-
itribution program and courses in physics,
.mathematics, and chemistry. The Pennsylva-
nia State University offers aerospace, agricul-
tural, ceramic, chemical, civil, computer,
electrical, engineering science, industrial,
mechanical, mining and nuclear engineering.
jSimilar offerings are available at Washington
jUniversity at St. Louis.
Forestry or Environmental Studies —
Lycoming College offers a cooperative
program with Duke University in environ-
mental management and forestry. Qualified
students can earn the baccalaureate and master
degrees in five years, spending three years at
Lycoming and two years at Duke. All
Lycoming distribution and major requirements
must be completed by the end of the junior
year. At the end of the first year at Duke, a
baccalaureate degree will be awarded by
Lycoming. Duke will award the professional
degree of Master of Forestry or Master of
Environmental Management to qualified
candidates at the end of the second year.
The major program emphases at Duke are
Forest Resource Management, Resource Eco-
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology.
The program is flexible enough, however,
to accommodate a variety of individual designs.
An undergraduate major in one of the natural
sciences, social sciences, or business may
provide good preparation for the programs at
Duke, but a student with any undergraduate
concentration will be considered for admission.
All students need at least two courses each in
biology, mathematics, and economics.
Students begin the program at Duke in July
after their junior year at Lycoming with a one-
month session of field work in natural resource
management. They must complete a total of
48 units which generally takes four semesters.
Some students prefer to complete the
baccalaureate degree before undertaking grad-
uate study at Duke. The master degree
requirements for these students are the same
as for those students entering after the junior
year, but the 48-unit requirement may be
reduced for completed relevant undergraduate
work of satisfactory quality. All credit
reductions are determined individually and
consider the students' educational background
and objectives.
Medical Technology - Students desiring a
career in medical technology may either
complete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of
Science program followed by a clinical
internship at any hospital accredited by the
American Medical Association, or they may
complete the cooperative program. Students
electing the cooperative program normally
2(K 12-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^H
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
•
Study for three years at Lycoming, during
which time they complete 24 unit courses,
including the College distribution require-
ments, a major, and requirements of the
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). The current
requirements of the NAACLS are: four
courses in chemistry (one of which must be
either organic or biochemistry); four courses
in biology (including courses in microbiology
and immunology), and one course in
mathematics.
Students in the cooperative program usually
major in biology, following a modified major
of six unit courses that exempts them from
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO
225). Students must take either Microbiology
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health
Sciences (BIO 226), and either Human
Physiology (BIO 323) or Cell Biology (BIO
435). The cooperative program requires
successful completion of a one-year internship
at a hospital accredited by the American
Medical Association. Lycoming is affiliated
with the following accredited hospitals: Divine
Providence, Rolling Hill, Robert Packer,
Lancaster, and Abington. Students in the
cooperative program receive credit at
Lycoming for each of eight courses in biology
and chemistry successfully completed during
the clinical internship. Successful completion
of the Registry Examination is not considered a
graduation requirement at Lycoming College.
Students entering a clinical internship for
one year after graduation from Lycoming
must complete all of the requirements of the
cooperative program, but are not eligible for
the biology major exemptions indicated
above. Upon graduation, such students may
apply for admission to a clinical program at
any hospital.
Optometry — Through the Accelerated
Optometry Education Curriculum Program,
students interested in a career in optometry
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania
College of Optometry after only three years a
Lycoming College.
After four years at the Pennsylvania Collegt
of Optometry, a student will earn a Doctor of
Optometry degree. Selection of candidates fc
the professional segment of the program is
completed by the admissions committee of th<
Pennsylvania College of Optometry during th
student's third year at Lycoming. (This is on(
of two routes that students may choose. Any
student, of course, may follow the regular
application procedures for admission to the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry or anothe
college of optometry to matriculate following
completion of his or her baccalaureate pro-
gram.) During the three years at Lycoming
College, the student will complete 24 unit
courses, including all distribution require-
ments, and will prepare for his or her profes-
sional training by obtaining a solid foundation
in biology, chemistry, physics, and mathemat-
ics. During the first year of study at the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry, the
student will take 39 semester hours of basic
science courses in addition to introductions to
optometry and health care. Successful comple-
tion of the first year of professional training wil
complete the course requirements for the B.A.
degree at Lycoming College.
Most students will find it convenient to
major in biology in order to satisfy the
requirements of Lycoming College and the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such
students are allowed to complete a modified
biology major which will exempt them from
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified
major requires the successful completion of
the initial year at the Pennsylvania College of |
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors
must coordinate their plans with the Health
Professions Advisory Committee in order to
ensure that they have satisfied all requirements.
Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry
may either seek admission to a college of
LYCOMING COLLEGE
O
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOC
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
podiatric medicine upon completion of the
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel-
i erated Podiatric Medical Education Curricu-
lum Program (APMEC). The latter program
provides an opportunity for students to
qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM)
after three years of study at Lycoming. At
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program
must successfully complete 24 unit courses,
I including the distribution requirements and a
basic foundation in biology, chemistry,
physics, and mathematics. During the first
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students
must successfully complete a program of basic
science courses and an introduction to podiatry.
Successful completion of the first year of
professional training will contribute toward the
fulfillment of the course requirements for a
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming.
Students in the cooperative program who
major in biology will be allowed to complete a
modified major which will exempt them from
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified
major requires the successful completion of
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM.
Students interested in a career in podiatric
medicine should indicate their intentions to
the Health Professions Advisory Committee.
U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program
provides an opportunity for Lycoming
students to enroll in Army R.O.T.C.
Lycoming notes enrollment in and successful
completion of the program on student tran-
scripts. Military Science is a four-year
program divided into a basic course given
during the freshman and sophomore years and
an advanced course given during the junior
and senior years. Students who have not
completed the basic course may qualify for the
advanced course by completing summer camp
between the sophomore and junior years.
Students enrolled in the advanced course
receive a monthly, non-taxable stipend of
$ 1 ,000. One course each in written communi-
cation, computer proficiency, and military
history will fulfill the professional military
education requirements.
Students successfully completing the
advanced course and advanced summer camp
between the junior and senior years will qualify
for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in
the United States Army upon graduation, and
will incur a service obligation in the active
Army or Army Reserves.
THE HONORS PROGRAM
The Scholar Program
The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a
special program designed to meet the needs and
aspirations of highly motivated students of
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming
Scholar satisfies the College's distribution
requirements, generally on a more exacting
level and with more challenging courses than
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars
and in serious independent study culminating
in a senior project. Scholars may audit a fifth
course each semester at no additional cost. In
addition. Scholars may be exempted from the
usual limitations on independent studies by the
Individual Studies Committee.
Students are admitted to the program by
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group
which oversees the program. The council
consists of a director and four other faculty
selected by the Dean of the College, and four
students elected by current scholars. The
guidelines governing selection of new scholars
are flexible; academic excellence, intellectual
curiosity, and creativity are all taken into
account. Students who desire to participate in
the Scholar Program but are not invited may
petition the Scholar Council for consideration.
Petitioning students should provide the Scholar
Council with letters of recommendation from
2(X)2-()3 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Lycoming faculty and a transcript to be sent to
the director of the Scholar Program.
To remain in the program, students must main-
tain a cumulative average of 3.00 or better. Stu-
dents who drop below this average will be placed
on Scholar probation for one semester. After one
semester, they will be asked to leave the program
if their GPA has not returned to 3.00 or higher.
To graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at
least a 3.00 cumulative average. Scholars must
successfully complete five Lycoming Scholars
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior
Scholar Seminar in which they present the
results of their independent studies. In
addition, the following distribution require-
ments must be met.
Scholar Distribution Requirements for
Students in B.A., B.S., and B.S.N. Programs
A. English - Scholars must complete ENGL
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council
strongly recommends that qualified scholars
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits.
ENGL 106 or 107 must be taken during the
freshman year.
B. Fine Arts - Scholars are required to pass
two courses (or the equivalent) from the
following: Art: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 220 or higher;
Music: MUS 117, 135 or higher; Theatre:
THEA 11 4 or higher, excluding THE A 148;
Creative Writing: ENGL 240, 322, 342, 41 1,
412, 441 or 442; Literature: Any English
Literature course (except ENGL 215) and the
literature courses of the Department of Foreign
Languages and Literatures (French, German, or
Spanish).
C. Foreign Language - Scholars are required
to pass a course in French, German, Greek,
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher.
Placement at the appropriate course level will
be determined by the faculty of the Department
of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Scholars
who have completed two or more years of a
given language in high school are not admit-
ted for credit to the elementary course in the
same foreign language except by written
permission of the chairman of the department.
D. Humanities - Scholars are required to pass
four courses from three of the following
disciplines: History: any course numbered
200 or higher; Literature: any English litera-
ture course (except ENGL 215) and the
literature courses of the Department of Foreign
Languages and Literatures (French, German, oi
Spanish); Philosophy: any course numbered
200 or higher; Religion: any course numbered'
222 or higher.
E. Mathematics - Scholars must earn at least a
grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 103, 106,
109, 1 12, or CPTR 108; or successfully
complete one of MATH 128, 129, 130, 214 or
216.
F. Natural Sciences - Scholars are required
to pass two laboratory courses from the follow-
ing: Astronomy/Physics: any course numbered
1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course numbered
1 10 or higher; Chemistry: any course num-
bered 1 10 or higher.
G. Social Sciences - Scholars are required to
pass two courses from the following: Econom-
ics: any course numbered 1 10 or higher;
Political Science: any course numbered 106 or
higher; Psychology: PSY 1 10 or any other
PSY course numbered 225 or higher. Sociol-
ogy-Anthropology: any course from 1 10, 220,
229, 300 or higher.
H. Cultural Diversity - Scholars are required
to pass one designated course which introduces
students to Cultural Diversity which is distinct i
from the dominant western culture. Approaches i
to study may be artistic, historical, sociological
anthropological, international, psychological,
or issues oriented. The course selected to
fulfill this requirement may also be used to
satisfy one of the other general education
requirements in the Uberal arts.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
l. Writing Across the Curriculum. This
-equirement is the same as that stipulated by
he College for all students.
J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Commu-
nity Service. This requirement is the same as
:hat stipulated by the College for all students.
K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team-
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held every
semester under the direction of the Lycoming
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour each
week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour of
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars are
required to successfully complete five seminars
and they are permitted to register for as many
as eight. Topics for each academic year will be
selected by the Scholar Council and announced
before spring registration of the previous year.
Students must be accepted into the Scholar
Program before they enroll in a Scholar Seminar.
Scholars are strongly urged to register for a
least one seminar during the freshman year.
L. Senior Project — In the senior year,
scholars must successfully complete an
independent studies or departmental honors
project which has been approved in advance
by the Independent Studies Committee and the
Scholar Council. This project must be
presented orally as part of the Senior Scholar
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar
Council.
M. Major — Scholars must complete a
major and 32 units (128 semester hours),
exclusive of the Senior Scholar Seminar.
Note to Transfer Students — In the case of
transfer students and those who seek to enter
the program after their freshman year and in
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to
involve special or extraordinary circum-
stances, the Council shall make adjustments to
the scholar distribution requirements provided
that in all cases such exceptions and adjust-
ments would still satisfy the regular College
distribution requirements.
Management Scholars
Program of the Institute for
Management Studies
The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars
Program for academically talented students in
the three IMS departments. To join the Manage-
ment Scholars Program, a student must satisfy
the following criteria:
a) Have a declared major or minor in one or
ore of the IMS departments. However,
the IMS Director may invite or permit
other students to join the Management
Scholars Program who do not meet this
criteria, such as freshmen who have not
yet declared a major or minor.
b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, or
exhibit strong academic potential if the
student is a first-semester freshman.
To graduate as a Management Scholar, a
student must meet the following criteria:
a) Successfully complete two semester-
hours of Management Scholar Seminars.
b) Successfully complete a major or minor in
one of the three IMS departments.
c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher in
both overall college work, and within an
IMS major and/or minor.
d) Successfully complete an appropriate
internship, practicum or independent
study, or complete a special project
approved by the IMS Director.
At least one Management Scholar Seminar is
taught per academic year on an interdisciplinary
topic of relevance to students in all three IMS
departments. The seminars are offered as one
semester-hour courses and do not result in
overload charges for full-time students.
Students who are currently Lycoming College
Scholars may also become Management
Scholars and participate in both programs.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Nursing Scholars Program
The Department of Nursing offers a program
for those students who excel academically.
To graduate as a Nursing Scholar, a student
must:
a. Demonstrate continued participation in
activities sponsored by the Center for
Nursing Excellence (CNE).
b. Achieve a GPA of 3.25 or higher in both
overall college work and within the nursing
major.
c. Successfully complete an approved intern-
ship, practicum, or independent or honors
study.
d. Demonstrate those qualities most becoming
a professional nurse, including a commit-
ment to the profession and community
service.
Students who are Lycoming College Scholars
may become Nursing Scholars and participate
in both programs.
Departmental Honors
Honors projects are normally undertaken
only in a student's major, and are available
only to exceptionally well-qualified students
who have a solid background in the area of
the project and are capable of considerable
self-direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00.
The prerequisites for registration in an honors
program are as follows:
• A faculty member from the department(s)
in which the honors project is to be under-
taken must agree to be the director and must
secure departmental approval of the project.
• The director, in consultation with the
student, must convene a committee consist-
ing of two faculty members from the
department in which the project is to be
undertaken, one of whom is the director of
the project, and one faculty member from
each of two other departments related to the
subject matter of the study.
• The Honors Committee must then certify by
their signatures on the application that the
project in question is academically legiti-
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors
project, and that the student in question is
qualified to pursue the project.
• The project must be approved by the
Committee on Individual Studies.
Students successfully complete honors
projects by satisfying the following condition;
in accordance with guidelines estab lished by '
the Committee on Individual Studies:
• The student must produce a substantial
research paper, critical study, or creative
project. If the end product is a creative
project, a critical paper analyzing the
techniques and principles employed and thd
nature of the achievement represented in th^
project shall be also submitted.
• The student must successfully explain and
defend the work in a final oral examination
given by the honors committee.
• The Honors Committee must certify that tW
student has successfully defended the
project, and that the student's achievement i
clearly superior to that which would ordi-
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in
regular independent studies course.
• The Committee on Individual Studies must
certify that the student has satisfied all of
the conditions mentioned above.
Except in unusual circumstances, honors
projects are expected to involve independent
study in two consecutive unit courses.
Successful completion of the honors project
will cause the designation of honors in that
department to be placed upon the permanent
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in th
College library. In the event that the study isj
not completed successfully or is not deemed
worthy of honors, the student shall be re-
registered in independent studies and
given a final grade for the course.
THE ADVISING PROGRAM
Academic Advising
One advantage of a small college is the
direct, personal contact between a student an
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALC
p
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
he College faculty who care about that
tudent's personal, academic, and professional
:spirations. The student can draw upon their
'ears of experience to resolve questions about
ocial adjustment, workload, study skills,
utoring and more. Perhaps the member of the
acuity with the most impact on a student is
he academic advisor.
The freshman advisor, whom the student
neets at summer orientation, assists with
ourse selection by providing accurate informa-
ion about requirements, programs and career
•ptions. Advisors help students to identify
•ther campus resources. Health Services can
upply counseling support for students with
tersonal adjustment issues.
During the sophomore year, the student
lust choose a major and select an advisor
rom the major department. The new advisor,
/hile serving as a resource, can best advise
tiat student about course selection and career
ipportunities.
Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to
ontribute to students' development in yet
nother way. They insist that students assume
nil responsibility for their decisions and
cademic progress. By doing so, they help to
irepare them for the harder choices and
esponsibilities of the professional world.
Also, Lycoming provides special advising
irograms for careers in medicine, law and
eligion. Interested students should register
I'ith the appropriate advisory committee
mmediately after deciding to enter one of
tiese professions.
*re-Professional Advising
also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in
he Concentration section)
^reparation for Educational Professions —
Itudents interested in obtaining teacher cert-
fication should consult with a member of the
education Department as early as possible,
lee the Education Department listing on
•age 96.
Preparation for Health Professions —
Students interested in one of the health
professions or in an allied health career should
make their intentions know to the Admissions
Office when applying and to the Health
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC)
during their first semester. This committee
advises students concerning preparation for
and application to health-professions schools.
All pre-health professions students are invited
to join the student Pre-Health Professions
Association. See also descriptions of the
nursing program and of the cooperative
programs in podiatric medicine, optometry,
and medical technology.
Preparation for Legal Professions —
Students interested in pre-law should register
with the Legal Professions Advisory Commit-
tee (LP AC) during their first semester and
should join the Pre-Law Society on campus.
LP AC assists the pre-law student through
advising, compilation of recommendations,
and dissemination of information and materi-
als about law and the legal profession. The
Pre-Law Society sponsors films, speakers, and
field trips including visits to law school
campuses.
Preparation for Theological Professions —
Students who plan to investigate the religious
vocations should register with the Theological
Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC)
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to
discuss the needs of students who want to
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious
education, advanced training in religion, or
related vocations. Also, it may help coordi-
nate internships for students who desire
practical experience in the parish ministry or
related areas.
002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
ACADEMIC
SUPPORT SERVICES
Academic Resource Center
(ARC)
Daniel Hartsock, Director
Jane Keller, Assistant Director
www.lycoming.edu/arc
The Academic Resource Center, located on
the second floor of the Fine Arts Building,
provides a variety of free services to the
campus community.
Tutoring in Writing — Working one-on-
one. Writing Consultants use questioning
techniques to help writers improve papers
while developing confidence and indepen-
dence as writers. Writers may use the
Writer's Room, a quiet place for writing, to
work on papers while consulting with tutors
about development, organization, grammar,
documentation, and any other writing
concern. Writing Consultants offer 38
hours of scheduled tutoring weekly.
Tutoring in the Content Areas — The ARC
offers one-on-one tutoring support in almost
every course. Tutors assist students with
homework assignments and exam prepara
tion. A list of tutors is available on the ARC
website or by contacting the ARC direcdy.
Study Skills Support — The ARC provides
support through individualized instruction
and through small group workshops upon
request. Topics vary depending on the
needs of students. Also, the ARC offers a
more formal option for study skills support:
ARC 100, Success Skills Workshops.
ARC 100 Success Skills Workshops
A seven-week course, the workshop
introduces students to a variety of topics
important to student success. Among
these are time management, learning
styles, motivation, highlighting text,
note-taking, and word processing.
Topics will be selected to meet students'
needs. ARC 100 is highly recommended
LYCOMING COLLEGE
for students who, in consultation with
their academic advisors, choose to
improve their academic skills. This non-
credit course will be graded on a pass/
fail basis.
Disability Support — The Coordinator of
Services for Students with Disabilities
assists students in arranging for classroom i
accommodations, meeting requirements,
and developing appropriate study practices
Office of the Assistant
Dean for Freshmen
Lycoming College believes a student's
freshman year needs structure and support.
This office serves as a focal point for the
freshman and his or her family.
Freshman Orientation — The purpose of,
this required program is to acquaint new
students and their families more fully with
the College so that they can begin their
Lycoming experience under the most
favorable circumstances. Students sit for
placement tests, confer with their academic
advisors, preregister for fall classes, and
become acquainted with their classmates
First Weekend — Begins the day freshmeij
arrive with New Student Convocation. Thi
weekend activities include academic success
career, library and financial aid workshops
along with social events.
Information and Support — Students
and their families find the Office of the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an accessibly
resource to resolving problems, developing
solutions, coordinating services and enablin;
student success. Student and Family news
letters are provided during the year.
Office of the Assistant
Dean for Sophomores
The College continues to provide academ
counseling and support as students move intc
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for
Sophomores meets individually with second
year students and, in cooperation with the
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATAL(
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small
group retreats and other meetings. These
efforts are designed to alert students to their
circumstances, to help them explore options,
to motivate them to achieve their academic
aspirations, and to provide them with useful
strategies and resources for success.
In addition, the Sophomore Dean consults
with students on a variety of personal, social,
residential, financial, and other concerns.
SPECIAL ACADEMIC
OPPORTUNITIES
Vlay Term — This four-week voluntary
session is designed to provide students with
;ourses listed in the catalog and experimental
ind special courses that are not normally
ivailable during the fall and spring semesters
md summer sessions. Some courses are
offered on campus, others involve travel. In
iddition to the courses themselves, attractions
nclude less formal classes and reduced tuition
■ates. On campus courses have included
Chemistry in Context, Field Geology, Field
Ornithology, Energy Economics, Writer's
Seminar, American Detective Fiction, The
\merican Hard-Boiled Mystery, Organized
[Trime in America, and Internet Marketing and
\dvertising. Travel courses have included
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and
Photography in Greece and Italy, Cross-
Z!ultural Psychology in Greece and Italy,
intensive Language/Cultural Study and
Community Service in Mexico, and Tropical
Vlarine Biology in Jamaica. A business
nternship opportunity to study and work in
England for six weeks is offered on an annual
Dasis.
Summer Sessions I and II — These two suc-
cessive five- week academic terms offer the
opportunity for students to complete intern-
ships, independent studies and semester
courses.
Independent Studies — Independent studies
are available to any qualified student who
wishes to engage in and receive academic
credit for any academically legitimate course
of study for which he or she could not other-
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any
level (introductory, intermediate, or advanced)
and in any department, whether or not the
student is a major in that department. An
independent studies project may either
duplicate a catalogue course or be completely
different from any catalog course. In order for
a student to be registered in any independent
study course, the following conditions must be
satisfied:
1 ) An appropriate member of the faculty must
agree to supervise the project and must
certify by signing the application form that
the project involves an amount of legiti-
mate academic work appropriate for the
amount of academic credit requested and
that the student in question is qualified to
pursue the project.
2) The studies project must be approved by
the chair of the department in which the
studies project is to be undertaken. In the
case of catalog courses, all department
members must approve offering the
catalog course as an independent studies
course.
3) After the project is approved by the
instructor and the chair of the appropriate
department, the studies project must be
approved by the Committee on Individual
Studies.
Participation in independent studies
projects which do not duplicate catalog
courses is subject to the following:
• Students undertaking independent studies
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50.
• Students may not engage in more than one
independent studies project during any
given semester.
• Students may not engage in more than two
independent studies projects during their
academic careers at Lycoming College.
i002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• The Individual Studies Committee may
exempt members of the Lycoming College
Scholar Program from these two limitations.
As with other academic policies, any other
exceptions to these two rules must be approved
by the Committee on Academic Standards.
Internship Program — An internship is a
course jointly sponsored by the College and a
public or private agency or subdivision of the
College in which a student is able to earn
college credit by participating in some active
capacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice.
For a one unit (4 semester hour) internship,
at least ten hours per week must be spent in
agency duties. Academic requirements
include a daily log or journal, a research paper
of approximately ten pages or its equivalent,
and a reading list of approximately five books
or the equivalent. The student and academic
supervisor meet weekly during the term of the
internship.
The objectives of the intemship program are:
1 ) to further the development of a central
core of values, awarenesses, strategies,
skills, and information through experiences
outside the classroom or other campus
situations, and
2) to facilitate the integration of theory and
practice by encouraging students to relate
their on-campus academic experiences
more directly to society in general and to
possible career and other post-baccalaure-
ate objectives in particular.
Any junior or senior student in good acad-
emic standing may petition the Committee on
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an
intern. A maximum of 1 6 credits can be earned
through internships, practica, and/or student
teaching. Guidelines for program develop-
ment, assignment of tasks and academic
requirements, such as exams, papers, reports,
grades, etc., are established in consultation with
a faculty director at Lycoming and an agency
supervisor at the place of internship.
Students with diverse majors have partici-
pated in a wide variety of internships,
including ones with NBC Television in New
LYCOMING COLLEGE
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County
Historical Society, the American Cancer
Society, business and accounting firms, law
offices, hospitals, social service agencies,
banks and Congressional offices.
Practica — Practica are offered in Account-
ing, Biology, Business, Communication,
Criminal Justice, Economics, Education, IMS,
and Psychology. These courses require 10 to
1 2 hours of work per week in a business,
agency, or organization in addition to class-
room time. A maximum of 16 credits can be
earned through practica, internships, and/or
student teaching.
Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide
individuals who have completed a baccalaure-
ate degree with the opportunity to become
certified teachers through on-the-job training.
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher
Education Certificate and be certified by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elementary
education or one or more of the following
secondary areas: art, biology, chemistry,
English, French, general science (with biology
or astronomy/physics tracks), German, math-
ematics, music, physics, social studies, and
Spanish.
Interested individuals should file a formal
application with the Education Department foi
admission to the Intern Program. Upon
completion of the application process, interns
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the
Pennsylvania Department of Education which
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching
position. Necessary professional coursework
can be completed prior to the teaching
experience when individuals obtain teaching
position. (See Education Department on page
96 for course listing.)
The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full
semester liberal arts program for professional
development and field study is available to
Lycoming students. The program is open to
0
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Liniors majoring in any discipline or program,
^he Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored
nd administered by the Great Lakes Colleges
Association.
Vashington Semester — With the consent
if the Department of Political Science and the
Registrar, selected students are permitted to
tudy in Washington, D.C., at The American
Jniversity for one semester. They may
hoose from seven different programs:
Vashington Semester, Urban Semester,
'oreign Policy Semester, International
)evelopment Semester, Economic Policy
lemester. Science and Technology Semester,
ir American Studies Semester.
Jnited Nations Semester — With the
onsent of either the Department of History
ir Political Science and the Registrar, selected
tudents may enroll at Drew University in
/ladison. New Jersey, in the United Nations
lemester, which is designed to provide a first-
land acquaintance with the world organiza-
ion. Students with special interests in world
listory, international relations, law, and
(olitics are eligible to participate.
!^apitol Semester Internship Program —
"his program is available to eligible students
m a competitive basis. The program is co-
pon sored by Pennsylvania's Office of
Administration and Department of Education,
'aid internships are available to students in
nost majors. Interested students should
:ontact the Career Development Center for
idditional information.
^TUDY ABROAD
PROGRAMS
Students are encouraged to participate in a
variety of study abroad programs sponsored
)y affiliates or other institutions. Students
vho intend to study abroad must have a
:umulative grade point average of 2.50 or
ligher. Study abroad opportunities range from
summer sessions to a full semester or aca-
demic year overseas. All overseas programs
require prior approval from the students'
major departments, the Study Abroad Coordi-
nator, and the Registrar. Applications are
available in the Office of the Registrar.
Before embarking on an overseas learning
experience, students should review the study
abroad materials in the Career Development
Center (2nd floor, Wertz Center). With the
help of the Study Abroad Coordinator, they
must identify any additional program require-
ments such as fluency in a foreign language.
A limited number of competitive grants for
study abroad at our affiliate institutions are
available. Application forms are posted on the
College's home page under Academic
Programs, Study Abroad. For more details,
contact the Study Abroad Coordinator.
Lycoming aid is not part of the Study Abroad
package.
Affiliate Programs — Lycoming has coop-
erative arrangements with six institutions
overseas: Anglia Polytechnic University
(Cambridge, England), CUEF Universite
Stendhal-Grenoble 3 (Grenoble, France),
Lancaster University (Lake District, England),
Oxford Brookes University (Oxford, England)
Regent's College (London, England), and
Tandem Escuela Intemacional (Madrid,
Spain). Course offerings vary at each institu-
tion, contact the Study Abroad Coordinator for
details. Students interested in the programs
Grenoble and at Tandem should contact the
Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures.
Programs Sponsored by Other Institutions
Lycoming students have taken advantage of
opportunities offered by other institutions in
countries such as Australia, the Czech
Republic, France, Germany, Ireland, Mexico.
New Zealand, Spain, and Sweden. Information
regarding these and other programs are
available in the Career Development Center,
«02-O3 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMDIC PROGRAM • CURRICULUM
Curriculum
the Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures, and from the Study Abroad
Coordinator.
Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming
College has established a cooperative program
with Moorhead State University enabling
teacher education students to do all or part of
their student teaching in a foreign country.
This program offers exceptional students
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any
country in the world. Students are placed in
independent international schools where
English is the instructional language. An
effort is made to assign students to geographi-
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds,
serve their special interests and expand their
cultural horizons.
NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare of
students engaged in or en route to or from any
off-campus studies or activities which are not
under its exclusive jurisdiction.
Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and
Freshman level courses
Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and
Sophomore level courses
Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and
Junior level courses
Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and
Senior level courses
Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses
offered on a limited basis
Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre
Practicums and other fractional credit courses
Numbers 470-479 Internships
Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study
Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for
Departmental Honors
*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined by^
department
Courses not in sequence are listed
separately, as:
Drawing ART 1 1 1
Color Theory ART 212
Courses which imply a sequence are indicated
with a dash between, meaning that the first
semester must be taken prior to the second, as:
Intermediate French
FRN 111-112
Except for academic reasons, all students have
the right of access to all courses.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOC
ACCOUNTING
ACCOUNTING (AccT)
ssociate Professor: Kuhns
ssistant Professors: Slocum,
Wienecke (Chairperson)
The purpose of the accounting major is to
;lp prepare the student for a career within the
:counting profession. In order to satisfy the
;eds of an extremely diverse profession, the
lajor in accounting consists of three separate
acks. Track I is designed for students with
I interest in accounting for the informational
jeds of managers including business entities,
3n-profit entities and internal auditing.
his track will provide excellent preparation
)r the Certified Management Accounting
IMA) exam. Track II is a 128 semester hour
rogram and is designed to meet the require-
lents of the Pennsylvania State Board of
.ccountancy for those students whose goal is
► become Certified Public Accountants in
ennsylvania. Track III is a 150 semester
our program designed to meet the 1 50 hour
;quirement of the American Institute of
ertified Public Accounts for those students
'hose goal is to become a member of the
JCPA in Pennsylvania or any other state.
Students planning to sit for the Uniform
ertified Public Accounting Examination are
ivised to check with their State Board of
accounting to assure that they have completed
II courses required for C.P.A. licensure.
lore courses required of all majors:
ACCT 1 10, 223, 344, 345, 440, 443;
US 223, 228. 235, 244, 312, 320, 338, 441;
CON 110 or 111; MATH 123
rack requirements:
Management Accounting - 128 hours:
ACCT 224, and either 449 or 470-479;
iUS 339
[. Financial Accounting - 128 hours:
ACCT 436, 441 ; one course from
ACCT 224, 442, and either 449 or
470-479, or BUS 345
III. Financial Accounting - 150 hours:
ACCT 224, 436, 441, 442, 447, and
either 449 or 470-479; BUS 236;
ECON 1 10 and 1 1 1 ; one course from SOC
orPSY
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ACCT 223, 224, and 442.
Minor
A minor in the Department of Accounting
consists of ACCT 1 1 0 and four other account-
ing courses as determined by the student's
interests.
100
PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING
This course prepares students to make
better informed financial decisions in a
complicated world. A practical, relatively non-
technical course designed to help the student
identify and plan to meet their financial goals.
X)2-()3 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING
110
ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY
An introductory course in recording,
classifying, summarizing, and interpreting the
basic business transaction. Problems of
classification and interpretation of accounts
and preparation of financial statements are
studied.
130
ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL
DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to the various components
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is placed
on managerial problem-solving techniques
and the analysis of the results. Accounting
systems, costing procedures, cost-volume
profit relationships, managerial control
processes and the use of computers as aids to
decision-making are studied. Students will
gain hands-on experience with various
computer applications of managerial account-
ing. Prerequisite: ACCT 110.
223
COST AND BUDGETARY
ACCOUNTING THEORY I
Methods of accounting for material, labor
and factory overhead expenses consumed in
manufacturing using job order, process, and
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite:
ACCT 110.
224
COST AND BUDGETARY
ACCOUNTING THEORY II
Application of cost accounting and bud-
getary theory to decision making in the area of
make or buy, expansion of production and
sales, break even analysis, decision modeling,
internal control and information systems.
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 and MATH 123.
344
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY I
An in-depth examination of the environ-
ment within which financial accounting theorj
exists. An examination of the basic postulates
that underlie financial statements and a
critique of what financial reporting means.
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent of
instructor.
345
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY II
An examination of the various accounting <
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq-]
uisite: ACCT 344.
436
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY III
An examination of the various accounting
and reporting issues affecting liabilities,
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite:
ACCT 345 with a minimum grade ofCor
consent of instructor.
440
AUDITING THEORY
A study of the science or art of verifying,
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and
reports. The goal of the course is to empha-
size concepts which will enable students to
understand the philosophy and environment oi
auditing. Special attention is given to the
public accounting profession, studying
auditing standards, professional ethics, the
legal liability inherent in the attest function,
the study and evaluation of internal control,
the nature of evidence, the growing use of
statistical sampling, the impact of electronic
data processing, and the basic approach to
planning an audit. Finally, various audit
reports expressing independent expert
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO(
ACCOUNTING
•
opinions on the fairness of financial state-
Tients are studied. Prerequisite: ACCT 344,
MATH 123, BUS 320, and senior status or
zonsent of instructor.
i41
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
Analysis of the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions,
inventories, and accounting methods. Practical
jroblems involving determination of income
ind deductions, capital gains and losses,
;omputation and payment of taxes through
uvithholding at the source and through declara-
tion are considered. Planning transactions so
that a minimum amount of tax will result is
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 110 or
consent of instructor.
442
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING
An analysis of the provisions of the
[ntemal Revenue Code relating to partner-
ships, estates, trusts, and corporations. An
extensive series of problems is considered,
and effective tax planning is emphasized.
Prerequisite: ACCT 110, or consent of
instructor.
443
ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS
COMBINATIONS
Certain areas of advanced accounting
theory, including business combinations and
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi-
site: ACCT 345. One-half unit of credit.
447
ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
An intensive study of partnerships,
installment and consignment sales, branch
accounting, foreign currency transactions, and
segment interim reporting. Prerequisite:
ACCT 443. One-half unit of credit.
449
PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING
An introduction to the real world of
accounting. Students are placed in Manage-
rial and Public Accounting positions in order
to effect a synthesis of the students' academic
course work and its practical applications.
Specifics of the course work to be worked out
in conjunction with department, student and
sponsor. May he repeated for credit with
consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in accounting typically work off
campus under the supervision of a public or
private accountant.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Typical examples of recent studies in
accounting are: computer program to generate
financial statements, educational core for
public accountants, inventory control, and
church taxation.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS
ACCOUNTING -
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator)
The accounting-mathematical sciences
interdiscipHnary major is designed to offer,
within a hberal arts framework, courses which
will aid in constructing mathematical models
for business decision-making. Students
obtain the necessary substantial background in
both mathematical sciences and accounting.
Required accounting courses are: ACCT
1 10, 223, 224, 344, 345, 441, 442. In math-
ematical sciences, required courses are: CPTR
125, 321 and MATH 112, 128, 129, 338 and
either 123 or 332. Recommended courses
include: MATH 130, 238, 333; BUS 223,
235, 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108, 246; ECON
1 10, 1 1 1; PSY 224, 225; and SOC 1 10.
ACTUARIAL
MATHEMATICS
Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator)
The Actuarial Mathematics major is
designed to offer, within a liberal arts frame-
work, coursework to prepare for an actuarial
career. Students obtain the necessary math-
ematical background for the first actuarial
exam and two or three exams beyond the
first one. Students also obtain some back-
ground in accounting, economics, and business
which is needed for an actuarial career. At th
time of completion of all major requirements,
or shortly thereafter, a student should be
prepared to sit for up to four of the examina-
tions of the Society of Actuaries.
The Actuarial Mathematics major consists
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non-
credit colloquia. In Mathematical Sciences,
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128,
129, 130, 234, 238, 321, 332, 333, and 338.
Also required are ACCT 1 10; ECON 1 10; on<
of MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT
130, ACCT 441, BUS 338, ECON 331 or 441
two semesters of MATH 339 or 449 taken
during the junior and/or senior years; success-
ful completion of any one of the Society of
Actuaries Examinations (typically either the
course 100 or course 1 10 Examinations) by
the end of the junior year.
Recommended courses include: ACCT
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR 108; |
ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106, 231,
432, 434. It is also strongly recommended that
the student complete as many of the actuarial
examinations as possible prior to graduation.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO(
AMERICAN STUDIES
•
AMERICAN
STUDIES (AMST)
Professor: Piper (Coordinator)
The American Studies major offers a compre-
hensive program in American civilization which
introduces students to the complexities under-
lying the development of America and its cont-
emporary life. Thirteen courses are included.
Four Course Requirements
The primary integrating units of the major,
these courses — some team-taught — will
encourage students to consider ideas from
different points of view and help them to
correlate information and methods from
various disciplines:
1 . AMST 200 — America as a Civilization
(First semester of major study)
2. AMST 220 — American Tradition in the
Arts and Literature
3. HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and
Methodology (junior or senior year)
4. Internship or Independent Study (junior
or senior year)
Concentration Areas
Six courses in one option and three in the
other are needed. Six primary concentration-
option courses in American Arts or American
Society build around the insights gained in the
core courses. They focus particular attention
on areas most germane to academic and
vocational interests. The three additional
courses from the other option give further
breadth to an understanding of America.
Students also will be encouraged to take
elective courses relating to other cultures.
Students should design their American
Studies major in consultation with the
program coordinator.
American Arts Concentration Option
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century
ENGL 222 — American Literature I
ENGL 223 — American Literature II
MUS 128 — American Music
MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music
THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre
American Society Concentration Option
ECON 224 — Urban Problems
HIST 442 — U.S. Social and Intellectual
History to 1877
HIST 443 — U.S. Social and Intellectual
History since 1 877
PSCI331 — Civil Rights and Liberties
PSCI 335 — Law and Society
SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 95.
200
AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION
An analysis of the historical, sociocultural,
economic, and political perspectives of Ameri-
can civilization with special attention to the
interrelationships between these various
orientations. May be taken for either one-half
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B);
declared majors and prospective majors should
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate years.
220
AMERICAN TRADITION IN
THE ARTS AND LITERATURE
The relationship of the arts and literature to
the various historical periods of American life.
470-479 INTERNSHIP
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST
ARCHAEOLOGY
AND CULTURE OF
THE ANCIENT
NEAR EAST
Instructor: Knauth (Coordinator)
The interdisciplinary major in Archaeology
and Culture of the Ancient Near East is
designed to acquaint students with the "cradle
of Western civilization." The major requires
completion of ten courses relevant to the study
of the ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern
worlds from the following courses, which are
described in their departmental sections:
1. Two courses in archaeology:
REL 226 Biblical Archaeology
and one course from:
REL 401 Field Archaeology (based
on an excavation trip)
REL 42 1 Archaeological Field
Supervision
REL/HIST/ART 470-479
Internship (in archaeology
or museum work)
REL/HIST/ART N80-89
Independent Study (project
in archaeology)
2. Four courses in culture from:
ART 222 Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non-Western
Art
HIST 2 1 0 Ancient History
REL 113 or 114
Old or New Testament Fait!
and History (not both)
REL 223 Backgrounds of Early
Christianity
REL 224 Judaism and Islam
REL 228 History and Culture of the
Ancient Near East
3. Two semesters of foreign language from:
HEBR 101-102 Old Testament Grammar
and Readings
GRK 101-102 New Testament Grammar
and Readings
(Modem Hebrew, Arabic, Classical Greek,
or Latin may be substituted)
4. Two courses from related disciplines,
subject to advance approval by the supervi-
sory committee. These courses may be
taken from the fields of anthropology, art,
economics, geology, his-tory, literature,
philosophy, political science, or religion (oi
other related fields); they can be taken as
independent study projects. Topics should
be relevant to some aspect of ancient or
modem Near Eastem or Greco-Roman
study. Additional "culture" courses as
listed above are allowed in this category.
Although not included in the major, the
study of German and/or French is highly
recommended for those planning to pursue j
graduate studies in the field.
Minor
An interdisciplinary minor in Archaeology
and Culture of the Ancient Near East requires
completion of one archaeology course from
REL 226 or 401, and four courses at least
three of which must be numbered 200 or
higher from ASTR 102 or 1 12, ART 222,
HIST 210, REL 1 13 or 1 14, 223, 224, 226,
228, 401, 421, SOC 114 and 229. At least
two of these courses must be from outside the
Religion Department.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO(
ART
•
ART (ART)
Professor: Shipley
Associate Professors: Golahny,
Estomin (Chairperson)
Visiting Assistant Professors: Goodyear, Tran
Part-time Instructor: Stemgold
The Art Department offers two majors in
the B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art History.
THE B.A. DEGREE -
STUDIO ART
To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree
with a major in studio art, students must
complete the seven-course foundation
program and the requirements for an area of
specialization, successfully complete each
semester's colloquium (while a declared
major), and successfully complete the senior
exhibition. Exception to participation in the
colloquium may be made by the art faculty.
Placement into ART 227. Introduction to
Photography, will be based on the experience
of the student and determined by the faculty of
the Art Department. Students who place out
of ART 227 will take ART 337, Photography
II, to fulfill the foundation requirement in
photography. In addition, students placed into
ART 337 who are specializing in Track IV,
Commercial Design, will be required to take
both ART 344, Computer Graphics for
Electronic Media, and ART 430, Interactive
Multi-Media and Web Design. Students
specializing in Track VI, Photography/
Electronic Art, will be required to take ART
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media;
ART 431, Advanced Digital Imaging; or an
approved independent study.
Foundation Program
ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
ART 116 — Figure Modeling
ART 2 12 — Color Theory
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval
and Non-Western Art
ART 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non-Western Art
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium
Areas of Specialization
I. Painting
ART 220 — Painting I
ART 221 —Drawing II
ART 330 — Painting II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
II. Printmaking
ART 221 —Drawing II
ART 228 — Printmaking I
ART 338 — Printmaking II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
III. Sculpture
ART 225 — Sculpture I
ART 226 — Figure Modeling II
ART 335 — Sculpture II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
IV. Commercial Design
ART 221 — Drawing II
ART 337
ART 343
Photography II
Computer Graphics for
Print Media
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for
Electronic Media, OR
ART 430 — Interactive Multi-Media and
Web Design. (Commercial
Design majors are strongly
encouraged to take both.)
ART 442 — Special Projects with
Commercial Design
ART 470 — Internship
A student is encouraged to take the follow-
ing courses: ART 431, Advanced Digital
Imaging; BUS 332, Advertising; BUS 344,
Electronic Commerce and Internet Marketing;
COMM 323, Feature Writing for Special
Audiences; COMM 1 10, Principles of
Communication; and PSY 224, Social
Psychology.
V. Generalist Art Major
To be taken by those students who are seeking
teaching certification in Art. In addition, this
area of specialization is recommended for those
students also majoring or minoring in Psychol-
ogy with a possible future career in art therapy.
ART 119 — Ceramics I
ART 220 — Painting I
ART 225 — Sculpture I
ART 228 — Printmaking I
and two art history courses numbered 300 or
higher.
Students planning to complete the K- 12 art
certification program must also fulfill the
following requirements:
ART 310 — History and Practice of Art
Education
EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of
Education
PSY 138 — Educational Psychology
EDUC 446, 447 448 and 449
Professional Semester
Students are also encouraged to
take EDUC 232, 239, and ART 343.
VI. Photography/Electronic Art
ART 337 — Photography II
ART 342 — Photography III
ART 343 — Computer Graphics for Print
Media
ART 431 — Advanced Digital Imaging, OR
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two Art History courses numbered 300 or
above.
Students are also encouraged to take ART
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media
and ART 430, Interactive Multi-Media and
Web Design.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: ART 222 and 339.
The following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ART 222, 223, 331, 333, 334,
336, and 339.
THE B.A. DEGREE -
ART HISTORY
To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree
with a major in art history, a student must take
courses in art history, studio art, and history
and/or religion. A student majoring in art
history is advised to take a foreign language.
Art History majors (once declared) are
required to participate in each semester's art
colloquium.
Required of ail students:
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non- Western Art
ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the
Renaissance through the
Modem Age
ART 447 — Art History Research
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
•
Choose four of the following:
ART 310 — History /Practice Art Education
ART 331 — Recent Developments in Art
ART 333 — 19th Century European and
American Art
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque
ART 339 — Women in Art
Choose two of the following:
ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling I
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography
Two Additional Courses Outside the Art
Department:
Students must take at least two additional
courses in the areas of History, Literature,
Theater or Religion. Students should select
these courses with their advisors.
The following courses have been
approved to be offered as writing intensive
courses and may be offered as such: ART 222,
223,331,333, 334, 336 and 339. Students
must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
Minors
Five minors are offered by the Art Depart-
ment. Requirements for each follow: Commer-
cial Design: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 212, 223, 227 and
343; Painting: ART 111,115, 220, 330 and
221 or 223; Photography: ART 1 1 1, 212, 223,
227. 337 and 342; Sculpture: ART 1 16, 225,
226, 335, and 1 1 1 , 1 1 9 or 445; Art History:
ART 222, 223 and two advanced art history
courses. Art majors who minor in art history
must take two additional upper level
courses beyond the two required for the minor
intended for students who major in other
disciplines (i.e., ART 222, 223 and four upper
level courses).
Ill
DRAWING I
Study of the human figure with gesture and
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar
with different drawing techniques and media.
Some drawings from nature.
115
TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN
The basic fundamentals found in the two-
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space,
color, and composition are taught in relation-
ship to the other two-dimensional arts.
Perceptual theories and their relationships to
what and why we see what we see in art are
discussed with each problem.
116
FIGURE MODELING I
Understanding the figure will be approached
through learning the basic structures and pro-
portions of the figure. The course is conceived
as a three-dimensional drawing class. At least
one figure will be cast by each student.
119
CERAMICS I
Emphasis placed on pottery design as it
relates to function of vessels and the design
parameters imposed by the characteristics of
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to
encourage expression rather than to dispense
merely a technical body of information.
212
COLOR THEORY
A study of the physical and emotional
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten
will form the base for this course with some
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber
Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^n
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
•
220
PAINTING I
An introduction of painting techniques and
materials. Coordination of color, value, and
design within the painting is taught. Some
painting from the figure. No limitations as to
painting media, subject matter, or style.
Prerequisite: ART 115 or consent of instructor.
221
DRAWING II
Continued study of the human figure.
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure-
ground coordination with the use of value and
design. Prerequisite: ART HI.
Ill
SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT,
MEDIEVAL, AND NON-WESTERN ART
A survey of the major developments in the
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non-
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation
of form and content, the function and meaning
of the visual arts within their respective
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy.
223
SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE THROUGH
THE MODERN AGE
A survey of Western architecture, sculp-
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the
interrelation of form and content and on the
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural
environment: 14th-20th centuries.
225
SCULPTURE I
An introduction to the techniques, materi-
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax,
wood, and other materials will be used. The
course will be concerned with ideas about
sculpture as expression, and with giving
material form to ideas.
226
FIGURE MODELING II
Will exploit the structures and understand-
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce j
larger, more complex figurative works. There!
will be a requirement to cast one of the works!
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART 116 and consen,
of instructor.
Ill
INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY
Objectives of the course are to develop
technical skills in the use of photographic
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom,
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the
areas of composition, form, light, picture
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full-
manual operation.
228
PRINTMAKING I
Introduction to the techniques of
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithograph>
printing. One edition of at least six prints
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite:
ART 111 or 115; or consent of instructor.
229
CERAMICS II
Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite:
ART 119.
310
HISTORY AND PRACTICE
OF ART EDUCATION
This course concerns the teaching of art,
from the distant past to the present. Topics
include Discipline-Based Art Education: its
philosophy, history, and context; lesson
planning; and teaching methods. Course work
includes observation of art classes in elemen-
tary and secondary schools in the greater
Williamsport area. Required of art majors in
the K-12 certification program.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^m
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
•
m
AINTING II
Continuation of Painting I (ART 220).
'imphasis is placed on individual style and
echnique. Artists and movements in art are
itudied. No limitations as to painting media,
.ubject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 220.
131
DECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ART
' Recent developments, taking into account
;lobal issues, historical reference, and news
nedia.
i
f33
I9TH CENTURY EUROPEAN
VND AMERICAN ART
The art of Western Europe and the United
»tates from 1780-1900, with emphasis on
painting in France. Those artists to be studied
nclude David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the
mpressionists, Turner, Homer, Cole and Eakins.
B4
\RT OF THE RENAISSANCE
The art of Italy and Northern Europe from
.300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters
jiotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael,
ritian. Van Eyck, and Durer, the sculptors
jhiberti, Donatello and Michelangelo, and the
irchitects Brunelleschi and Alberti.
SCULPTURE II
A continuation of Sculpture I (Art 225).
Emphasis is on advanced technical process,
lasting of bronze and aluminum sculpture
vill be done in the school foundry. Prereqiti-
lite: ART225.
^6
\RT OF THE BAROQUE
Seventeenth-century painting and sculpture
n Italy and The Netherlands with emphasis on
Bernini. Poussin. Rubens, and Rembrandt, with
>pecial attention given to the expressive, nar-
rative, and painterly styles present in their art.
337
PHOTOGRAPHY II
To extend the skills developed in Introduc-
tion to Photography (ART 227) by continued
growth in technical expertise including
instruction in photo art processes such as
collage, multiple images, hand-coloring and/
or toning. Emphasis is placed on conceptual
and aesthetic aspects of photography. Prereq-
uisite: ART 227.
338
PRINTMAKING II
Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228).
Emphasis on multi-plate and viscosity
printing. Prerequisite: ART 228.
339
WOMEN IN ART
A survey of women artists from a variety
of viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social,
political and economic — which seeks to
understand and integrate the contributions of
women artists into the mainstream of the
history of art.
342
PHOTOGRAPHY III
Study of techniques and aesthetics of color
photography using color negatives and/or
slides, advanced imaging techniques utilizing
the computer to enhance and manipulate
students' original photographs, and introduc-
tion to large format view cameras. Integration
of tools to students' own artistic process
emphasized. A portfolio including examples
of color, image processing and large format
work will be produced. Prerequisites: ART
227, 337, and 343.
343
COMPUTER GRAPHICS FOR PRINT MEDIA
Use of computers as an artist's and
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on study
of image manipulation, illustration and layout
programs. Content of course includes funda-
mentals of vector and raster imaging, typogra-
phy, design, layout, color separation, and
{002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
manipulating computer images obtained from
scanners, video sources, and the students' own
original production using computer paint
software. Prerequisite: ART 227 and either
ART 111 or 115; or consent of instructor.
344
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA
Use of the computer as a tool to create,
manipulate and edit video for artistic and
commercial purposes. Content of course
includes computer animation, multi-media
program production and computer interfaced
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
430
INTERACTIVE MULTI-MEDIA
AND WEB DESIGN
This course is a concentrated, hands-on
study of interactive media for CD-ROM and
the World Wide Web. It includes study of the
history and design principles of interactive art,
creation of 2-D computer animation, digital
sound editing, Web design and CD-ROM
production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or consent
of instructor.
431
ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGING
This course continues the study of the
computer as an artist and designer's tool. It is
the capstone course for those Photography/
Electronic Media majors who wish to do the
majority of their senior show work in the
digital media. Students learn advanced
imaging techniques, work with digital cam-
eras, use scanners as "cameras," combine
traditional and digital photography, and
experiment with a variety of printing processes
and substrates. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
440
PAINTING III
Advanced study of painting techniques and!
materials. A personal painting direction is
expected. There is some experimentation with
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART
330.
441
DRAWING III
Continued study of the human figure,
individual style, and professional control of
drawing techniques and media are empha-
sized. Prerequisite: ART 221
442
SPECIAL PROJECT IN
COMMERCIAL DESIGN
Concentrated research, preparation and
execution of a series of projects in commercial
design utilizing computer graphics, page
layout programs and paint, draw and image
manipulation software that simulate traditional
airbrush, water-based mediums, markers, i
colored pencils and ink pens. The following (
skills are involved: illustration, photography, j
design, typesetting, lettering, layout, overlays, i
scanning color separation, matching and
proofing and preparation of files for a service
bureau or printer. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
445
SCULPTURE III
In Sculpture III the student is expected to
produce a series of sculptures that follow a
conceptual and technical line of development.
Prerequisite: ART 116, 225, and 335.
446
STUDIO RESEARCH
Independent research in an elective studio
area, conducted under the supervision of the
appropriate faculty member, includes creation
of work which may be incorporated in the
senior group exhibition. Student works in
private studio assigned by the department.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
47
.RT HISTORY RESEARCH
Independent research, conducted under the
jpervision of the appropriate faculty mem-
er, includes the research and writing of a
lesis, to be presented to a committee of Art
department faculty. This course may he
?peated for credit.
48, 248, 348 and 448
.RT COLLOQUIUM
A non-credit seminar in which faculty,
:udents and invited professionals discuss and
ritique specific art projects. Required of all
'udents majoring in art. Taken each semes-
T. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fail,
'on-credit seminar.
49
.RT PRACTICUM
his course offers students internship experi-
nce in commercial design or commercial
holography with companies and organiza-
ons. Students work at least 10 hours per
'eek for a sponsoring company and attend
jminar sessions on issues relevant to their
'ork assignments. Students must apply
irectly to the Art Department to arrange job
lacement before pre-registration to be
ligible for this course. Prerequisite: ART 442
r consent of instructor.
70-479
sfTERNSHIP (See index)
This course offers students internship
icperience in commercial design or commer-
lal photography with companies and organi-
itions. Prerequisite: ART 430 or ART 442
r consent of instructor. Students must apply
irectly to the Art Department to arrange job
lacement before pre-registration to be
Hgible for this course.
90-491
'^DEPENDENT STUDY FOR
'EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Sl^'^
ASTRONOMY
AND PHYSICS
Associate Professors: Erickson (Chairperson),
Fisher, Wolfe
The department offers two majors. The
major in astronomy is specifically designed to
train students in the field of planetarium
education; it also may serve as a basis for
earning state certification as a secondary school
teacher of general science. The major in physics
can prepare students for graduate work in
physics, astronomy, and related physical
sciences, for the cooperative program in
engineering, for state certification as secondary
school teachers of physics, or for technical
positions in industry.
ASTRONOMY (astr)
The major in astronomy requires courses in
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathematics.
The required courses are ASTR 111, 448, and
five additional courses numbered ASTR 1 1 2 or
higher four of which must be numbered ASTR
230 or higher; PHYS 225-226; CHEM 110-1 1 1
or 330-331; and MATH 128-129. Astronomy
majors are also required to register for four
semesters of ASTR 349 and 449 (non-credit
colloquia).
The requirement for taking ASTR 448 can be
satisfied by doing an individual studies or honors
project where the results would be presented at a
departmental colloquium. A double major in
astronomy and physics need only take the course
once. Students participating in an engineering 3-2
program will be exempt from taking ASTR 448.
02-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
The following courses are recommended:
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 96.
The following course, when scheduled as a
W course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: ASTR 230.
Minor
A minor in astronomy consists of a grade of
C or better in both ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 225
plus any three additional courses selected from
PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered 200 or
higher.
104
FIELD GEOLOGY
A methods course introducing the field
techniques needed to study the geology
of an area. May or summer term only.
107
OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY
A methods course providing the opportu-
nity to make a variety of astronomical
observations, both visually and photographic-
ally, with and without telescopes. The
planetarium is used to familiarize the student
with the sky at various times during the year
and from different locations on earth. May or
summer term only.
101
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY
111
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY
A summary of current concepts of the
universe from the solar system to distant
galaxies. Describes the techniques and
instruments used in astronomical research.
Presents not only what is reasonably well
known about the universe, but also considers
some of the major unsolved problems ASTR
1 01 and 111 share the same three hours of
lecture and two hours of laboratory each week.
ASTR 111 has one additional hour each week
for more advanced mathematical treatment of
the material. Credit may not be earned for bott
101 and 111. Corequisite for 111: MATH 127
or consent of instructor.
102
PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
112
PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
A study of the surface processes and interna
structure of the planet Earth. Shows how past
events and lifeforms can be reconstructed from
preserved evidence to reveal the geologic
history of our planet from its origin to the
present. Describes the ways geology influence)
our environment. ASTR 102 and 112 share the
same three hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory each week. 112 has one additional
hour each week for more advanced mathemati-'
cal treatment of the material. Credit may not
be earned for both 102 and 112. Corequisite
for 112: MATH 127 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
114
MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I
Traces the beginnings of rocketry and
spaceflight capability from Sputnik (1957)
through the conclusion of the Apollo moon
landings (1972). Extensive use of NASA vide(
and other audio-visual aids. Examination of
scientific, engineering and political motivation;
When taken in May term, must be scheduled
with ASTR 115. Not for distribution. Alternate
years. One-half unit of credit.
115
MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II
Examines manned spaceflight from Skylab
missions (1973-74) through Apollo-Soyuz Test
Project, early Space Shuttle missions, to current
U.S. and Soviet space efforts. Extensive use of
NASA video. Examination of scientific,
engineering, and political motivations. When
taken in May Term, must be scheduled with
ASTR 114. Not for distribution. Alternate year
One-half unit of credit.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALQi
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
130
>LANETARIUM TECHNIQUES
A methods course covering major aspects of
)lanetarium programming, operation
ind maintenance. Students are required to
)repare and present a planetarium show. Upon
mccessfully completing the course, students
ire eligible to become planetarium assistants.
ifhree hours of lecture and demonstration and
three hours of practical training per week.
Prerequisite: a grade ofC or better in ASTR
fOl or U 1. Alternate years.
243
PLANETARY SCIENCE
A comparative survey of the various
classes of natural objects that orbit the sun.
Including the major planets, their satellites, the
minor planets, and comets. Topics include
meteorological processes in atmospheres,
geological processes that shape surface features,
internal structures, the role of spacecraft in the
exploration of the solar system, and clues to
the origin and dynamic evolution of the solar
system. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: a grade of C or better in ASTR
U] or 112, or PHYS 225. Alternate years.
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special theory
of relativity and an introduction to the general
theory. Topics include: observational and
experimental tests of relativity, four- vectors,
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative
cosmological models, and the origin and
future of the universe. Four hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 1 J J and PHYS 225.
Alternate years. Cross-listed as PHYS 344.
445
STELLAR EVOLUTION
The physical principles governing the
internal structure and external appearance of
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and
transport within stars. The evolution of stars
from initial formation to final stages. The
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn-
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ASTR J 1 1 and PHYS 226.
Alternate years.
446
STELLAR DYNAMICS AND
GALACTIC STRUCTURE
The motion of objects in gravitational fields.
Introduction to the n-body problem. The
relation between stellar motions and the
galactic potential. The large-scale structure of
galaxies in general and of the Milky Way
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and PHYS
225. Alternate years.
448
RESEARCH TOPICS
Students participate in a research project
under the guidance of a faculty member in the
department. In weekly meetings, they share
reports from the literature and report on their
own work. Topics will range from abstract
theoretical to selected practical experimental
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of the
instructor Cross-listed as PHYS 448.
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and
physics offers students a chance to meet and
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics, and
related scientific areas talk about their own
research or professional activities. In addition,
majors in astronomy and physics must pre.sent
two lectures, one given during the junior year
and one given during the senior year, on the
results of a literature survey or their individual
research. Students majoring in this department
are required to attend four semesters during the
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be
given when the student gives a lecture. Other-
wise the grade will be P/F. Students in the
Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and
Engineering are required to attend two semes-
ters and present one lecture during their junior
year. Non-credit course. One hour per week.
Cross-listed as PHYS 349 & 449.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^R
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of astronomy.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS (PHYS)
The major in physics requires courses in
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The
required courses are PHYS 225, 226, 331,
332, 448 and four additional courses num-
bered PHYS 333 or higher; CHEM 110-111 or
330-331; and MATH 128-129. Physics
majors are also required to register for four
semesters of PHYS 349 and 449 (non-credit
coUoquia).
The requirement for taking PHYS 448 can
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or
honors project where the results would be
presented at a departmental colloquium. A
double major in astronomy and physics need
only take the course once. Students participat-
ing in an engineering 3-2 program will be
exempt from taking PHYS 448.
Up to two courses chosen from ASTR 111,
1 12, 243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two
of the four physics electives. The following
courses are recommended: MATH 231, 238;
CPTR 125 (all three required for the coopera-
tive engineering program and by many
graduate schools), and PHIL 223, 333.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 96.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PHYS 338 and 447.
Minor
A minor in physics requires completion of
the following courses with a C grade or better:
PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one additional
course selected from PHYS courses numberedi
300 or higher.
106
ENERGY ALTERNATIVES
A physicist' s definition of work, energy, and ;
power. The various energy sources available
for use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The
advantages and disadvantages of each energy-
conversion method, including availability,
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present
areas of energy research and possible future
developments. Projections of possible future <
energy demands. Exercises and experiments in
energy collection, conversion, and utilization.
May or summer term only.
108
GREAT IDEAS OF THE
PHYSICAL UNTVERSE i
An introduction to several major concepts t
of physics which have developed over the past!
several centuries, relating them to their broad
implications. The emphasis is on a descriptive
rather than a mathematical discussion of I
topics which range from early Greek concepts
of science to present day methods and
techniques used to describe the physical
universe. Many distinctions and similarities
between science and other areas of human
endeavor will be studied to demonstrate the
beauty, simplicity, harmony, and grandeur of
some of the basic laws which govern the
universe. Three hours of lecture and two \
hours of laboratory per week. Alternate years.
225-226
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I-II
A mathematically rigorous introduction to
physics designed for majors in physics, astro-
nomy, chemistry and mathematics. Topics
include mechanics, thermodynamics, electric-
ity and magnetism, waves, optics, and modem
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation
and one three-hour laboratory per week.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
"ore qui site: MATH 128 or 129. With consent
(department, MATH 109 may substitute for
1ATH 128 or 129 as a prerequisite.
31
:lassical mechanics
An analytical approach to classical mechan-
:s. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics
f single particles and systems of particles,
ravitation and other central forces, moving
jference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamilto-
ian formulations of mechanics. Four hours of
mature and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade ofC or
etterinPHYS225.
32
iLECTROMAGNETISM
A theoretical treatment of classical electro-
lagnetism. Topics include: electrostatics,
lagnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten-
ials, electric and magnetic properties of matter,
-laxwell's equations, the electromagnetic
ield, and the propagation of electromagnetic
adiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours
f laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MATH
29 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226.
33
)PTICS
Geometrical optics, optical systems,
ihysical optics, interference, Fraunhofer
nd Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and
asers will be covered. Three hours of lecture
md three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 128; or
onsent of instructor. Alternate years.
136
MTHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS
Solution of ordinary linear differential
iquations using power series and Laplace
ransforms, nonlinear differential and coupled
lifferential equations, Fourier analysis using
)oth trigonometric and complex exponential
unctions, complex variables, eigenvalue
)roblems, infinite dimensional vector spaces,
)artial differential equations, boundary value
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat
flow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq-
uisites: MATH 231 and 238. Alternate years.
337
THERMODYNAMICS AND
STATISTICAL MECHANICS
Classical thermodynamics will be presented,
showing that the macroscopic properties of a
system can be specified without a knowledge of
the microscopic properties of the constituents of
the system. Then statistical mechanics will be
developed, showing that these same macro-
scopic properties are determined by the micro-
scopic properties. Four hours of lecture and
recitation per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 226
and MATH 129. Alternate years.
338
MODERN PHYSICS
Thorough investigation of changes in the
classical understanding of space and time
together with those of energy and matter that
led to the time development of relativistic and
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include:
introduction to special relativity, blackbody
radiation, the postulation of the photon and
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom,
concepts of symmetry, and development and
applications of the Schrodinger equation.
Four hours of lecture and one-three hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH
129 and a grade of Cor better in PHYS 226.
339
SOLID STATE PHYSICS
Topics include crystalline structures,
periodic potentials, band structure, free
electron model, semiconductor physics,
electromagnetic and thermal properties of
solids, superconductivity, and superfluidity.
Four hours of lecture and three hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: PHYS
332 and MATH 129; or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special theory
of relativity and an introduction to the general
theory. Topics include: observational and
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors,
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative
cosmological models, and the origin and future
of the universe. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ASTRIU andPHYS225.
Alternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344.
439
INTRODUCTION TO
QUANTUM MECHANICS
Basic concepts and formulation of quantum
theory. The free particle, the simple harmonic
oscillator, the hydrogen atom, and central
force problems will be discussed. Both time-
independent and time-dependent perturbation
theory will be covered. Four hours of lecture
and recitation. Prerequisite: Either PHYS 226
or CHEM 331, and MATH 231. Cross-listed
as CHEM 439.
447
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
The course will consider properties of
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear
reactions (including fission and fusion), and
properties of elementary particles. The
interactions of nuclear particles with matter
and the detection of nuclear particles will be
covered. It will be shown how observed
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of
fundamental interactions, how these forces act
at the smallest measurable distances, and what
is expected to occur at even smaller distances.
Four hours of lecture and recitation and three
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
PHYS 226, MATH 129, and either PHYS 338
or CHEM 110. Alternate years.
448
RESEARCH TOPICS
Students participate in a research project
under the guidance of a faculty member in the
department. In weekly meetings, they share
reports from the literature and report on their
own work. Topics will range from abstract
theoretical to selected practical experimental
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of
the instructor Cross-listed as ASTR 448.
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for juniors
and seniors majoring in astronomy and physics
offers students a chance to meet and hear active
scientists in astronomy, physics and related
scientific areas talk about their own research or
professional activities. In addition, majors in
astronomy and physics must present two lectures,
one given during the junior year and one given
during the senior year, on the results of a literature
survey or their individual research. Students
majoring in this department are required to attend;
four semesters during the junior and senior
years. A letter grade will be given when the
student gives a lecture. Otherwise the grade wil
be P/F. Students in the Cooperative Program in
Liberal Arts and Engineering are required to
attend two semesters and present one lecture
during their junior year. Non-credit course. Oni
hour per week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 & 449
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in physics work off campus under
the supervision of professional physicists
employed by local industries or hospitals.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken inj
most areas of physics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALC
BIOLOGY
•
BIOLOGY (BIO)
^rofessors: Diehl, Zimmerman (Chairperson)
Associate Professors: Gabriel, Zaccaria
\ssistant Professors: Briggs, Lipar, Newman
The Department of Biology offers both
3.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors
ivailable in Biology and Environmental
Science. Consent of instructor may replace
BIO 110-111 as a prerequisite for all upper
evel biology courses.
rhe B.A. Degree
To earn the B.A. degree students must
:omplete the 13 course major which consists
Df BIO 1 10, 1 1 1, 222, 224, 225, 321, 323 and
3ne course in Biology numbered 328 or higher
^excluding BIO 400 or 470); one course from
GHEM 1 15, 220, or 221 plus two additional
units of Chemistry; two units of mathematical
sciences chosen from CPTR 108, 125 and/or
MATH 109, 123, 127, 128 or above. In
addition, juniors and seniors are required to
successfully complete BIO 349/449 (non-
credit colloquium) for a maximum of four
semesters and complete the capstone experi-
ences described below. Enrollment in student
teaching and/or other similar off-campus
academic experiences will be accepted by the
department in lieu of that semester's collo-
quium requirement. Only two courses
numbered below 221 may count toward the
major. Declared Biology majors may substi-
tute BIO 106-107 for BIO 110-111 with
written consent of the department chair.
The B.S. Degree
To earn the B.S. degree students must
complete the 13 course major described for
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement,
and pass three courses chosen in any combina-
tion from the following: BIO 328 or above
( including BIO 400 and/or 470), CHEM 200
or above, PHYS 200 or above, or MATH
1 27 or above. Students electing to graduate
with a B.S. must complete the capstone
experiences listed below.
Cooperative Programs
Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. and
B.S. degrees will be made for students in
accelerated programs. The requirements for
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol-
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the
Academic Program section of the catalog.
Students interested in these programs should
contact the program director before finalizing
their individual programs.
Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: BIO 222 and 224.
Capstone Experiences for Biology Majors
In order to graduate, all biology majors
must demonstrate to the Department their
command of biology by meeting the following
three criteria.
1. Practical Experience: All students must
complete at least one of the experiences
in the following list: Internship,
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi-
ence, Independent Studies, Honors,
Medical Technology Internship, Teach-
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory
Assistant, Biology-related volunteer
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^n
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
work. (Summer experiences. Biology-
related volunteer work, or working as a
lab assistant must be approved by the
Department in order to be used to meet
this requirement.)
2. Research & Presentation Component:
All junior and senior majors are required
to successfully complete Biology
Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449) during all
their semesters on campus. During their
final year, students will research a
biological topic and make an oral
presentation at the Biology Colloquium.
This will provide the student with the
basic level of information literacy in the
biological science.
3. Assessment: All majors are required to
take at least one of the exams listed
below or pass a Biology Department Exit
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAT,
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the
end of their first semester of their senior
year, students must provide the Depart-
ment official documentation of the scores
they have earned on one of these exams.
If one or more of these requirements
have not been met by the end of their
first semester of their senior year, the
student must submit a plan signed by
their advisor showing when and how
these requirements will be completed.
Certification in Secondary Education
A Biology major interested in becoming
certified at the secondary level to teach
Biology and/or General Science should, as
early as possible, consult the current Depart-
ment of Education Teacher Education
Handbook and should make their plans known
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education
Department so the required courses can be
scheduled before the Professional Semester,
a) To obtain certification in Secondary
Biology a student must successfully
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSY 138, the Pre-Student Teaching Part-
icipation, and the Professional Semester !
(EDUC 446, 447 and 449). Students may
choose EDUC 232 and/or EDUC 239 as
Education electives.
b) Students interested in obtaining General
Science/Biology certification must com-
plete all the requirements for secondary
Biology listed in (a) as well as PHYS 108
or 225 and any two courses from ASTR
1 1 1, 1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly
recommended as an additional course.
Minors
The Department of Biology offers two
minors: Biology and Environmental Science.
A minor in biology requires the completior
of four courses numbered 200 or higher, with
their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two intro-
ductory biology courses). At least two of thes
must be from the series of courses BIO 222,
224, 225, 321, or 323.
A minor in Environmental Science consists
of two introductory biology courses (one of
which must be BIO 220), BIO 224, two addi-
tional courses numbered 200 or higher,
one course in economics (recommended
ECON 225), and ASTR 102.
Biology majors who minor in Environmen-
tal Science must complete all requirements of
the biology major. In addition, they need to
complete BIO 220, BIO 401, ECON 225,
ASTR 1 1 2, and one course selected from eithe
ECON 240, SOC 229, or an advanced biology
course (328 or higher).
Clean Water Institute
This institute is designed to provide a forufi
for the natural resource heritage of North Centr^
Pennsylvania, the Susquehanna River and its
major tributaries (Pine, Loyalsock, Lycoming,
and Muncy Creeks). The institute provides a
service not only to Lycoming College students
through coordination of Environmental intern-
ships, practica (BIO 401) and independent
study/honors projects, but also the community
This may include seminars or workshops on
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOd
BIOLOGY
•
jnvironmental issues as well as monitoring
issistance to watershed groups.
106
:ells. genes and society
This course investigates the roles cellular
phenomena, genes and biotechnology play in
everyday life. The primary goal of this course
s to improve recognition and understanding
Df the implications of biology in health care,
igriculture, law, bioethics, and business.
Credit may not he earned for both BIO 106
2nd 110. BIO 106 is not a prerequisite for
810 107. Three hours of lecture and one-
^.hree hour lab per week.
107
\NATOMY FOR HEALTH
CARE CONSUMERS
This course is a brief survey of human
anatomy and physiology, which includes study
3f the complementary nature of form and
Function, as well as study of the levels of
biological organization within the body. The
objective is to provide students with a back-
ground which will allow them to read, compre-
hend, and appreciate current articles on this
subject in the popular press. Students learn
the names, structure, and general functions of
the major organs of the body. Animal dissec-
tion is optional. Credit may not be earned for
both BIO 107 and 111. BIO 106 is not a pre-
requisite for BIO 107. Three hours of lecture
and one-three hour laboratory per week.
110-111
INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of biology
designed for students planning to major in the
biological sciences. Major topics considered
include the origin of life, cellular respiration
and photosynthesis, genetics, development,
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior,
and evolution. Credit may not be earned for
both BIO 106 and 110 or for both BIO 107
and 111. Three hours of lecture and one
three-hour laboratory- per week.
I
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
213-214
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Using the organ-systems approach, the
course is an introduction to the human body —
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop-
ment — with particular attention to structure
and function at all levels of its biological
organization (molecular through organismal).
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM
115 or 220, or consent of instructor.
220
ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
This course provides an introduction to eco-
logical principles and concepts with an exami-
nation of the biological basis of contemporary
environmental problems. The effects of human
population on earth's resources are studied
against a background of biological and health
sciences. This course is designed primarily for
students not planning to major in the biological
sciences. Three hours of lecture and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Pre-requisite: BIO
110. This course is not a substitute for BIO 111
for majors.
222
GENETICS
A general consideration of the principles
governing inheritance, including treatment of
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology,
microbial, human, and population genetics.
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 110-111.
224
ECOLOGY
The study of the principles of ecology with
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical,
and biological factors affecting the distribu-
tion and succession of plant and animal
populations and communities. Included will
be field studies of local habitats as well as
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-1 1 1.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
225
PLANT SCffiNCES
A survey of the structure, development,
function, classification, and use of plants and
related organisms. The study will comprise
four general topic areas: form, including
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth
and reproduction; function, concentrating on
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photosyn-
thetic organisms; classification systems and
plant identification, and human uses of plants.
Three hours of lecture and one three hour lab-
oratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111.
226
MICROBIOLOGY FOR
THE HEALTH SCIENCES
A study of microorganisms with emphasis
given to their taxonomy and their role in various
aspects of human infectious disease. Mechanisms
for treating and preventing infectious diseases
will be presented. Laboratory to include diagnos-
tic culture procedures, antibiotic sensitivity
testing, serology, anaerobic techniques and a
study of hemolytic reactions. Three hours of
lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: One year of introductory level
biology, one year of chemistry or consent of
instructor. Not open to students who have
received creditfor BIO 321.
321
MICROBIOLOGY
A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is given
to the identification and physiology of microor-
ganisms as well as to their role in disease, their
economic importance, and industrial applica-
tions. Three hours of lecture and two two-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: BIO
110-111. Not open to students who have
received creditfor BIO 226.
323
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
The mechanisms and functions of systems,
including the autonomic, endocrine, digestive,
cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous,
and reproductive systems. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per weS
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111.
328
AQUATIC BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course dealing with freshwate
ecosystems. Studies will include a survey of th
plankton, benthos, and fish — as well as the
physical and chemical characteristics of water \h
influence their distribution. Several local field
trips and an extended field trip to a field statioi
will familiarize students with the diversity of
habitats and techniques of limnologists. Alternate
years. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111.
329
i
TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course where students stud
the creatures of the fringing reefs, barrier reefs
lagoons, turtlegrass beds and mangrove swamj
at a tropical marine laboratory. Studies will
include survey of plankton, invertebrates, and
fish as well as the physical and chemical
characteristics that influence their distribution
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate May
terms.
333
MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS
An overview of plants that produce physio-
logically active substances that are important t(
humans and animals. Major themes include:
Mechanisms and symptoms of poisoning, and
plant chemicals with useful physiological
effects. Laboratory topics include plant
classification and techniques for compound
identification. Three hours of lecture and one
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites
BIO 1 10-11 1, or consent of instructor. Alter-
nate years.
334
INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Comparative study of the invertebrate phyU
with emphasis on phylogeny, physiology,
morphology, and ecology. Two three-hour
lecture/laboratory periods per week. Prerequi
site: BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
•
38
[UMAN ANATOMY
An upper-division elective course whicii
ses a combined organ-system and regional
pproach to the study of human anatomy. The
burse includes lecture, laboratory and
idividual and/or group mini-projects,
'omputer simulated dissection software
Packages are used extensively. Video presenta-
lons of cadaver dissections and a video disk
if cross-sectional anatomy are available for
tudy. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10 and 1 1 1.
140
>LANT ANIMAL INTERACTIONS
An investigation of different herbivorous
inimals, plant defenses, and how herbivores
nfluence plants. Topics include evolution of
lerbivores and plants, effects of herbivory on
ndividuals and communities, and types of
)lant defenses. We will also discuss how
mimals deal with plant defenses, the advan-
ages and disadvantages of monophagous and
3olyphagous lifestyles, different types of
lerbivores and herbivore damage, and
mutualisms between plants and their herbi-
vores. Three hours of lecture and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
BIO } 10-1 II, or consent of instructor Alter-
nate years.
341
VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY
A study of the development of vertebrates
from fertilization to the fully formed fetus.
Particular attention is given to the chick and
human as representative organisms. Two three-
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-111. Alternate years.
342
ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A study of causation, function, evolution,
and biological significance of animal behav-
iors in their normal environment and social
contexts. Three hours of lecture and one four-
hour laboratory each week. Prerequisite:
BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
346
VIROLOGY
An introduction to the study of viruses. The
course will cover virus anatomy and reproduc-
tion, diseases caused by viruses, modern
treatments of viral infections and viral vaccines
produced by recombinant DN A and other
technologies. Course content will also include a
description of how viruses are used as tools for
genetic engineering and for studying cellular
processes like membrane signal transduction,
regulation of genetic expression and oncogenesis
(cancer). Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: BIO IIO-III or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
347
IMMUNOLOGY
The course introduces concepts concerning
how pathogens cause disease and host defense
mechanisms against infectious diseases. Charac-
terization of and relationships between antigens,
haptens, and antibodies are presented. Serologi-
cal assays will include: agglutination, precipita-
tions, immunofluorescence,
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such as
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological renal
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups,
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and
function of complement, autoimmunity, and
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hours of
lecture, one three-hour laboratory, and one hour
of arranged work per week. Prerequisite: BIO
110-111. Alternate years.
348
ENDOCRINOLOGY
This course begins with a survey of the role
of the endocrine hormones in the integration of
body functions. This is followed by a study of
the control of hormone synthesis and release,
and a consideration of the mechanisms by
which hormones accomplish their effects on
target organs. Two three-hour lecture/labora-
tory periods per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-
111. Alternate years.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
400
BIOLOGY PRACTICUM
A work-oriented experience for junior or
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by the
Department and a public or private agency.
The practicum is designed to integrate
classroom theory with field or laboratory
practice. In addition to attendance at a weekly
seminar, students will spend 10-12 hours per
week at the sponsoring agency. Academic
work will include, but is not limited to: a log,
readings, recitation and an assigned research
paper related to the specific agency's activi-
ties. May be repeated once for credit with
permission of the instructor.
401
ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTICUM
A work-oriented experience for junior or
senior students interested in environmental
science. Students work on projects jointly
sponsored by the Clean Water Institute and a
public or private agency. The practicum is
designed to integrate classroom theory with
field and/or laboratory practice. In addition to
attendance at a weekly seminar, students
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring
agency or project. Academic work includes,
but is not limited to a log, readings, recitation
and an assigned research paper related to the
specific agency or project activity. May be
repeated once for credit with permission of the
instructor.
430
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
OF VERTEBRATES
Detailed examination of the origins,
structure, and functions of the principal organs
of the vertebrates. Special attention is given
to the progressive modification of organs from
lower to higher vertebrates. Three hours of
lecture and one four-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
431
HISTOLOGY
A study of the basic body tissues and the
microscopic anatomy of the organs and
structures of the body which are formed fror
them. Focus is on normal human histology. |
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour ,
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110\
111. Alternate years.
435
CELL BIOLOGY
An intensive study of the cell as the basic uni
of life. Topics will include: origins of cellular
life, biochemistry of the cell, enzymatic reac-
tions, cellular membranes, intracellular commun
nication, the cell cycle, the cytoskeleton and cell
motility, protein sorting, distribution and secretion
Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and one semester of i
organic chemistry. Alternate years.
436
EVOLUTION
The study of the origin and modification ol
life on earth. Topics discussed include molecm
lar evolution, population genetics, gene flow,
natural selection, sexual selection, kin selection,
neutral theory, extinction, co-evolution, and
the evolution of man. Four hours of lecture '
per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
437
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
An in-depth analysis of fundamental
cellular information flow processes with
particular emphasis on how these processes
have been harnessed in the laboratory,
resulting in technologies such as DNA cloning
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapy,
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and ond,
semester of organic chemistry.
439
MEDICAL GENETICS
This course is concerned with the relation-
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor-
malities, metabolic variation and disease,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
omatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and
mmunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will
iffer practical experiences in genetic diagnos-
ic techniques. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111.
Aay term only.
\
140
PARASITOLOGY AND
VIEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY
The biology of parasites and parasitism.
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites
ind anthropod vectors of disease will involve
axonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be
nade on parasites of medical and veterinary
Importance. Three hours of lecture and one
hree-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
444
BIOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
:arbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ-
ing allosteric control, induction, repression,
signal transduction as well as the various
types of inhibitive control mechanisms. Three
hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory
and one hour of arranged work per week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 221, or consent of
instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 444.
Alternate years.
445
RADIATION BIOLOGY
A study of the effects of ionizing and non-
ionizing radiations on cells, tissues and organ-
isms. Consideration will be given to repair
mechanisms and how repair deficiencies
elucidate the nature of radiation damage. Three
hours of lecture and one three-hour laborato-
ry per week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1,
one year of chemistry. Alternate years.
446
PLANT PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY
A study of plant resource acquisition in the
face of competing neighbors and the quickly
changing global environment. The course will
focus on how differences in the environment
affect plant water use, carbon dioxide acquisi-
tion, light capture and nutrient uptake. Three
hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: Bio 1 10-1 1 1 and 225.
Alternate years
349 & 449
BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM
This course offers the student a chance to
become familiar with research in the biological
sciences using techniques such as meeting and
talking with active researchers, reading a nd
critically analyzing the current literature, and
discussing the ideas and methods shaping
biology. Students will be required to read and
analyze specific papers, actively participate in
discussions. Biology majors with junior and
senior standing are required to successfully
complete colloquim during all semesters on
campus except for semesters when student
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit
course. One hour per week. Prerequisites:
biology majors with junior or senior class
standing.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent samples of internships in the
department include ones with the Department of
Environmental Resources, nuclear medicine or
rehabilitative therapies at a local hospital.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Departmental studies are experimentally-
oriented and may entail either lab or field work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Examples of recent honors projects have
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth
research, drug synthesis and testing.
2(K)2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
(BUS)
Associate Professors: Toncar, Weaver
Assistant Professor: Stemgold (Chairperson)
Part-time Instructor: Larrabee
This major is designed to educate students
about business and management functions in
both commercial and non-commercial
organizations. The program provides a well-
balanced preparation for a wide variety of
professions and careers, including banking,
financial services, small business manage-
ment, marketing, sales, advertising, retailing,
general management, supervision, invest-
ments, human resources management, and
management information systems. The major
is also appropriate for students who plan to
attend graduate school in business or related
fields, such as law or public administration.
All students majoring in Business Admin-
istration must complete the ten core courses
LYCOMING COLLEGE
and at least one of the four tracks listed below.'
Core courses required of all majors:
ACCT 110; BUS 223, 228, 235, 244, 312,
320, 338, 441; ECON 110 or 1 1 1. Statistics is
also required.
Track requirements:
1. General Management:
ACCT 130 or 223; BUS 449; two
courses from BUS 330, 332, 343, 344, |
345, 429
2. Financial Management:
ACCT 130 or 223; BUS 339; two courses |
from BUS 340, 345, 435, ECON 220
3. Marketing Management:
BUS 319, 342, 429; one course from BUS
332, 343, 344, 444 ,
4. International Business Management:
Two courses selected from BUS 319, 330,
435; ECON 343; PSCI 225; one course
selected from ECON 240, PSCI 221, PSCI
327; and two higher-numbered language
courses beyond those used to meet the
foreign language distribution requirement.
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
lajors in the International Business Manage-
lent track are encouraged to minor in a
)reign language. Additionally, it is the
xpectation, though not a requirement, that
ley will complete a practicum or
itemship relating to international business,
referably in a foreign country.
Minors
The department offers three minors:
( 1 ) general management,
I (2) financial management, and
(3) marketing management.
. General Management:
Students are required to complete BUS
228, 244, and any three unit courses in the
department, two of which must be num-
bered 300 or higher. Students may substi-
tute two half-unit courses numbered 300 or
higher for one unit course numbered 300 or
higher.
1. Financial Management:
Students are required to complete BUS
338, 339, 340, ECON 220 and either
ECON 441 or BUS 345.
\. Marketing Management:
Students are required to take BUS 228,
and any four from: BUS 319, 332, 342,
343, 344, 429, 444.
nternships
Through BUS 439, Business Practicum,
ind BUS 325, International Internship, the
iepartment offers a wide variety of U.S. and
ntemational internships with businesses,
government agencies and nonprofit organiza-
ion. In addition, the department is a member
)f the institute for Management Studies, which
ilso offers internships, including several full-
ime paid internships during the summer.
Recommended Courses
All majors and minors are encouraged to
;omplete a selection of the following courses:
• ACCT 130 Accounting for Managerial
Decision-Making (Track 3 majors)
• BUS 235 Legal Principles I
• ECON 1 10 Principles of Macroeconomics
and 1 1 1 Principles of Microeconomics
• COMM 21 1 Public Speaking and Group
Communication, 323 Feature Writing for
Special Audiences, and 235 Writing and
Speaking in Business and the Professions
• PHIL 216 Philosophical Issues in Business
• PSCI 1 10 Government and Politics in the
United States
Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: BUS 244 and 319. The
following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: BUS 340, 342, 344, and 441.
Institute for Management Studies
The Department of Business Administration
is a member of the Institute for Management
Studies. See page 115.
112
BUSINESS AND SOCIETY
A critical examination of the role of business in
modem society. Topics include the social and
economic roles of business management
techniques by commercial and non-commercial
organizations (e.g., banks, manufacturers, retail
stores, hospitals), and business careers and
functions. Designed for students considering
majors or minors in business, and for non-majors
seeking a broad understanding of business. May
not be taken for credit by students who have
successfully completed four or more courses
in BUS.
223
QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS
A study of the opportunities and shortcom-
ings of a quantitative approach to managerial
decision-making. Using hand-computed and
computer generated decisional models, students
explore quantitative applications to quality
control, resource allocation, inventory control,
decisional analysis, network scheduling, forecast-
ing, and other topics. Prerequisite: Statistics,
or consent of instructor.
1002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
228
MARKETING PRINCIPLES
A study of the methods used by business and
nonprofit organizations to design, price,
promote and distribute their products and
services. Topics include new product develop-
ment, advertising, retailing, consumer behavior,
marketing strategy, ethical issues in marketing
and others. Readings, case studies, library
assignments and team research projects.
235
LEGAL PRINCIPLES I
Lectures and analyses of cases on the
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law
in general, and particularly as relating to
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments.
236
LEGAL PRINCIPLES II
Lectures on the fundamentals and history
of the law relating to legal association, real
property, wills, and estates.
244
MANAGEMENT AND
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
A study of the complex character of organi-
zational life and the discipline and process of
management. Topics include the evolution and
scope of organizations and management, plan-
ning, organizing, leading, and controlling.
Emphasis is placed on the importance of man-
aging in a global environment, understanding
the ethical implications of managerial decisions,
and appreciating work place diversity.
312
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
A study of the recruitment, selection,
development, compensation, retention,
evaluation, and promotion of personnel within
an organization. Emphasis is on understand-
ing these major activities performed by
Human Resource Management professionals
as organizations deal with increased laws and
regulations, the proliferation of lawsuits
related to Human Resources, changes in work
LYCOMING COLLEGE
force characteristics, and an increasingly
competitive work environment, one-half unit i
of credit. Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent oj
instructor.
319
INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
An investigation of the challenges of doing
business in an increasingly global environ-
ment. Special emphasis is placed on the
cultural and social diversity of international
markets. Examines the marketing strategies ol
global firms, and the challenges of interna-
tional pricing, distribution, advertising and
product development. Prerequisite: BUS 228'
or consent of instructor.
320
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
A study of computer information systems
and digital networks from the perspective of
business managers and other end-users. Topic;
include the components and functions of
management information systems, personal
productivity applications, distributed networks
and communication systems (including the
Internet and World Wide Web), database
management, electronic commerce and other
emerging technologies and business applica-
tions. One-half unit of credit. Prerequisite:
BUS 244 or consent of instructor.
325
INTERNATIONAL INTERNSHIP
A seven week overseas internship experi-
ence, supervised on site by a member of the
Lycoming College faculty. The course
includes an internship with an organization in
the host country, and a program of activities
designed to familiarize the student with the
cultural, political and legal environment of the
host country. These activities include semi-
nars, guest lecturers, visits to centers of
government and to sites of cultural and/or
historical importance. Previous internships
have included: The Prince's Youth Business
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
list. The Oxfordshire Chamber of Com-
erce, Oxford Brookes University, Critchley's
bartered Accountants, Oxfam U.K., Spires
temational and FPD Savills International; all
cated in Oxford, England. Previous programs
the U.K. have included visits to the House
' Parliament, Windsor Castle and Stone-
;nge, as well as weekend trips to Dublin,
iland and Paris, France. Open to business
id non-business majors and may be taken for
ur to eight semester hours of credit. Prereq-
site: consent of instructor. Summer term
\ly. May he repeated for credit, provided that
e 16-credit limit for practica, internships,
id /or student teaching is not exceeded.
10
JTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT
A study of the dynamic process of applying
anagement concepts and techniques in a
ultinational environment. Topics include
obal strategy and competitiveness, the
iltural context, intercultural communications,
ganizational behavior and human resource
anagement, and ethics and social responsi-
lity. Special emphasis is placed on managing
ganizational cultures and diversity and the
ivironment for international management.
^requisite: BUS 244 or consent of instructor
\2
DVERTISING AND PROMOTION
How businesses and other institutions
omote their products to consumers. The
le of advertising and promotion in the
arketing strategy of the firm in investigated,
id the effects of different promotional tools
id advertising techniques is discussed.
rerequisite: BUS 228 or consent of
structor.
338
FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
A study of the fundamental theory, tools,
and methods of financial management. Topics
include the mathematics of finance, working
capital management, capital budgeting, and
analysis of financial statements. Prerequisites:
ACCT 1 10 and Statistics, or consent of
instructor.
339
INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
An intensive study of issues and applica-
tions of financial management. Topics covered
include international finance, ethics, capital
structures, cost of capital, financial analysis and
forecasting. Extensive use of directed and non-
directed cases. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or
consent of instructor.
340
INVESTMENTS
An introduction to the financial sector of the
economy and the structure and functions of
financial markets and the agencies involved;
brokerage houses and stock exchanges; the
various types of investments available. Tech-
niques used to evaluate financial securities.
Also covered are recent developments in
investment theory. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or
consent of instructor.
342
MARKETING RESEARCH
This is a study of the principles and practices
of marketing research. The focus is on the
development and application of marketing
research studies. Topics covered include
selection of a research design, project planning
and scheduling, data specification and gathering,
quantitative methods to analyze data, inter-
pretation of data, and research report writing.
Reading, cases, and research project. Prerequi-
site: BUS 228 and Statistics, or consent of
instructor.
D2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
343
RETAIL AND SERVICES MARKETING
A study of marketing practices by com-
panies that directly sell goods and services to
consumers, such as department stores, restau-
rants, mail-order firms, banks hospitals and
accounting practices. Emphasis is placed on
the methods used by organizations to attract
and satisfy their customers and clients. Prereq-
uisite: BUS 228 or consent of instructor.
344
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND
INTERNET MARKETING
A study of Internet marketing, electronic
commerce, and related business uses of the
Internet and Web. Topics include the chal-
lenges of developing, managing, and market-
ing commercial web sites and online stores; the
growing use of company intranets, extranets and
virtual teams to improve communic- ations,
collaboration, and business performance; and
the effects of electronic commerce on con-
sumers, competition and marketing practices.
Students also study social links to electronic
commerce, such as the privacy and security
concerns of online customers, and the chal-
lenges of electronic commerce to more
traditional industries, occupations, and local
business and communities. Prerequisite: BUS
228 or consent of instructor.
345
nNANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
Deals with the analysis of financial state-
ments as an aid to decision making. The theme
of the course is understanding the financial data
which are analyzed as well as the methods by
which they are analyzed and interpreted. This
course should prove of value to all who need a
thorough understanding of the uses to which
financial statements are put as well as to those
who must know how to use them intelligently
and effectively. This includes accountants,
security analysts, lending officers, credit
analysts, managers, and all others who make
decisions on the basis of financial data.
Prerequisite: A CCT 110.
429
MARKETING STRATEGY
A study of the methods used by business
and nonprofit organizations to analyze and
select target markets, and then to develop
strategies for gaining and maintaining these
customers. Topics include competitive
strategy, market segmentation, product
positioning, business demographics and
marketing-related financial analysis. Read-
ings, case studies, library assignments and
computer exercises. Prerequisites: BUS 228\
and Statistics, or consent of instructor j
435
INTERNATIONAL FINANCL\L
MANAGEMENT
A study of the environment and methods (
international financial management. Topics
include international financial markets and
instruments, analysis of capital budgeting anc
investment abroad, multinational working
capital management, and foreign exchange
and other risk. Prerequisite: BUS 338, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
439
BUSINESS PRACTICUM
This course provides students with practical
work experience with local companies and
organizations. Students work 10-12 hours per
week for their sponsor organizations, in additici
to attending a weekly seminar on management \
topics relevant to their work assignments. Sinq
enrollment is limited by the available number q
positions, students must apply directly to the
business department before preregistration to t|
eligible for the course. Consent of instructor.
441
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
An intensive study of the planning and
control of business enterprises designed to
build students' skills in conducting strategic
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALC
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
nalysis in a variety of industries and competi-
ve situations. Tiirough case studies, research,
resentations, and discussions, students
xamine industry structure, functional
trategies, competitive challenges of a global
larketplace, and sources of sustainable
ompetitive advantage. This course is de-
igned to integrate the knowledge and skills
ained from previous coursework in business
nd related fields. Prerequisites: BUS 223,
28, 244, 312, 320, and 338, or consent of
istructor. Seniors only.
44
APPLIED MARKETING RESEARCH
Students design, implement and present
marketing studies for local businesses and
ither client organizations. Depending on the
iroject, research methods may include
ustomer surveys, focus groups, demographic
tudies and computerized information
earches. In addition, students study market
esearch methods and problems, such as
lesigning questionnaires, selecting samples,
letecting sources of bias, and presenting
esults to clients. Prerequisite: BUS 342 or
onsent of instructor. May be repeated once
or credit with consent of instructor.
[46
>RODUCTION MANAGEMENT
An introduction to the planning, organiza-
ion, and controlling of operations in a produc-
ion facility. The course also incorporates
[uantitative techniques and computer applica-
ions used in the production and operations
nanagement environment. Topics include
;apacity and layout planning, facility location
inalysis, job design and work measurement,
)roduction scheduling, materials requirement
)lanning models, and quality controls. Students
vill engage in the actual design of an inventory
itatus file and MRP system. Prerequisite:
3US 223 or consent of instructor.
449
SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
This course provides the student with the
information needed to develop a business plan
for starting and operating a small business
enterprise. The course focuses on the key
elements of planning and the essential charac-
teristics of small businesses. The discussion
and analysis of small business cases and the
problems/opportunities facing small businesses
are used to reveal trends in the small business
community and the role of government.
Prerequisites: ACCT 130 and BUS 228, 244,
338; or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent projects include marketing analysis
for a paper products firm, planning a branch
store, real estate management and banking.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies are: the
economic impact of a college on a community
and marketing strategy for a local firm
entering the consumer market.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
A recent project was a study of the evolution
of anti-trust legislation in the United States.
1002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY
•
CHEMISTRY (chem)
Professors: Franz, McDonald
Assistant Professors:
Bendorf (Chairperson-first semester),
Mahler (Chairperson-second semester)
Part-time Assistant Professor: Berkheimer
Part-time Instructor: Miller
The Department of Chemistry offers
both B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is
approved by the American Chemical Society
(ACS) to certify those students whose
programs meet or exceed requirements
established by the ACS. Students who wish to
earn ACS certification must complete the
requirements for the B.S. degree. Students
who complete the ACS certified degree are
also eligible for admission to the American
Chemical Society following graduation.
For students planning on graduate study
in chemistry, German is the preferred foreign
language option, and additional courses in
advanced mathematics and computer science
are also recommended.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: CHEM 330, 331, and 332.
The B.A. degree
To earn the B.A. degree a student must
complete CHEM 110-111, 220-221, 330-331,
332, 333, and, as a Capstone experience, one
of the following: CHEM 449, 470, 490 or the
Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & ^
449); PHYS 225-226; and MATH 128-129.
The B.S. degree
To earn the B.S. degree a student must
complete the thirteen course major described
above as well as CHEM 443, CHEM 444, and
one additional full-credit course from the
following list: any 400-level CHEM course;
PHYS 331 or above; BIO 222 or above;
MATH 116, 123, 130, 214, 231, 238, 332; or
CPTR 125.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
0
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOd
CHEMISTRY
•
lertification in Secondary Education
A Chemistry major interested in becoming
jrtified in secondary education in Chemistry
id/or General Science/Chemistry should, as
irly as possible, consult the cuirent Depart-
lent of Education Teacher Education Hand-
3ok and make their plans known to their
ivisor and the Chair of the Education
department so the required courses can be
:heduled for the Professional Semester. A
hemistry major who successfully completes
le Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 &
i9) has also satisfied the Chemistry Capstone
<perience.
a) To be certified in secondary education
in chemistry a student must: complete
a chemistry major; pass two biology
courses numbered 110 or higher,
PSY 1 10 and 338, and EDUC 200;
complete the Pre-Student Teaching
Participation and pass the Professional
Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 449).
The student may choose EDUC 232
and/or EDUC 239 as additional
Education electives.
b) A student interested in obtaining
General Science/Chemistry certifica-
tion must complete all the require-
ments for secondary certification in
chemistry shown in (a) and must also
pass any two units from ASTR 111,
1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly
recom mended as an additional course.
linor
A minor in chemistry requires completion
F CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , and two CHEM
3urses numbered 300 or higher.
OO
HEMISTRY IN CONTEXT
A science distribution course for the non-
:ience major. The course will explore real-
'orld societal issues that have important
lemical components. Topics covered may
iclude air and water quality, the ozone layer,
lobal warming, energy, acid rain, nuclear
l02-()3 ACADEMIC CATALOG
power, pharmaceuticals and nutrition. The
chemistry knowledge associated with the
issues is built on a need-to-know basis. Three
hours of lecture and one two-hour laboratory
period each week. Not open for credit to stu-
dents who have received credit for CHEM 110.
110
GENERAL CHEMISTRY I
A quantitative introduction to the concepts
and models of chemistry. Topics include
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure,
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry,
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The
laboratory introduces the student to methods of
separation, purification, and identification of
compounds according to their physical
properties. This course is designed for students
who plan to major in one of the sciences.
Three hours lecture, one hour of discussion
and one three-hour laboratory period each
week. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or consent of
the Chemistry Department.
Ill
GENERAL CHEMISTRY II
A continuation of CHEM 1 10, with emphasis
placed on the foundations of analytical, inor-
ganic, and physical chemistry. Topics include
kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, acid-base
theory, electrochemistry, thermodynamics,
nuclear chemistry, coordination chemistry, and
descriptive inorganic chemistry of selected
elements. The laboratory treats aspects of
quantitative and qualitative inorganic analysis.
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discussion,
and one three-hour laboratory period each week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 1 10 or consent of depart-
ment.
115
BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A descriptive study of the compounds of
carbon. This course will illustrate the prin-
ciples of organic chemistry with material
relevant to students in medical technology,
biology, forestry, education and the humani-
ties. Topics include nomenclature, alkanes.
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY
arenes, functional derivatives, amino acids and
proteins, carbohydrates and otiier naturally
occurring compounds. This course is designed
for students who require only one semester of
organic chemistry, and is not intended for
students planning to enroll in chemistry courses
numbered 200 or above. Three hours of
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one three-
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 111. Not open for credit to students who
have received credit for CHEM 220.
220-221
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A systematic study of the compounds of
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic
series. The laboratory work introduces the
student to simple fundamental methods of
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis.
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratory period each week. Prerequisite for
CHEM 220: CHEM HI. Prerequisite for
CHEM 221: A grade ofC- or better in CHEM
220.
330-331
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of the fundamental principles of
theoretical chemistry and their applications.
The laboratory work includes techniques in
physiochemical measurements. Three hours of
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period each
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 1 11, MATH 129,
and one year of physics; or consent of instructor.
332
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of the fundamental methods of
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary instru-
mental analysis together with practice in lab-
oratory techniques and calculations of these
methods. Two hours of lecture and two three-
hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 1 1 1 or consent of instructor.
333
ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A study of modem theories of atomic and
molecular structure and their relationship to thej
chemistry of selected elements and their
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre-
requisite: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one
year of physics; or consent of instructor.
439
INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM
MECHANICS
After presenting the origin, basic concepts, j
and formulation of quantum mechanics with j
emphasis on its physical meaning, the course ;
will investigate the free particle, simple harmonid
oscillator, and central-force problems. Both
time-independent and time-dependent perturbai
tion theory will be covered. The elegant
operator formalism of quantum mechanics will
conclude the course. Four hours of lecture anc
recitation. Prerequisites: MATH 231, either
CHEM 331 or PHYS 226, and consent of
instructor. Cross-listed as PHYS 439.
440
ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Theory and application of modern synthetic
organic chemistry. Topics may include
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon
bond forming reactions, functional group
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents, i
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture anc
one four-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite:
CHEM 221.
442
SPECTROSCOPY AND
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE
Theory and application of the identification ol
organic compounds. Special emphasis will be
placed on the utilization of spectroscopic
techniques ( H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS,
and MS). Three of hours lecture and onefourA
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequi-
sites: CHEM 221.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO(!
CHEMISTRY
•
143
ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of advanced analytical methods
vith emphasis on chromatographic, electro-
hemical, and spectroscopic methods of
nstrumental analysis. Three hours lecture
ind one four-hour laboratory period each
veek. Prerequisite: CHEM 331 and 332, or
•onsent of instructor.
144
JIOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
;arbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
ind nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
ind biochemical control mechanisms, includ-
ng allosteric control, induction, repression,
;ignal transduction as well as the various types
)f inhibitive control mechanisms. Prerequi-
nte: CHEM 221, or consent of instructor.
Oross-listed as BIO 444.
t46
3RGAN0METALLIC CHEMISTRY
An introduction to the chemistry of com-
pounds containing metal-carbon bonds. Topics
nclude structure and bonding, reactions and
Tiechanisms, spectroscopy, and applications to
Drganic synthesis. The use of organometallic
;ompounds as catalysts in industrial processes
m\\ be emphasized. Three hours of lecture and
me four-hour laboratory period each week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 221.
447
POLYMER CHEMISTRY
An introduction to the synthesis, characteri-
zation, and applications of high molecular
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules.
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHEM
22 1 and 330, or consent of instructor.
348 & 448
CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which faculty, students and
invited professional chemists discuss their own
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
research activities or those of others which
have appeared in recent chemical literature.
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior
and senior years.
449
CHEMISTRY RESEARCH METHODS
This course focuses on the nature and
practice of chemistry. Students will conduct
research into a particular chemical problem
with a faculty research advisor, and will
explore different aspects of chemistry and
discuss their research in a weekly seminar. A
report on the research will be written. Majors
are strongly encouraged to enroll in this course
in either their junior or senior year. Prerequi-
site: CHEM 221 and consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The student will ordinarily work under
supervision in an industrial laboratory and
submit a written report on the project. To
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement,
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM
449 is required.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project and will write a
thesis on the work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
(See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project with emphasis on
showing initiative and making a scholarly
contribution. A thesis will be written. To
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement,
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM
449 is required.
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
•
COMMUNICATION
Assistant Professors: Wild
Koehn (Chairperson)
The major in Communication seeks to
provide a foundation in communication theory
and media criticism as well as expertise in a
particular area of communication. All
students majoring in Communication must
complete the five courses listed in the Core
and eight additional courses in one of the three
areas of concentration listed below: four
required courses and four elective courses.
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have
declared a major in Communication are
required to enroll in and successfully complete
the non-credit Media Arts Colloquium during
each semester they are on campus or until they
have successfully completed at least four
semesters of this noncredit course. All
students in this major should consider electing
an internship before graduation.
The major in Communication enables
students to pursue employment and/or
graduate studies in a variety of fields includ-
ing corporate communication, public relations,
audio and video production, print and broad-
cast journalism, professional media writing,
and media research and analysis.
All majors in Communication are encour-
aged to take advanced courses in a foreign
language and to consider the following liberal
arts electives: MATH 123 and/or courses in
Computer Science; ART 222 and 223; courses
in contemporary American and/or interna-
tional history, economics, and political
science; and courses in literature from the
Departments of Theatre, English, and Foreign
Languages and Literatures.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: COMM 211 and 326.
Minor
A minor in Communication consists of any
five courses offered by the Communication
Department (courses offered by other depart-
ments count only toward the major in Commu-
nication, not toward the minor). One of these
five courses must be selected from COMM 32
COMM 348, or COMM 440.
CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF
ALL MAJORS
COMM 110 Communication Principles
and Ethics
COMM 21 1 Public Speaking: Research,
Principles, and Practice
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural
Studies: Literature, Film, and
Television
COMM 440 Senior Seminar
COMM 246, Media Arts Colloquium 346, 44(
THEA 2 1 2 Multicultural America on Screen
Majors must concentrate in one of the
following three areas of study.
A. Corporate Communication
Required for all students in this concentration: i
COMM 212 Group Communication and
Conflict Resolution
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in
Business and the Professions
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and
Problem-Solving
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation
Elective choices for students in this concen-
tration must include at least one additional j
course in Communication as well as one course
at the 300-level or above. Students may elect
to take as many additional communication
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
COMMUNICATION
iourses as they choose. Elective courses
)ffered by other departments that may also be
ised to fulfill elective requirements in this
;oncentration include the following:
\RT 227 Introduction to Photography
BUS 228 Marketing Principles
BUS 244 Organization and Management
BUS 332 Advertising and Promotion
^SCI 210 Communciation and Society
^SY 225 Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
^SY 324 Social Psychology
5. Electronic Media
Required for all students in this concentration:
rOMM 2 1 8 Audio Production for Radio
:OMM 223 Basic Video Production
ZOMM 348 Advanced Video Production
rHEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
Elective choices for students in this
concentration must include at least one
idditional course in Communication as well as
3ne course at the 300-level or above. Students
nay elect to take as many additional communi-
cation courses as they choose. Elective
courses offered by other departments that may
3e used to fulfill elective requirements in this
concentration include the following:
\KV 227 Introduction to Photography
\RT 343 Computer Graphics for Print
Media
A.RT 344 Computer Graphics for Elec-
tronic Media
BUS 228 Marketing Principles
PSCI 210 Communication and Society
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation
PSY 324 Social Psychology
C. Media Writing
Required for all students in this concentration:
COMM 225 The Art of Script Writing
COMM 229 Print and Broadcast Journalism
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special
Audiences
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation
Elective choices for students in this concen-
tration must include at least one additional
course in Communication as well as one course
at the 300-level or above. Students may elect
to take as many additional communication
courses as they choose. Elective courses
offered by other departments that may be used
to fulfill elective requirements in this concen-
tration include the following:
ART 227 Introduction to Photography
ENGL 2 1 7 Critical Writing Seminar
ENGL 240 Introduction to Creative Writing
ENGL 321 Advanced Writing: Technical
and Professional
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The
Creative Essay
PSCI 210 Communication and Society
THEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
110
COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES
AND ETHICS
Introduction to the basic theories and
principles of communication as they apply to
the process of sending messages among
individuals, small groups, and mass audiences.
Consideration of the ethical issues involved in
the communication process. Active learning
through readings, case studies, simulations, oral
reporting, and library research. Prerequisite:
ENGL 105, or exemption.
Ill
MEDIA WRITING PRINCIPLES WITH
DESKTOP PUBLISHING
Intensive drill and practice in desktop
publishing and the basic forms of media writing.
Major emphasis on the elements of lead, style,
and structure. Designed for students with little or
no experience in desktop publishing and writing
for the media. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
211
PUBLIC SPEAKING: RESEARCH,
PRINCIPLES, AND PRACTICE
Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of
situations to general as well as targeted
audiences. Emphasis on researching and
solving problems having to do with persuasion
and informative speaking. Training in using
rhetorical theory to prepare, deliver, and
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
evaluate the student's own speeches. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
212
GROUP COMMUNICATION
AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION
Readings, case studies, simulations, and
practice in the methods of working in groups
and in resolving conflicts within and between
groups in various contexts, including educa-
tion, industry, and professional situations.
Contemporary theory and methods for
motivating and maintaining the productivity of
groups will be examined in some detail.
Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107 and one other
course in Communication (211 recommended).
Psychology, Education, or Business.
218
AUDIO PRODUCTION FOR RADIO AND
VIDEO
Study of the principles and techniques of
audio production as applied to radio and other
media.Consideration of various program formats
and the use of sound media as an art form.
Includes historical and contemporary examples
of audio production and sound design.
223
BASIC VIDEO PRODUCTION
Training in the fundamentals of preproduc-
tion, production, and postproduction for video.
Emphasis on mastering the basics of video pro-
duction from concept to completion. Prereqi//-
sites: course work or experience in technical
theatre, photography, film studies, and/ or audio
production; or consent of instructor.
225
THE ART OF SCRIPTWRITING
Training in analyzing and writing scripts for
defined audiences and purposes. Developing the
original screenplay as well as scripts for
business, advertising, and education will be
considered. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, and
THEA 1 14; or permission of instructor.
229
PRINT AND BROADCAST JOURNALISM
Study of form and content of news gather-
ing and beat reporting. Training in researching.
interviewing, organizing, and editing a variety ol
news stories for the Lycoming College newspa-l
per and for campus radio. Considers the
ethical issues of reporting for print and
broadcast. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
235
WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS
AND THE PROFESSIONS
Study of communication theory as applied
to business and professional settings. Using
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic
media to solve a variety of communication
problems that frequently occur in the world of
work. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
312
LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION
The theory and practice of leadership
communication in diverse settings and contexts.
Classic leadership styles will be examined and
researched in regard to how these relate to
goal-setting and motivating individuals and
groups. Field work on- and off-campus is a
major component of this course. Prerequisites:
ENGL 106 or 107; at least one of these: COMM
211, 212, or 235; or permission of the instructor.
Corequisite (if not already completed): COMS
105 or 106. Alternate years.
323
FEATURE WRITING FOR SPECL\L ;
AUDIENCES
Practice in writing a variety of feature
stories and editorials for different media and
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature
writing for magazines compares and contrasts
with feature writing for newspapers and feature
stories for television. Readings, peer review,
and training in how to develop ideas using
primary and secondary research. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107.
324
PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND
PROBLEM SOLVING
Training in methods of public relations
research, program planning and evaluation,
working with the media, writing for public
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
COMMUNICATION
blations and advertising, and conducting a
)ublic relations campaign to solve a problem or
:risis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and
ilectronic communication. Prerequisite: ENGL
'06 or 107 and COMM 235; or permission of
nstructor.
(26
vlEDlA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL STUD-
ES: LITERATURE, FILM, AND TELEVISION
Introduction to methods of analyzing
)opular culture and the arts using one or more
)f these approaches: textual criticism, content
inalysis, semiotics, auteur criticism, historical
;riticism, frame theory, and structural analysis.
Comparison of the ways in which different
nedia create values and portray individuals,
;ocial conflicts, and human aspirations.
Prerequisite: THEA 212 or ENGL 217.
$32
rOPICS IN MEDL\ THEORY AND PRACTICE
Study of communication theory as applied to
\ special area or style of communication.
Readings, discussions, and practical experiences
in creating materials for print and/or electronic
nedia. Possible topics include: docudrama and
Investigative reporting, communicating in
:yberspace, creative advertising, instructional
television and video. May be repeated for credit
with change of topic. Prerequisite: ENGL 106
or 107.
348
ADVANCED VIDEO PRODUCTION
Advanced production of documentary,
narrative, and experimental video. Exploration
of a variety of approaches to motivating talent
and directing for the camera. Prerequisite:
COMM 223 and THEA 114, or advanced
course work in acting and directing, or
consent of instructor.
246, 346, and 446
MEDIA ARTS COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which faculty, students, and
invited professionals meet two or three times
each semester to di.scuss topics pertaining to the
field of communication and to the work students
are doing in campus media. Each student
enrolled in the seminar is required to keep a log
and to work for a minimum of three hours each
week in one or more of the following: campus
newspaper; campus yearbook; campus radio;
campus television; public relations; corporate
communication. Open only to majors. Non-
credit and Pass/Fail. Once the major is
declared, students are required to enroll in the
seminar each semester until they graduate or
until they have successfully completed four
semesters, whichever comes first.
400
PRACTICUM
An elective for junior and senior majors who
wish to acquire additional experience in
working with practicing professionals. Open
only to majors and minors.
440
SENIOR SEMINAR
Reading and discussion of one or more
topics of interest to communication specialists.
Focus on preparing individual projects related to
seminar topics and the student's area(s) of
expertise for public presentation. Majors are
required to enroll in this course either in their
junior or senior year. Prerequisite: COMM
326. Open to nonmajors with consent of
instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP
Interns usually work off-campus in a field
related to their area of study. Prerequisite:
junior or senior standing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Studies involve research related to the area
of study of the student.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CRIMINAL lUSTlCE
COMPUTER
SCIENCE
(see Mathematical Sciences)
CRIMINAL
JUSTICE (cj)
Assistant Professor: Carter (Coordinator)
Visiting Professor: Musheno
Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary
social science program. Course work leading
to this baccalaureate degree will provide
students with strong communication and
analytical skills. This is accomplished through
a critical and in-depth interdisciplinary
analysis of the causes of crime, formal and
informal efforts at preventing and controlling
crime, and treatment of the field of criminal
justice as an applied social science where
students are taught to integrate theory con-
struction with practical application. The
Criminal Justice Program offers opportunities
for internship and practicum experiences in
the field, and prepares students for careers in
law enforcement, court services, institutional
and community-based corrections, treatment
and counseling services, and for further
education at the graduate level.
The major in Criminal Justice consists of
1 1 courses, distributed as follows:
A. Criminal justice core courses (four
courses):
CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice
CJ 201 Law Enforcement
CJ 203 Correctional Systems
CJ 447 Research Methods in Criminal
Justice
B. Courses in the social, psychological,
philosophical, and political dimensions of
the justice system (seven courses):
PHIL 218 Issues in Criminal Justice
PSY 116 Abnormal Psychology
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOC 222 Introduction to Human Services
SOC 300 Criminology
Two courses from:
PSCI331
PSCI 332
PSCI 335
One course from:
SOC 221
SOC 334
Civil Rights and Liberties
Courts and the Criminal
Justice System
Law and Society
Juvenile Delinquency
Cultural Minorities
C. Criminal Justice Practicum (strongly
recommended, but not required for the major). :
Majors should seek advice concerning
course selection from their advisors or from the
criminal justice coordinator, and should note ■
course prerequisites in planning their programs
Minor in Criminal Justice
A minor in criminal justice consists of five
courses: CJ 100, CJ 201, CJ 203, PSCI 332,
and SOC 300. A student may substitute another '
^m
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG )
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
elevant course for one of the required courses
vith consent of the criminal justice
:oordinator.
tVriting Intensive Courses
The following courses, when scheduled as
N courses, count towards the writing inten-
ive requirement: CJ 477, PHIL 218, and SOC
122
100
NTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE
This course explores the role of law
snforcement, courts and corrections in the
idministration of justice; the development of
)olice, courts and corrections; the scope and
lature of crime in America; introduction to the
itudies, literature and research in criminal
ustice; basic criminological theories; and
;areers in criminal justice.
101
.AW ENFORCEMENT
Students learn the history of law enforce-
nent and the ways in which policing is
;volving within a community-based philoso-
)hy. Special emphasis is placed on law
enforcement organizations, patrol and
nvestigation strategies, methods of social
;ontrol, police-community relations, civil
iability, abuse of power, important case laws,
ind critical analysis of law enforcement
)olicies. Prerequisite: CJ 100.
103
:ORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS
This course presents an overview of
)ffenders, punishment, correctional ideolo-
gies, and societal reaction to crime. The
listorical and philosophical development of
he correctional system is examined. The
jrimary emphasis is on critical analysis of
contemporary correctional programming for
idult and juvenile offenders in the United
States. Other social issues and structures
iirectly related to corrections are explored.
Prerequisite: CJ 100.
340
PROBATION AND PAROLE
This course provides an in-depth study of
community-based corrections programs and
their impact on the offender, the criminal
justice system, and society. Particular atten-
tion is given to offender diagnostics and
classification, treatment and supervision
needs, pre-sentence and pre-parole investiga-
tions, casework planning, applicable laws, and
corrections policies. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or
consent of instructor.
341
CRIME PREVENTION
Students examine crime prevention and
control policies, programs, and procedures to
determine what works and why. The focus is
on social, situational, and environmental
sources of crime. Crime prevention measures
focus on reducing crime by re-creating
physical design, by empowering citizen
organizations, through programs that build
safe communities, and through programs in
place among "at risk" populations in schools,
neighborhoods, and homes. Prerequisite: CJ
100 or consent of instructor.
342
ORGANIZATIONAL CRIME
Three major areas of organizational crimes
are covered, including traditional organized
crime, crimes of the corporate world, and
crimes committed under auspices of the
government. Examples of topics include
international organized crime cabals, drug
trafficking and money laundering by the CIA,
political bribe taking, government brutality
and physical/economic coercion, civil rights
violations, and crimes situated in the manufac-
turing, pharmaceutical, and service trades.
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor.
345
SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
This is a seminar for advanced students
offered in response to student request and
•002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
faculty interest. This course may be repeated
for additional credit with approval of the
criminal justice coordinator, but only when
course content differs. Sample topics include
the death penalty, hate crimes, civil liability in
criminal justice, justice in the media, environ-
mental crime, etc. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or
consent of instructor.
447
RESEARCH METHODS IN CRIMINAL
JUSTICE
Students learn social science methods,
research design and implementation, and
evaluation of contemporary research in
criminal justice. Topics covered include the
logic of causal order, sampling theory,
qualitative and quantitative design, data
collection, and proper analysis of data. This
course is a how-to-do research course that
requires students to conduct original research
projects under supervision. Students actively
engage in content analysis, behavioral
observation, survey and interview-based
research, and limited quasi-experimental
design studies. Emphasis is placed on con-
ducting field research and communicating
research in writing. Each student prepares a
literature review and written research proposal
that can be carried out while placed with a
criminal justice agency on practicum (CJ 448).
Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 201, and CJ 203, or
consent of instructor.
448-449
CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICUM
Students are placed with criminal justice
agencies, providing opportunities to apply
classroom knowledge in an organizational
setting, encouraging development of profes-
sional skills, helping students identify and
clarify career interests, and providing opportu-
nities to conduct hands-on field research. Each
student completes an original research project
under supervision of the instructor with input
from the on-site agency representative.
Students will prepare a comprehensive,
formal, written research paper on an appropri-
ate topic. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of
criminal justice coordinator.
470
INTERNSHIP
Students desiring an internship in criminal
justice must get considerably advanced
approval by the criminal justice coordinator.
Criminal justice internships normally will not
be approved for semesters during which
practicums are also available. Internships are
intended as a four-credit-only course. How-
ever, under unusual circumstances, up to 12
credits may be approved by the criminal |
justice coordinator. An example of an appro-
priate 12-credit internship is the FBI Honors
Internship Program, which requires relocation
to Washington, DC and participation in a full-
time program that runs the duration of the
summer. Prerequisite: CJ 100.
N80 i
INDEPENDENT STUDY
This course represents an opportunity to
pursue specific interests and topics not usually
covered in regular courses. Through a
program of readings and tutorials, the student |
will have the opportunity to pursue these |
interests and topics in greater depth than is
usually possible in a regular course. Prerequi-l
site: CJ 100 and consent of criminal justice '
coordinator.
N90
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ECONOMICS
ECONOMICS (EcoN)
Associate Professor: Madresehee (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Sprunger
The Department of Economics offers two
racks. Track I (Managerial Economics)
levelops students' capacity to analyze the
iconomic environment in which an organization
)perates and to apply economic reasoning to an
)rganization's internal decision making. These
;ourses have more of a managerial emphasis
han traditional economics courses. Track II
General Economics) is designed to provide a
)road understanding of economic, social, and
business problems. In addition to preparing
Undents for a career in business or government,
his track provides an excellent background for
graduate or professional studies.
rrack I - Managerial Economics requires
ECON 1 10, 1 1 1 , 220, 332 and 441 ; ACCT
1 10 and either ACCT 130 or BUS 429; BUS
538; and two other economics courses
lumbered 200 or above, excluding ECON 349.
rrack II - General Economics requires
ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 33 1 , 440, and 44 1 , and three
Dther courses in economics. Depending on
their academic and career interests, students are
encouraged to select a minor in another depart-
ment such as political science, philosophy, or
history.
In addition, the following courses are
recommended: all majors - MATH 123 and
BUS 223; majors planning graduate work -
MATH 1 1 2 and 1 28; Track II majors - ACCT
110 and either 130 or 344.
The following courses, when .scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ECON 236, 337, and 440.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 96.
Minor
A minor in economics requires the comple-
tion of ECON 1 10, 1 1 1 and three other econom-
ics courses numbered 200 or above, or any four
economics courses numbered 200 or above.
The Department of Economics is a member
of the Institute for Management Studies. See
page 115.
102
CONSUMER ECONOMICS
A course in " family" or "practical"
economics, designed to teach students how
they and their families can be intelligent
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save,
and borrow so as to maximize the value they
receive for the income they have. Treats
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses
and abuses of credit; investing, savings,
buying insurance, automobiles and houses;
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc.
110
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Macroeconomics deals with problems of the
economic system as a whole. What influences
the level of national income and employment?
What is inflation and why do we have it? What
is the role of government in a modern capitalis-
tic system? How does business organize to
produce the goods and services we demand?
12002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS
How are the American financial and banking
systems organized? What is the nature of
American unionism? What are the elements of
government finance and fiscal policy?
Ill
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
This course focuses upon microeconomics
and selected current economic problems. It
deals with the relatively small units of the
economy such as the firm and the family.
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how
business firms decide what and how much to
produce and how goods and services are
priced in different types of markets. Also
considers such problems as economic growth,
international trade, poverty, discrimination,
ecology, and alternative economic systems.
220
MONEY AND BANKING
Covers business fluctuations and monetary
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of
society; the banking system; credit institutions;
capital markets, and international financial
relations. Prerequisite: ECON 1 10.
224
URBAN PROBLEMS
The application of economic theory to the
study of significant social, political, and eco-
nomic problems associated with urbanization,
including poverty, employment, education,
crime, health, housing, land use and the
environment, transportation, and public
finance. Analysis of solutions offered.
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or 111, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
225
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
A study of the relationship between
environmental decay and economic growth,
with particular reference to failures of the
price and property-rights systems; application
of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the
creation of an ecologically viable economy.
229
BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING'
An introduction to the nature and history oi|
business fluctuations, the tools used in
aggregate analysis, theories that seek to explain
the cycle, and techniques used in forecasting
economic activity. Prerequisite: ECON 110
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
230
ECONOMETRICS
Econometric models provide one of the
most useful and necessary sets of tools for
decision-making. By using a variety of
modem statistical methods, econometrics
helps us to estimate economic relationships,
test different economic behaviors, and forecast
different economic variables. Prerequisites:
MATH 123, ECON 110 and 111; or consent oj^
instructor. Alternate years.
236
AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY
This course examines topics in American
Economic History from the post-Civil War era
through World War II. Topics covered
include the causes of the rise of big business
as the dominant means of production, the
emergence of the union movement, the growth'
of the U.S. economy to the largest in the
world, and the changing role of government in
the economic system.
240
ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the theory and practice
of economic geography with emphasis upon
the historical dynamics of local, regional, and
global organization. This course considers the
forces reshaping global economic geography
including the factors that determine the com-
petitive advantage of nations. These factors
include resources such as food, energy, materi-
als, and changing patterns of world population.
Also included will be theoretical literature
reparding locational decisions and choice, as
well as the rapidly changing global economy
in the context of trade theory and the shifting
focus of international economics activity.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ECONOMICS
•
11
LJBLIC CHOICE
his course focuses on the application of
:onomics to the poHtical processes of voting
id bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will
; the study of problems that can occur within
e democratic process because the incentives
ven to public servants do not always match
)ciety's best interests. Policies and institu-
3ns that can improve such problems will be
iplored. U.S. elections and campaigns will
ovide many of the applications for the class.
re requisite: EC ON 1 10 or 111, or consent of
structor. Alternate years.
JO
JTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
eory regarding consumer demand, production
)Sts and theory, profit maximization, market
ructures, and the determinants of returns to
e factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON
JO. Alternate years.
n
JTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
eory and practice with regard to business
actuation, national income accounting, the
^termination of income and employment
vels, and the use of monetary and fiscal
:>\icy. Prerequisite: ECON 110. Alternate
'.ars.
n
OVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY
An analytical survey of government's
forts to maintain competition through
ititrust legislation to supervise acceptable
ises of private monopoly, through public
jlity regulation and via means of regulatory
)mmissions, and to encourage or restrain
irious types of private economic activities.
re requisites: ECON 110 and 111, or
msent of instructor.
335
LABOR PROBLEMS
The history of organized labor in the United
States, including the structure of unions,
employers' opposition to unions, the role of
government in labor-management relations and
the economic impact of unions. Alternate years.
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or HI, or consent of
instructor.
337
PUBLIC FINANCE
An analysis of the fiscal economics of the
public sector, including the development,
concepts, and theories of public expenditures,
taxation, and debt at all levels of American
government. Also includes the use of fiscal
policy as an economic control device. Prereq-
uisites: ECON 1 10 and 111, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
343
INTERNATIONAL TRADE
A study of the principles, theories, develop-
ment, and policies concerning international
economic relations, with particular reference to
the United States. Subjects covered include:
U.S. commercial policy and its development,
international trade theory, tariffs and other
protectionist devices, international monetary
system and its problems, balance of payments
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON
1 Wand 111.
349
MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM
An apprentice-level work experience for
junior or senior economics majors jointly
sponsored by the department and a public or
private agency (or a subdivision of the college
itselO designed to better integrate classroom
theory and workplace practice. In addition to
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of
the effort expended will consist of academic
work related to agency activities.
02-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS • EDUCATION
440
HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT
A discussion of the origins, development,
and significance of the economic ideas embod-
ied in the works of Smith, Marx, Schumpeter,
Keynes, and others. Prerequisite: ECON 110
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
441
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
The application of economic theory and
methodology to the solution of business
problems. Subjects include: optimizing
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory,
production theory, cost theory, linear pro-
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc-
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites:
ECON 110 and 111.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically off-campus in business, banking,
or government, supervised by assigned
employee of sponsoring organization.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Superior students may select independent
study in various courses, particularly in
preparation for graduate school.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
EDUCATION (EDuc)
Assistant Professors: Chamberlain,
Hungerford (Chairperson)
Instructor: Jones
Part-time Instructors: Hayden, Salvatori,
Zalonis
The Education Department offers Pennsyl-
vania-approved teacher certification programs
in elementary and secondary education, as well
as a school nurse certification program (which
will be discontinued after the 2002-2003
academic year).
All students seeking teacher certification
must complete EDUC 200 with at least a B- oi
consent of the department before applying for
the professional semester. All students must '
complete a minimum of 30 hours of observa- i
tions and participation with the assigned
cooperating teachers during the semester prior
to their professional semester. '
Students seeking secondary teacher certifier
tion must complete PSY 138 and EDUC 239
prior to being accepted to the professional
semester as well as the necessary subject area |
courses. Students may earn secondary certifici
tion in one or more of the following areas: art
(K-12), biology, chemistry, citizenship
(economics, history, political science), French
(K-12), general science (astronomy/physics,
biology, chemistry), German (K-12), math-
ematics, music (K-12), physics, school nurse
(K- 1 2). [This program will not be available
after May 2003], social sciences (psychology
sociology-anthropology), and Spanish (K-12).
Students seeking elementary teacher certifi-
cation must complete PSY 138 and all elemen
tary methods courses prior to being accepted t(
the professional semester, including EDUC OOC
340, 341,342, 343, and 344.
Students interested in the teacher education j
program should refer to the Teacher Education
Handbook, which specifies the current require- I
ments for certification. Early consultation wit!
a member of the Education Department is
strongly recommended. Application for the
professional semester must be made during thd
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO(
EDUCATION
•
all semester of the junior year.
The Department of Education admits to the
)rofessional semester applicants who have
a) completed the participation requirements,
b) paid the student teaching fee, (c) obtained a
ecommendation from the student's major
iepartment, (d) passed a screening and
nterview conducted by the Education Depart-
nent, (e) passed the PSST Reading, Writing,
vlath and Listening portions of the NTE exam,
ind (f) achieved an overall grade point average
)f 3.00 or better. Major departments have
lifferent criteria for their recommendations;
herefore, the student should consult with the
;hairperson of the major department about
hose requirements. The Pennsylvania state
equirements override any contractual agree-
nent the student teacher has with the college
/da the catalogue under which they were admitted.
Additional teacher intern program informa-
ion can be found on page 50.
The following courses, when scheduled as
N courses, count toward the writing intensive
•equirement: EDUC 239, 343, 344, and 447.
)00
iEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL
EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES
Each elementary student teacher attends a
>eries of 24 seminars, conducted prior to
student teaching, during the fall semester of
:he senior year. These seminars, conducted by
certified public school personnel, emphasize
ictivities and knowledge which are helpful in
;he self-contained elementary classroom.
Non-credit course.
200
[NTRODUCTION TO THE
STUDY OF EDUCATION
A study of teaching as a profession with
emphasis on the economic, social, political,
and religious conditions which influence
American schools and teachers. Consideration
is given to the school environment, the
:urriculum, and the children with the intention
that students will examine more rationally their
own motives for entering the profession.
232
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
AND COMMUNICATIONS
A study of the value, design, construction,
and application of the visual and auditory aids
to learning. Practical experience in the
handling of audio-visual equipment and
materials is provided. Application of audio-
visual techniques. Application of the visual
and auditory aids to learning. Students will
plan and carry out actual teaching assignments
utilizing various A-V devices.
239
An examination of the various curricula of the
public schools and their relationship to current
practices. Special attention will be given to
development of the curriculum, state and
national curriculum standards, and criteria for
the evaluation of curricula and student pro-
gress. A particular emphasis will be placed
upon emerging issues and technology as they
relate to curriculum. Emphasis will be placed
upon the curriculum work within the teaching
field of each individual. Prerequisites: PSY 138
and EDUC 200 or consent of the instructor.
340
TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
This course is intended for prospective elemen-
tary and middle school teachers and is required
for all those seeking elementary certification.
Topics include number systems, computa-
tional algorithms, measurement, geometry,
and children's development of mathematical
concepts. Includes an emphasis on adapting
instruction for diverse learners. Prerequisites:
PSY 138, EDUC 200, and two cour.se s in
mathematics or consent of the instructor.
341
TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Studies and experiences to develop a basic
understanding of the structure, concepts, and
processes of anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, and
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
EDUCATION
sociology as they relate to the elementary
school social science curriculum. Practical
applications, demonstrations of methods, and
the development of integrated teaching units
using tests, reference books, films, and other
teaching materials. Observation and
participation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY
138, or consent of instructor.
342
TEACHING SCIENCE IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Science methods and materials interpreting
children's science experiences and guiding the
development of the scientific concepts. A
study of the science content of the curriculum,
its material and use. Observation and participa-
tion in Lycoming County elementary schools.
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 138, or
consent of instructor.
343
TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A course designed to consider means of
communication, oral and written, including
both practical and creative uses. Attention
will be given to listening, speaking, written
expression, linguistics and grammar, and
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil-
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle
for developing creative characteristics in
children and for ensuring an appreciation of the
creative writing of others. Observation and
participation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY
138, or consent of instructor.
344
TEACHING READING IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A basic course in the philosophy and
rationale for the implementation of an elemen-
tary reading program from kindergarten through
sixth grade. Emphasis is upon designing a
reading instructional program which reflects
the nature of the learning process and recog-
nizes principles of child development through
examination of the principles, problems,
methods, and materials used in elementary
reading programs. Prerequisite: EDUC 200
or PSY 138, or consent of instructor.
The Elementary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the Elemen-
tary Professional Semester:
EDUC 445 Methods of Teaching
in the Elementary School
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the j
Elementary School i
445
METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
The course emphasizes the relationship
between the theoretical studies of physical,
social and cognitive development and the
elementary classroom environment. Particular
consideration will be given to the appropriate
age and developmental level of the students
with an emphasis upon selection and
utilization of methods in all the elementary
subject areas, including art and music.
Specific attention is given to the development
of strategies for structuring lesson plans, for
maintaining classroom control, and for overall
classroom management. Direct application is
made to the individual student teaching
experience. Prerequisites: MATH 205,
EDUC 000, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre -
student teaching participation.
447
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG!
EDUCATION
•
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
448
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional experience under the supervi-
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a
public elementary school in Lycoming
County. Student teachers are required to
follow the calendar of the school district to
which they are assigned. Two units maximum.
Students are considered full time when
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those
students needing an additional course must
comply with the standards stated in the
College catalog.
The Secondary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the
Secondary Professional Semester:
EDUC 446 Methods of Teaching in the Middle
Level and Secondary Schools
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the
Secondary School
The Art/Music (K-12) Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the Art/
Music (K-12) Professional Semester:
EDUC 445 or 446 Elementary or Secondary
Methods
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the
Elementary Schools (4 -
semester hours/6 weeks)
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the
Secondary Schools (4
semester hours/6 weeks)
446
METHODS OF TEACHING IN MIDDLE
LEVEL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
A study of materials, methods, and
techniques with emphasis on the student's
major. Specific attention is given to structur-
ing unit and lesson plans, maintaining
classroom discipline, and to overall classroom
management. Stress is placed on the selection
and utilization of a variety of strategies,
materials, and technologies to support learning
for a diverse student population. Students
teach demonstration lessons in the presence of
the instructor and members of the class and
observe superior teachers in Lycoming
County middle and secondary schools.
Prerequisites: EDUC 200, PSY 138,
and pre-student teaching participation.
447
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
449
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional laboratory experience under the
supervision of a selected cooperating teacher
in a public secondary school in Lycoming
County. Student teachers are required to
follow the calendar of the school district to
which they are assigned. Two units maximum.
Students are considered full time when
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those
students needing an additional course must
comply with the standards stated in the
College catalog.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGLISH
•
ENGLISH (ENGL)
Professors: Hawkes, Jensen, Moses, Rife
Associate Professors: Feinstein (Chairperson),
Hafer, Lewes
Tiie department offers two programs
leading to the major in EngUsh:
Track I - English Major in Literature
This track is designed for students who
choose EngHsh as a liberal arts major that pre-
pares them for a wide range of career options;
for students who choose English as their subject
area for elementary certification or who wish to
earn secondary certification in English; for
students who wish to improve their verbal and
analytic ability in preparation for a specific
career, such as technical writing, business, or
law; and for students who intend to pursue
graduate study in British or American literature.
A minimum of ten courses is required for
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 217; 220;
22 1 ; two courses selected from 222, 223, 227;
two from 31 1,312, 313, 314, and 315; one
from 335 and 336; and two electives from
among courses numbered 215 and above.
Students who wish to earn secondary teacher
certification must complete a minimum of
twelve courses in English. Required courses
are ENGL 217; 220; 221; 335; 336; 338; two
courses from 222, 223, 227; three courses from
311,312, 313, 314, and 315; and one elective
from among courses numbered 215 and above.
Required courses outside English are EDUC
200, 446, 447, and 449; PSY 1 10 and 1 38; and
THEA 100.
Students who intend to pursue graduate
study in British or American literature should
complete the twelve English courses specified
for secondary certification and, as part of that
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti-
cism, as their English elective.
Track II - English Major in Creative Writing
This track is designed for students who
aspire to careers as professional writers, as
editors, and as publishers; for students who
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A.
program; or for students who would like to
discover their creadve potential while pursu-
ing a fundamental liberal arts education.
A minimum often courses is required for
Track II. Required courses are ENGL 240; two
courses selected from 220, 22 1 , 222, 223, 225,
and 227; two from31 1,312, 313, 314 and 315;
one from 33 1 or 332; one from 335 and 336; two
from 34 1 , 342, 44 1 , and 442 (note prerequi-
sites); and one from 41 1 or412.
Students who wish to earn secondary
teacher certification must complete a minimum
of twelve courses in English. Required courses
are ENGL 240, 335, 336, 338; two courses
selected from 220, 221, 222, 223, 225, and 227;
two from 3 1 1,312, 313, 314, and 3 15; one from
331 and 332; two from 341, 342, 441, 442 (note
prerequisites); and one from 4 1 1 and 412;
ENGL 2 1 7 recommended. Required courses
outside English are EDUC 200, 446, 447, and
449; PSY 1 10 and 138; and THEA 100.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ENGLISH
•
The following course satisfies the cuUural
diversity requirement: ENGL 334. The
following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ENGL 225, 3 1 1 , 33 1 , 334, 335,
336, and 420.
Minors
The department offers two minors in
English:
Literature: Five courses in literature at the
200 level or above, at least three of which
must be numbered 300 or above.
Writing: Five courses, four of which are
chosen from ENGL 217, 240, 321, 322, and
338; plus one writing-intensive course in
literature at the 300 level.
105
INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE WRITING
A review of grammar and an introduction to
college-level reading and writing. One unit
grade of "P" will be assigned when the student
has successfully completed all of the work in
the course. Required of, and limited to, those
who have not been exempted from ENGL 105.
106
COMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing.
Special emphasis on developing the compos-
ing skills needed to articulate and defend a
position in various situations requiring the use
of written English. Credit may not be earned
for both 106 and 107.
107
HONORS COMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing.
Special emphasis on developing the writing
skills of students who have the potential to
benefit from advanced work. Placement by
examination only. Credit may not be earned
for both 106 and 107.
215
INTRODUCTION TO
LITERARY INTERPRETATION
Practice in the methods of close reading and
formal analysis. Identification of primary elements
and structures of literary representation. Literature
chosen for study will vary. Prerequisite: ENGL
1 06 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Ill
CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR
An introduction to writing critically about
literary texts. Workshop setting offers inten-
sive practice in the writing and critiquing of
papers. Designed for beginning students of
literature. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Not open to juniors or
seniors except for newly declared majors or
with consent of instructor.
220
BRITISH LITERATURE I
A survey of literary forms, dominate ideas,
and major authors from the Anglo-Saxon
period through the 18"" century. Emphasis on
such writers as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne,
Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson; representa-
tive works from Beowulf to Bumey's Evelina.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor.
221
BRITISH LITERATURE II
Literary movements and authors from the
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 1 9th
century. Particular emphasis on such writers as
Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Brown-
ing. Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, and Yeats. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Ill
AMERICAN LITERATURE I
Survey of American literature from the
beginning to 1 865, with major emphasis on the
writers of the Romantic period: Poe, Emerson,
Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, Dickinson, and
Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGLISH
223
AMERICAN LITERATURE II
Surveyof American literature from 1865 toI945,
emphasizing such authors as Twain, James, Crane,
Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost, Eliot, Stevens,
O' Neill, and Williams. Prerequisite: ENGL 106
or 107, or consent of instructor.
225
CLASSICAL LITERATURE
A study, in translation, of Greek and Roman
works that have influenced Western writers.
Literary forms studied include epic, drama,
satire, and love poetry. Writers studied include
Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides,
Virgil, Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius, and Ovid.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor.
227
AMERICAN LITERATURE III
Survey of American literature from 1 945 to
the present, focusing on such writers as Bellow,
O'Connor, Updike, Roth, Morrison, Bishop,
Lowell, Ginsberg, and Plath. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor
240
INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING
Workshop discussions, structured exercises,
and readings in contemporary literature to
provide practice and basic instruction in the
writing and evaluation of poetry and fiction.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor.
311
MEDIEVAL LITERATURE
Readings in Old and Middle English poetry and
prose from Bede' s Ecclesiastical History to
Malory's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric,
narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis on
the cultural context from which these forms
emerge. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
312
RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
An examination of themes and literary forms of
the Renaissance. Authors studied will include
Donne, Marlowe, More, Shakespeare, Sidney,
Spenser, and Surrey. Prerequisite: ENGL 106
or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
313
RESTORATION AND
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE
Consideration of selected themes, writers,
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century
literature ( 1 660- 1 800) with emphasis on the
social, political, and intellectual hfe of that
era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
314
ROMANTIC LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts,
and themes of the Romantic period (1789-
1832) with emphasis on the social, political,
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
315
VICTORIAN LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and
themes of the Victorian period ( 1 832- 1 90 1 ) with
emphasis on the social, political, and intellectual
life of that era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107,
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
321
ADVANCED WRITING:
TECHNICAL AND PROFESSIONAL
A course providing practice in report and
technical writing, proposals, and other areas
where competence will be expected in the
business and scientific worlds. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
322
ADVANCED WRITING:
THE CREATIVE ESSAY
A course in which students from all
disciplines learn to explore and define
themselves through the essay, a form used to
express the universal through the particular
and the personal. Readings will include
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ENGLISH
jssayists from Montaigne to Gould.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
nstructor. Alternate years.
J31
>OTH-CENTURY FICTION
Examination of the novels and short fiction
)f such major writers as Conrad, Woolf,
foyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Nabokov, with
ipecial emphasis on the relationship of their
ivorks to concepts of modernism. Prerequi-
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
nstructor.
J32
ZOTH-CENTURY POETRY
Studies in the themes and visions of
Tiodem and contemporary poets including
y^eats. Frost, Stevens, Williams, Pound, Moore,
Eliot. Hughes, Roethke, Bishop, Berryman,
Lowell, Larkin, Ginsberg, Sexton, Rich, Plath,
Baraka, Heaney, and Dove. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
333
FHE NOVEL
An examination primarily of British and
American works from the 1 8th century to the
present, focusing on the novel's ability — since
its explosive inception — to redefine its own
boundaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107,
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
WOMEN AND LITERATURE
An examination — literary, social, and
historical — of literature by women represent-
ing diverse cultures. Each course will examine
a particular theme significant to women
writers from more than one cultural back-
ground. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
335
CHAUCER
Concentrated study of The Canterbury Tales
with emphasis on the variety of medieval
narrative genres represented. Chaucer's Tales
will be read in Middle English. The course
includes a brief study of language develop-
ment to Chaucer, a study of Middle English
sufficient to comprehend Chaucer, and an
examination of the cultural traditions that
inform Chaucer's works. Prerequisites:
ENGL 106 or 107 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
336
SHAKESPEARE
A study of representative plays in the
context of Shakespeare's life and times.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
338
LINGUISTICS
An intensive look at the English language,
focusing on three grammatical systems
(traditional, structural, transformational) to
identify their strengths and weaknesses.
Attention is also given to larger issues,
including language change, the politics of
language, the creation of meaning, language
acquisition, and dialects. Prerequisite: ENGL
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
341
POETRY WORKSHOP I
An intermediate workshop focusing on the
writing of poetry and methods of analysis.
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL
240 or consent of instructor.
342
FICTION WORKSHOP I
An intermediate course in the writing of
short fiction in a workshop environment, where
the student is trained to hear language at work.
Emphasis on characterization and story.
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL
240 or consent of instructor.
411
FORM AND THEORY: POETRY
Principles of meter, rhyme, formal structure,
and traditional and contemporary poetic forms
will be studied through readings, discussion.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGLISH
and exercises. Designed to enhance skills in both
practical criticism and in creative writing, this
course will pay particular attention to theories
concerned with the relationship between form
and content in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 341
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
412
FORM AND THEORY: FICTION
A course that examines philosophical and
aesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting
fiction based on those theories. Authors will
most likely include Aristotle, Calvino, Gardner,
Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite: ENGL 342
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
420
SELECTED WRITERS
An intensive study of no more than three
writers, selected on the basis of student and
faculty interest. Possible combinations
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner;
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens;
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and
Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
421
TOPICS IN LITERATURE
Examination of a literary theme, idea, or
movement as it appears in one or more types
of literature and as it cuts across various
epochs. Possible topics include: American
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery and
Detective Fiction; The Hero in Literature.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
441
POETRY WORKSHOP II
An advanced workshop in the writing of
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal-
ysis of their own work and acquire experience
in evaluating the work of their peers. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 341.
442
FICTION WORKSHOP II
An advanced course in the writing of short
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of
voice and tone. The student will be encouraged
to develop and control his or her individual
style and produce publishable fiction. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 342.
449
ADVANCED CRITICISM
Reading and discussion in the theory and
history of criticism. Examination of both
traditional and contemporary ideas about the
value and nature of literary expression and its
place in human culture generally. Work in the
course includes practical as well as theoretical
use of the ideas and methods of critical
inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The department provides internships in
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical
writing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl-
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the
changing image of women in American art _
and literature ( 1 890- 1 945); the hard-boiled ^
detective novel; contemporary women writers;
and Milton's use of the Bible in Paradise
Lost.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Recent projects include "The Function of
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner"
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of
Virginia Woolf."
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
FOREIGN
LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURES
Professor: MacKenzie
Associate Professor: Buedel
Assistant Professors: Kingery (Chairperson),
Heysel, Watts
Instructor: Cartal-Falk
Part-time Instructor: Boring
Study of foreign languages and literatures
offers opportunity to explore broadly the
varieties of human experience and thought. It
contributes both to personal and to intemational
understanding by providing competence in a
foreign language and a critical acquaintance with
the literature and culture of foreign peoples. A
major can serve as a gateway to careers in
business, government, publishing, education,
journalism, social agencies, translating, and
writing. It prepares for graduate work in
literature or linguistics and the intemational
fields of politics, business, law, health, and area
studies.
MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY
French, German, and Spanish are offered as
major fields of study. The major consists of at
least 32 semester hours of courses numbered
1 1 1 and above. Students who intend to pursue
graduate study in a foreign language should
take additional 400-level hours in literature.
Majors seeking teacher certification are
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
advised to begin the study of a second foreign
language.
The department encourages students to
consider allied courses from related fields or a
second major, and also individual or established
interdisciplinary majors combining interest in
several literatures or area or cross-cultural
studies; for example, Intemational Studies, 20th
Century Studies, the Major in Literature.
STUDY ABROAD AND INTERNSHIPS
The department recommends that language
majors study in a department-approved program
for a semester or more as part of their major.
Approved programs are available in Austria (the
Institute for the Intemational Education of
Students), France (Boston University, the
Institute for the Intemational Education of
Students), Germany (the Goethe Institute, the
Institute for the Intemational Education of
Students), Mexico (Cemanahuac Educational
Community), and Spain (Tandem Escuela
Internacional, the Center for Cross-Cultural
Studies, Indiana University of PA). Interested
students should begin planning with their major
advisor by the first week of the semester prior to
departure. To qualify, students must have soph-
omore standing or better, an overall GPA of 2.50,
and a GPA of 3.00 in language courses. Other
qualifications include recommendation from
faculty in the major and completion of specific
courses in language, literature, or culture. In
addition, the department offers overseas
intemships through the approved programs.
They typically require substantial language
skills and junior or senior standing.
CAPSTONE EXPERIENCE
All foreign language majors are required to
pass two semesters of FLL 449 (Junior-Senior
Colloquium). In addition, all majors must
complete at least two of the following six options:
( 1 ) appropriate study abroad for a minimum of 6
weeks; (2) an internship; (3) department-approved
volunteer work or tutoring in the foreign lan-
guage; (4) FRN 44 1 , GERM 4 1 8, or SPAN 4 1 8
with a grade of C or better; (5) secondary
teaching certification in French, German, or
Spanish; (6) a Praxis test in French, German, or
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Spanish passed with a score approved by the
department.
If the colloquia and other two requirements
have not been met by the end of the first
semester of the senior year, the student must
submit to the chair of the department a plan
signed by the advisor showing when and how
these requirements will be completed.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 96.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
AND LITERATURES (fll)
225
CONTINENTAL LITERATURE
A study of such major continental authors
as Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, Dante,
Ibsen, Proust, Gide, Kafka, Hesse, Goethe,
Sartre, Camus, Brecht, and lonesco. Works
read in English translation will vary and be
organized around a different theme or topic;
recent topics have been existentialism, modem-
ism, drama, the Weimar era, and 20th century
Scandinavian and German prose writers.
Prerequisite: None. Taught in English. May be
repeated for credit with consent of instructor.
May be accepted toward the English major
with consent of the Department of English.
338
FOREIGN LANGUAGE:
SYSTEMS AND PROCESS
Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool for
language learning and teaching. Discussion and
application of language teaching techniques,
including work in the language laboratory.
Designed for future teachers of one or more
languages and normally taken in the junior year.
Students should arrange through the Department
of Education to fulfill the requirements of a
participation experience in area schools in the
same semester. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. Taught in English. Does not count
toward majors in French, German, and Spanish.
449
JUNIOR-SENIOR COLLOQUIUM
This colloquium offers French, German, and
Spanish majors the opportunity to meet regu-
larly with peers, professors, and invited guest
speakers to discuss linguistic, literary, cultural,
and pedagogical topics. Each student enrolled
in 449 is required to deliver at least one oral
presentation per semester. Prerequisite: junior
standing. The department recommends that,
when possible, students take one semester of 449
during their junior year and another semester
during their senior year Taught in English. The
Colloquium will meet a minimum of 6 times
during the semester for 1 hour each session.
After successful completion of two semesters of
the Colloquium, a student may enroll for addi-
tional semesters on a pass fail basis and no oral
presentation will be required. Non-credit course.
FRENCH (FRN)
Major
A major consists of a minimum of 32
semester hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1
and above or approved courses from a Study
Abroad program, including at least eight
semester hours from 402, 412 and 427. French
majors must pass at least two semesters of FLL
449 and complete two of the additional require-
ments as explained under Capstone Experience
on page 105. Students who wish to be certified
for secondary teaching must complete the major
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass FRN 221-
222, 228, 418, and FLL 338 (the latter course
with a grade of B or better).
The following course satisfies the cultural
diversity requirement: FRN 228. The follow-
ing course, when scheduled as a W course,
counts toward the writing intensive require-
ment: FRN 222.
Minor
A minor in French consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted
towards the minor, but then the minor must
consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
I hours of which must be numbered 200 or
)0ve.
)1-102
LEMENTARY FRENCH
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
:quire the fundamentals of the language with
[view to using them. Regular practice in
)eaking, understanding, and reading.
11-112
vITERMEDIATE FRENCH
Review and development of the fundamen-
Js of the language for immediate use in
leaking, understanding, and reading, with a
iew to building confidence in self-expres-
on. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent.
IX-IU
RENCH LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Further training in speaking, listening
omprehension, reading, and writing. In-
ludes extensive work in grammar. Prerequi-
Ite: FRN 112 or equivalent.
28
lODERN FRANCE
A course designed to familiarize students with
olitical and social structures and cultural
ttituds in contemporary French society,
laterial studied may include such documents as
ewspaper articles, interviews and sociological
urveys, and readings in history, religion,
nthropology, and the arts. Some attention to the
hanging education system and the family and to
vents and ideas which have shaped French
ociety. May include some comparative study
f France and the United States. Prerequisite:
•"RN 221 or consent of instructor.
21
IPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS
N LITERATURE
Examination of significant cultural or
iterary topics concerning the French-speaking
vorld. Possible topics or genres include:
Tancophone short stories; modem French
heatre; French-speaking women writers;
Tench and Francophone poetry; Paris and the
Want-garde. Prerequisite: FRN 221 or
consent of the in.structor. May be repeated for
credit with consent of instructor.
402
FRENCH LITERATURE TO 1800
Major authors and movements from the
Medieval, Renaissance, Classical and
Enlightenment periods. Includes the chanson
de geste, Villon, Montaigne, Comeille, Racine,
Moliere, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite:
FRN 222 or 228, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
412
FRENCH LFTERATURE OF THE 19TH
CENTURY
The dimensions of the Romantic sensibil-
ity: Musset, Hugo, Vigny, Balzac, Stendhal.
Realism and Naturalism in the novels of
Flaubert and Zola. Reaction in the poetry of
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and
Mallarme. Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who wish to improve further their spoken and
written French. Includes work in oral
comprehension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral
and written composition, and translation.
Prerequisite: One course from FRN 402, 412,
423, 427; or consent of instructor.
427
FRENCH LITERATURE OF
THE 20TH CENTURY
Representative poets and novelists of
modern France. Readings selected from the
works of authors such as Proust, Gide. Aragon.
Giono, Mauriac, Celine, Malraux, Saint-
Exupery, Camus, the "new novelists" (Robbe-
Grillet. Butor, Sarraute, Le Clezio). and the
poetry of Apollinaire, Vale'ry, the Surrealists
(Breton, Reverdy, Eluard, Char), Saint-John
Perse. Supervielle, Prevert. and others. Some
attention to works of French-speaking
African writers. Prerequisite: FRN 222 or
228, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in French include
translation. Existentialism, the classical period,
enlightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GERMAN (GERM)
Major
A major consists of a minimum of 32
semester hours of GERM courses numbered
1 1 1 and above or approved courses from a
Study Abroad program One unit of FLL 225
may be included in the major with permission.
GERM 431 or 441 is required of all majors.
German majors must pass at least two
semesters of FLL 449 and complete two of the
additional requirements as explained under
Capstone Experience on page 105.
Students who wish to be certified for
secondary teaching must complete the major
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 221-
222, 323, 325, 418, and either 431 or 441. In
addition to the 32 semester hours of courses
for the major. In addition to the 32 semester
hours of courses for the major they must also
pass FLL 338 with a grade of B or better. All
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS
336, PSCI 221, and THEA 335.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: GERM 221 and 222.
The following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: GERM 431 and 441.
Minor
A minor in German consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted
toward the minor, but then the minor must
consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses,
12 hours of which must be numbered 200 or
above. One unit of FLL 225 may be included
in the minor with permission.
101-102
ELEMENTARY GERMAN
The aim of this sequence of courses is to]
acquire the fundamentals of the language wit
a view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading. I
111-112
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
This sequence of courses reviews and develops
the fundamentals of the language for immediate
use in speaking, understanding, and reading with
a view to building confidence in self-expres-
sion. Prerequisite: GERM 102 or equivalent.
221-222
COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE
This sequence of courses is designed to review
and develop skills in speaking, listening, writing
and reading. Grammar and vocabulary building
are stressed with intensive review, writing
practice and some reading on contemporary
issues in German-speaking countries. Prerequi-
site: GERM 112 or equivalent.
323
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of German literature,
representative authors, and major cultural
developments in Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland. The course deals with literature
and culture from the Early Middle Ages
through the 1 8th century. Prerequisite:
GERM 222 or consent of instructor.
325
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of German literature,
representative authors, and major cultural
developments in Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland. The course deals with literature
and culture from the 1 9th century through the
1 960's. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consent oj
instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^0
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOC
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
1
iE NOVELLE
The German Novelle as a genre relating to
rious literary periods. Prerequisite: GERM
'3 or 325, or consent of instructor.
8
DVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students who
int to improve their spoken and written
jnnan. Includes work in oral comprehension,
lonetics, pronunciation, oral and written com-
isition, translation, and the development of
e language and its relationship to English.
■e requisite: GERM 222 or consent of instructor.
.1
ERMAN POETRY
\ study of selected poets or the poeU7 of various
erary periods. Possible topics include: Roman-
; poetry, Heine, Rilke, and selected contempo-
ry poets. Prerequisite: GERM 323 or 325, or
msent of instructor.
M
OETHE
A study of the life and worics of Goethe. Goethe' s
gnificance in the Classical period and later,
ladings in the major works. Prerequisite:
ERM 323 or 325, or consent of instructor.
\\
ONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE
Representative poets, novelists and
•amatists of contemporary Germany,
kvitzerland and Austria covering the period
om the 1 960's to the present. Readings
ilected from writers such as: Boll, Brecht,
risch, Durrenmatt, Bichsel, Handke, Walser,
rass, Becker, and others. Prerequisite:
ERM 323 or 325, or consent of instructor.
70-479
<TERNSHIP (See index)
80-N89
^DEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in German include
lassicism, Germanic Mythology, Hermann
[esse, the dramas of Frisch and Durrenmatt.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GREEK (GRK) SEE RELIGION
HEBREW (HEBR) SEE RELIGION
SPANISH (SPAN)
Major
A major consists of 32 semester hours of
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above or
approved courses from a Study Abroad program.
One course must focus on literature from Spain
and one course must focus on literature from
Spanish America. Eight semester hours must
be at the 400 level, not including 449. Spanish
majors must pass at least two semesters of FLL
449 and complete two of the additional require-
ments as explained under Capstone Experience
on page 105. Students who wish to be certified
for secondary teaching must complete the major
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass SPAN 221,
222, 311, 418, and FLL 338 (the latter with a
grade of B or better).
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: SPAN 221, 222, and 311.
The following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: SPAN 323, 325, 418, and 424.
Minor
A minor in Spanish consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 or
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted
toward the minor, but then the minor must con-
sist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 1 2
hours of which must be numbered 200 or above.
101-102
ELEMENTARY SPANISH
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with a
view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
This sequence of courses reviews and
develops the fundamentals of the language for
immediate use in speaking, understanding.
)02-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
reading and writing with a view to building
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite:
SPAN 102 or equivalent.
221-222
CONVERSATION, REVIEW, AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive discussion and writing on a variety
of subjects in conjunction with contemporary
readings. Includes in-depth grammar review.
Designed to provide greater breadth and
fluency in spoken and written Spanish. Prereq-
uisite: SPAN 112 or equivalent.
311
HISPANIC CULTURE
To introduce students to Spanish-speaking
peoples — their values, customs and institutions,
with reference to the geographic and historical
forces governing present-day Spain and Spanish
America. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
321
SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS
IN LITERATURE
Examination of significant cultural or literary
topics concerning the Spanish-speaking world.
Possible topics or genres include: Latin American
short stories; modem Spanish theatre; Latin
American women writers; Chicano literature.
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of the
instructor. May be repeated for credit with
consent of instructor.
323
SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with import-
ant periods of Spanish literature, representative
authors, and major socio-economic developments.
The course deals with the literature from the
Middle Ages to the present. Prerequisite: SPAN
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
325
SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of Spanish- American
literature, representative authors, and major
socio-economic developments. The course
deals with the literature, especially the essay ai
poetry, from the 16th century to the present.
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of instruc-
tor. Alternate years.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students wb
wish to improve their spoken and written
Spanish. Includes work in oral comprehension
pronunciation, oral and written composition, ai
translation. Prerequisite: One SPAN course at
the 300 level or consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
424
SPANISH LFTERATURE OF
THE GOLDEN AGE
A study of representative works and principal
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisite:
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor.
426
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN HISPANIC
LITERATURE
Readings of important works in modem
Spanish and/or Latin American literature.
Reading selections may focus on a particular
genre or they may be a combination of drama,
poetry and prose. Possible topics include:
Romanticism and realism in Spain and Latin
America; the Modernist movement in Latin
America; 20th century poetry; Lorca and the
avant-gaide; the Latin American novel; the
literature of post-Franco Spain. Prerequisite:
two Spanish courses at the 300 level, or conser
of instructor. May be repeated for credit with
consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include literary, linguistic, ai
cultural topics and themes such as urban
problems as reflected in the modem novel.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO(
HISTORY
HISTORY (HIST)
*rofessors: Larson (Chairperson), Morris,
Piper
Associate Professor: Witwer
A major consists of 10 courses, including
IIST 110, 111, and 449. At least seven courses
nust be taken in the department. The following
;ourses may be counted toward fulfilUng the
najor requirements: AMST 200, ECON 236,
>SCI 221 and 439, REL 226 and 228. Other
ippropriate courses outside the department may
►e counted upon departmental approval. For
listory majors who student teach in history, the
najor consists of nine courses. In addition to
he courses listed below, special courses,
ndependent study, and honors are available.
Special courses recently taught and anticipated
nclude a biographical study of European
4onarchs, the European Left, the Industrializa-
ion and Urbanization of Modem Europe,
Jtopian Movements in America , the Peace
/lovement in America. The Vietnam War, and
American Legal History. History majors are
incouraged to participate in the internship
irogram.
Students interested in teacher certification
hould refer to the Department of Education on
>age 96.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
liversity requirement: HIST 120, 140,220,
!30 and 240. The following courses, when
cheduled as W courses, count toward the
writing intensive requirement: HIST 218, 230,
247, 332, 335, 443, and 449.
Minor
Three minors are offered by the Department
of History. The following courses are required
to complete a minor in American history: HIST
1 25, 1 26, and three courses in American history
numbered 200 and above (HIST 1 20 and/or 220
may be substituted.) A minor in European
history requires the completion of HIST 1 10,
1 1 1 and three courses in European history
numbered 200 and above. To obtain a minor in
History (without national or geographical
designation), a student must complete six
courses in history, of which three must be
chosen from HIST 1 10, 1 1 1, 125, and 126 and
three must be history courses numbered 2(X)
and above.
110
EUROPE 1500-1815
An examination of the political, social,
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and
its relations with other areas of the world from
1500 to 1815.
Ill
EUROPE 1815-PRESENT
An examination of the political, social,
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and
its relations with other areas of the world from
1815 to the present.
120
LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of the native civilization, the
age of discovery and conquest, Spanish
colonial policy, the independence movements,
and the development of modem institutions and
govemments in Latin America. Alternate
years.
125
UNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877
A study of the people, measures, and
movements which have been significant in the
development of the United States between
002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
O
LYCOMING COLLEGE
fflSTORY
1 607 and 1 877. Attention is paid to the
problems of minority groups as well as to
majority and national influences.
126
UNITED STATES fflSTORY 1877-PRESENT
A study of people, measures, and move-
ments which have been significant in the
development of the United States since 1877.
Attention is paid to the problems of minority
groups as well as to majority and national
influences.
140
SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY
A comprehensive overview of Asian
history with emphasis on those Pacific Rim
countries which have greatest current impact
on political and economic development in the
United States. Alternate Years.
210
ANCIENT HISTORY
A study of the ancient western world, includ-
ing the foundations of the western tradition in
Greece, the emergence and expansion of the
Roman state, its experience as a republic, and
its transformation into the Empire. The course
will focus on the social and intellectual life of
Greece and Rome as well as political and
economic changes. Alternate years.
212
MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBORS
The history of Europe from the dissolution of
the Roman Empire to the mid- 15th century. The
course will deal with the growing estrangement
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium and
Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise of
the Islamic Empire and its later fragmentation;
the development and growth of feudalism; the
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise of
the towns. Alternate years.
215
CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION
An in-depth study of the changing nature
of war and its relationship to the development
of Western Civilization since the end of the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be
placed on the role of war in the development ot
the modem nation state and the origins and
nature of total war. Alternate years.
218
EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD WARS
An intensive study of the political, economic,
social, and cultural history of Europe from 1900-
1945. Topics include the rise of irrationalism, tl
origins of the First World War, the Communist
and Fascist Revolutions, and the attempts to
preserve peace before 1939. Prerequisite: HIS!
HI or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
219
CONTEMPORARY EUROPE
An intensive study of the political, economic,
social, and cultural history of Europe since 1945.
Topics include the post-war economic recovery
of Europe, the Sovietization of Eastern Europe,
the origins of the Cold War, decolonization, anc
the flowering of the welfare state. Prerequisite:
HIST 11 1 or consent of instructor.
WOMEN IN HISTORY
An examination of the social, political,
economic and intellectual experience of wome
in the Western World from ancient times to the
present.
226
COLONIAL AMERICA AND
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA
The establishment of British settlements on
the American continent, their history as colonie
the causes and events of the American Revolu-
tion, the critical period following independence
and proposal and adoption of the United States
Constitution. Alternate years.
230
AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
A study of the experiences and participatioi
of Afro-Americans in the United States. The
course includes historical experiences such as
slavery, abolition, reconstruction, and urbaniza
tion. It also raises the issue of the developmen
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HISTORY
I and growth of white racism, and the effect of
this racism on contemporary Afro- American
social, intellectual, and political life. Alter-
nate years.
240
MODERN CHINA
This course will explore the social, political
and cultural changes in China since the early
1 19th Century. Particular attention will be given
to the Communist Revolution and the develop-
ments in China since Mao's death. Alternate
\ years.
247
ORGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA
A history of organized crime in America
from the Gilded Age to the present. This course
explores the rise of organized crime and its
ties to the urban political machines as well as
the segregated vice districts of Nineteenth
Century America. Students study the rise of
the Mafia in the Twentieth Century along with
other ethnically based criminal groups. Much
of the course centers on the role that organized
crime has played in American society through
such activities as labor racketeering, organized
gambling, and smuggling. The course also
explores different law enforcement efforts
mounted against organized crime over time,
culminating with the most recent use of broad
conspiracy laws. Alternate years.
320
DIPLOMATIC HISTORY
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789
A survey of the development of the European-
states system and the relations between the
European states since the beginning of the
French Revolution. Prerequisite: HIST 1 11 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
322
THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND
NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870
An in-depth investigation of the crucial
"Middle Years" of 1 9th century Europe from
the revolutions of 1848 through the unification
of Germany. The course centers on the
struggles for power within the major states of
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of
nationalism was used to bring about one type
of solution. Alternate years.
328
AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON
The theme of the course is the emergence of
the political and social characteristics that
shaped modem America. The personalities of
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson
receive special attention. Special consideration
is given to the first and second party systems,
the decline in community cohesiveness, the
westward movement, and the growing impor-
tance of the family as a unit of social organiza-
tion. Alternate years.
330
FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON
An analysis of the political, social, and
intellectual background of the French Revolu-
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary
development, and an estimate of the results of
the Napoleonic conquests and administration.
Prerequisite: HIST I JO or consent of instruc-
tor. Alternate years.
332
CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION
The problems and events leading to war, the
political and military history of the war, and the
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877.
335
U.S. SINCE 1945
A survey of the political, social, and intellec-
tual developments in America in the years
following World War II. The course reviews
both foreign policy developments in those
years and the various social movements that
swept across the country, including civil rights,
feminism, the counter-culture, and conserva-
tism. Prerequisite: HIST 126 or consent of
instructor.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY
•
340
20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES
RELIGION
The study of historical and cultural
developments in American society which
relate to religion or what is commonly called
religion. This involves consideration of the
institutional and intellectual development of
several faith groups as well as discussion of
certain problems, such as the persistence of
religious bigotry and the changing modes of
church-state relationships. Alternate years.
416
HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT
A study of the ideas and systems of ideas
propounded prior to the Reformation, but which
are historically related to its inception, and of
the ideas and systems of ideas involved in the
formulation of the major Reformation Protestant
traditions, and in the Catholic Reformation.
Included are the ideas of the humanists of the
Reformation Era. Alternate years.
418
HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT
A study of the classical, humanist, and
scholastic elements involved in the develop-
ment of the Renaissance outlook on views and
values, both in Italy and in Northern Europe.
The various combinations of social and
political circumstances which constitute the
historical context of these intellectual develop-
ments will be noted. Alternate years.
442
UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY TO 1877
A study of the social and intellectual
experience of the United States from its
colonial antecedents through reconstruction.
Among the topics considered are Puritanism,
Transcendentalism, community life and
organization, education, and social reform
movements. Prerequisites: Two courses from
HIST J 25, J 26, 230; or consent of instructor.
443
UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY SINCE 1877
A study of the social and intellectual
experience of the United States from recon-
struction to the present day. Among the topics
considered are social Darwinism, pragmatism,
community life and organization, education
and social reform movements. Prerequisite:
Two courses from HIST 125, 126, 230; or
consent of instructor.
449
HISTORICAL METHODS
This course focuses on the nature and
meaning of history. It will open to the student
different historical approaches and will
provide the opportunity to explore these
approaches in terms of particular topics and
periods. Majors are required to enroll in this
course in either their junior or senior year.
Prerequisite: One course from HIST 328,
330, 335 or 416.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically, history interns work for local
government agencies engaged in historical
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori-
cal Museum.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent topics include studies of the
immigration of American blacks, political
dissension in the Weimer republic, Indian
relations before the American Revolution, and
the history of Lycoming County.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG J
INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM
INSTITUTE FOR
MANAGEMENT
STUDIES (IMS) AND
MANAGEMENT
SCHOLARS
PROGRAM
Associate Professor: Weaver (Director)
The purpose of the Institute for Management
Studies is to enhance the educational opportuni-
ties for students majoring or minoring in
accounting, business administration, or econom-
ics. It does this by offering an expanded intern-
ship program, special seminars on important
management topics, student involvement in
faculty research and professional projects,
executive development seminars, and a Manage-
ment Scholars program for academically
talented students (described below). In addition,
the IMS hosts guest speakers and conferences on
current management issues.
All students who have a declared major or
minor in accounting, business administration,
or economics and who are in good academic
standing are automatically members of the
IMS. However, the IMS Director may invite or
permit other students to join the IMS who do
not meet the first criterion, such as freshmen
who have not yet declared a major or minor.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
210
MANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar
under the direction of the IMS faculty. A
different interdisciplinary topic relevant to
students in all three IMS departments is
offered at least once a year. Completion of
two semesters required by the Management
Scholars Program. One-quarter unit of credit.
Prerequisite: Membership in the Manage-
ment Scholars Program or consent of IMS
Director. May be repeated for credit.
340
MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY
A practicum in which students work as
interns for businesses, government agencies
and nonprofit organizations in the
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva-
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington,
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and
research assignments vary by the credit value
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to
the numbers of available placements. Most
internships are full-time paid positions,
although part-time and unpaid positions are
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in
the Institute for Management Studies and
consent of the Director. May be repeated for
a maximum of 16 credits.
IMS Scholars Program
The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars
Program for academically talented students in
the three IMS departments. To join the
Management Scholars Program, a student
must satisfy the following criteria:
a) Have a declared major or minor in one
or more of the IMS departments.
However, the IMS Director may invite
or permit other students to join the
Management Scholars Program who
do not meet this criterion, such as
freshmen who have not yet declared a
major or minor.
^R
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher,
or exhibit strong academic potential if
the student is a first-semester freshman.
To graduate as a Management Scholar, a
student must meet the following criteria:
a) Successfully complete two semester-
hours of Management Scholar Seminars.
b) Successfully complete a major or minor
in one of the three IMS departments.
c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher
in both overall college work, and
within an IMS major and/or minor.
d) Successfully complete an appropriate
internship, practicum or independent
study, or complete a special project
approved by the IMS Director.
At least one Management Scholar Seminar
is taught per academic year on an interdiscipli-
nary topic of relevance to students in all three
IMS departments. The seminars are normally
offered as one semester-hour courses and do
not result in overload charges for full-time
students.
Students who are currently Lycoming
College Scholars may also become Manage-
ment Scholars and participate in both programs.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INTERNATIONAL
STUDIES (INST)
Professor: Larson (Coordinator)
The major is designed to integrate an
understanding of the changing social, political,
and historical environment of Europe today
with study of Europe in its relations to the rest
of the world, particularly the United States. It
stresses the international relations of the North
Atlantic community and offers the student
opportunity to emphasize either European
studies or international relations. The program
provides multiple perspectives on the cultural
traits that shape popular attitudes and institu-
tions. Study of a single country is included as a
data-base for comparisons, and study of its
language as a basis for direct communication
with its people.
The program is intended to prepare a student
either for graduate study or for careers which
have an international component. International
obligations are increasingly assumed by gov-
ernment agencies and a wide range of business,
social, religious, and educational organizations.
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Opportunities are found in the fields of journal-
ism, publishing, communications, trade, bank-
ing, advertising, management, and tourism. The
program also offers flexible career preparation
in a variety of essential skills, such as research,
data analysis, report writing, language skills,
and the awareness necessary for dealing with
people and institutions of another culture.
Preparation for related careers can be obtained
through the guided selection of courses outside
the major in the areas of business, economics,
foreign languages and literatures, government,
history, and international relations or through a
second major. Students should design their
programs in consultation with members of the
Committee on International Studies.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90. By completing a major in the
foreign languages (five or more courses) and
the education program, students can be certified
to teach that language.
The International Studies program also
encourages participation in study abroad
programs such as programs at Westminster
College in Oxford, England, as well as the
Washington and United Nations semesters.
The following course, when scheduled as a
W course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: INST 449.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
The major consists of 1 1 courses including
INST 449 plus the following:
International Relations Courses - Four or
two courses (if two, then four must be taken
from Area Courses). Courses within this group
are designed to provide a basic understanding
of the international system and of Europe's
relations with the rest of the world. PSCI 225
is required.
PSCI 225 International Relations
ECON 343 International Trade
HIST 320 European Diplomatic History
PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy
Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two,
then four must be taken from International
Relations Courses). Courses within this group
are designed to provide a basic understanding
of the European political, social, and economic
environment. HIST 1 1 1 and ECON 240 are
required.
HIST 1 1 1 Europe 1 8 1 5-Present
ECON 240 Economic Geography
PSCI 221 Comparative Politics and
Geography
HIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the
World Wars
HIST 219 Contemporary Europe
National Courses
Language - Two courses in one language.
FRN 221, plus one course numbered 222
or above (except 228)
GERM 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222
or above
SPAN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 or
above (except 311)
Country - One course. The student must
select, according to his or her language
preparation, one European country which will
serve as a social interest area throughout the
program. The country selected will serve as
the base for individual projects in the major
courses wherever possible.
■ LYCOMING COLLEGE
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES • LITERATURE
France FRN 228 Modem France
Germany HIST N80 Topics in
German History
Spain SPAN 311 Hispanic Culture
Elective Course - One course which should
involve further study of some aspect of the
program. Appropriate courses are any area or
international relations courses not yet taken;
HIST 1 10, 215; PSCI 327; related foreign
literature courses counting toward the fine arts
requirement and internships.
449
SENIOR SEMINAR
A one-semester seminar, taken in the
senior year, in which students and several
faculty members will pursue an integrative
topic in the field of international studies.
Students will work to some extent indepen-
dently. Guest speakers will be invited. The
seminar will be open to qualified persons from
outside the major and the College. Prerequi-
site: Consent of instructor.
LITERATURE (lit)
This major recognizes literature as a
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries
and combines the study of any two literatures
in the areas of English, French, German, and
Spanish. Students can thus explore two
literatures widely and intensively at the upper
levels of course offerings within each of the
respective departments while developing and
applying skills in foreign languages. The
major prepares students for graduate study in
either of the two literatures studied or in
comparative literature.
The major requires at least six literature
courses, equally divided between the two
literatures concerned. The six must be at the
advanced level as determined in consultation
with advisors (normally courses numbered
200 and above in English and 400 and above
in foreign languages). In general, two of
the advanced courses in each literature should
be period courses. The third course, taken
either as a regular course or an independent
study, may have as its subject another period,
a particular author, genre, or literary theme, or
some other unifying approach or idea.
Beyond these six, the major must include at
least two additional courses from among those
counting toward a major in the departments
involved. Any prerequisite courses in the
respective departments (for example: ENGL
106, FRN 221-222 or 228, GERM 221-222,
SPAN 221-222) should be taken during the
freshman year. Students should design their
programs in consultation with a faculty
member from each of the literatures con-
cerned. Programs for the major must be
approved by the departments involved.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professors: Haley, Sprechini,
Weida (Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: deSilva, Golshan, Peluso
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins,
Davis
The Department of Mathematical Sciences
offers major and minor programs in computer
science and mathematics.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
(CPTR)
The B. A. Degree
The B.A. degree in computer science
consists of 13 courses: MATH 216; either
MATH 109 or 128; one from MATH 112, 129,
or 130; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 445,
448, and three other computer science courses
numbered 220 or above including approved
internships, or MATH 338.
The B.S. Degree
The B.S. degree in computer science consists
of 17 courses: MATH 128, 129, 216 and either
214 or 332; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248. 346,
445, 448; three other computer science courses
numbered 220 or above; one of the sequences
BIO 110-111,CHEM 110-lll,orPHYS225-
226; and one additional course from the
following list of courses: Biology course
numbered 1 10 or above. Chemistry course
numbered 1 10 or above. Physics course
numbered 225 or above, or MATH 130, 214,
231,233,234,238,332,333.
Students considering graduate work in
computer science should take MATH 128, 129
and 1 30. Recommended extra-departmental
course: PHIL 225. In addition to the regular
courses listed below, special courses are
occasionally available.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: CPTR 246, 247, 346, and 448.
Minor
A minor in computer science consists of
MATH 216, CPTR 125, 246, 247, and two
other computer science courses numbered 220
or above.
101
MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT
An introduction to a file-management
system, i.e. a database system that uses a
single file, in the Windows environment.One-
halfunit of credit. This course may not be
used to meet distribution requirements.
108
COMPUTING ESSENTIALS
An introduction to the use of computers in
problem solving and programming. Included
are uses of spreadsheets, databases, and
programming. The course teaches the use of
simple techniques in areas such as number
theory, algebra, geometry, statistics, and the
mathematics of business and finance. The
programming component of the course is
currently based on the Visual Basic program-
ming language. Emphasis is given to the
processes involved in mathematical modeling
and problem solving. Laboratory experience
is included using current software. Prerequi-
site: Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
125
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Introduction to the discipline of computer
science with emphasis on programming utili-
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCENCES
zing a block-structured high-level programming
language. Topics include algorithms, program
structure, and computer configuration.
Laboratory experience is included. Prerequi-
site: Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
246
PRINCIPLES OF ADVANCED
PROGRAMMING
Principles of effective programming,
including structured and object oriented
programming, stepwise refinement, assertion
proving, style, debugging, control structures,
decision tables, finite state machines, recur-
sion, and encoding. Prerequisite: A grade of
C- or better in CPTR 125.
247
DATA STRUCTURES
Representation of data and analysis of
algorithms associated with data structures.
Topics include representation of lists, trees,
graphs and strings, algorithms for searching
and sorting. Prerequisite: A grade of C- or
better in CPTR 246 or consent of instructor.
Corequisite: MATH 216.
248
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE DESIGN
Study of modem programming language
design and implementation. Paradigms studied
include procedural, functional, logic, and object-
oriented. Topics include syntax, semantics, data
types, data structures, storage management,
and control structures. Laboratory experience
is included. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
321
INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL
ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximation of roots
and functions, integration, systems of differen-
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inversion,
and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisite:
CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 strongly
recommended. Cross-listed as MA TH 321.
324
AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES,
AND COMPUTABILITY
The study of finite state machines, push-
down stacks, and Turing machines along with
their equivalent formal language counterparts.
Topics covered include results on computabil-
ity, including results regarding the limits of
computers and specific problems that cannot be
solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234.
Cross-listed as MATH 324. Alternate years.
331
COMPUTER NETWORKS
This course introduces the following computer
networking concepts: LAN, WAN, FTP, TCP/
IP, HTTP, network topologies, Ethernet, OSI
model, routers, switches, and wiring technolo-
gies. Students will set up a LAN using a mix oj
available operating systems and networking
software. Prerequisite: CPTR 246.
342
WEB-BASED PROGRAMMING
Intermediate programming on the World Wide
Web. Topics covered include client/server issues
in Web publishing, Java Script, VB Script, Java,
Perl, and CGI. Prerequisite: CPTR 246 or consen
of instructor Altenmte years.
345
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
An introduction to graphics hardware and
software with emphasis on the mathematics
necessary to represent, transform, and display
images of two- and three-dimensional objects.
Subjects covered include but not limited to:
three dimensional modeling and viewing, color
models, and rendering. Prerequisite: CPTR 246
and either CPTR 247 or consent of instructor;
MATH 130 recommended. Alternate years.
346
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
AND MACHINE LANGUAGE
Principles of computer organization,
architecture, and machine language. Topics
include machine and assembly languages,
internal representation of data, processor data
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
path and control, pipelined processors,
memory hierarchies, and performance issues.
Laboratory experience is included. Pre-
requisite: A grade of C- or better in CPTR
246; CPTR 247 strongly recommended.
349
DATABASE SYSTEMS
An in-depth introduction to the relational
database model and SQL. Topics include but
are not limited to: relational algebra, relational
calculus, normalization, design theory of
relational databases, SQL standards, and
query optimization. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
Alternate years.
441
INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE
Introduction to the theory, implementation
techniques, and applications of artificial
intelligence. Topics may include but are not
limited to knowledge representation, problem
solving, modeling, robotics, natural language
analysis, and computer vision. Prerequisite:
CPTR 247. Alternate years.
442
INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
Designing, building and programming
mobile robots. Some advanced topics are
covered which may include control theory,
robotic paradigms, and vision. Teamwork is
essential in all projects. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
445
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Detailed analysis of processes, scheduling,
multithreading, symmetric multiprocessing,
file management, real and virtual memory
management, file and memory addressing, and
distributed processing. Prerequisite: CPTR
247 and 346.
448
ADVANCED DESIGN AND
DEVELOPMENT
Individual or group research and implementa-
tion projects. Includes analysis, design,
development and documentation of a signifi-
cant current, relevant problem and its com-
puter-based solution. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
Alternate years.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
MATHEMATICS (MATH)
A major in mathematics consists of 10 unit
courses in the mathematical sciences: CPTR
125, MATH 128, 129, 130, 234, 238, 432,
434, and two other mathematics courses
numbered 220 or above, one of which may be
replaced by MATH 112, 214 or 216. In
addition, four semesters of non-credit Math
Colloquium are required: two semesters each
of MATH 339 and MATH 449. Students who
are interested in pursuing a career in actuarial
science should consider the actuarial math-
ematics major.
Students seeking secondary teacher certifi-
cation in mathematics are also required to
complete MATH 330, 336, and one from 123,
214 or 332, and are advised to enroll in PHIL
217. Also, all majors are advised to elect
PHIL 225, 333 and PHYS 225, 226. Other
courses required for certification are PSY 1 10,
138; EDUC 200, 446, 447, 449.
In addition to the regular courses listed below,
special courses are occasionally available.
The following course, when scheduled as a
W course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: MATH 234.
Minor
A minor in mathematics consists of MATH
1 28, 1 29, and either 2 1 6 or 234; two additional
courses numbered 200 or above, one of which
may be replaced with MATH 1 30; and two
semesters of MATH 339.
100
INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA
A computer-based program of instruction in
basic algebra including arithmetic and decimals,
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
fractions, the real number line, factoring,
solutions to linear and quadratic equations,
graphs of linear and quadratic functions,
expressions with rational exponents, algebraic
functions, exponential functions, and inequali-
ties. This course is limited to students placed
therein by the Mathematics Department. One-
half un it of credit.
106
COMBINATORICS
An introduction to the analysis of counting
problems. Topics include permutations,
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu-
sion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The
nature of the subject allows questions to be
posed in everyday language while still
developing soph-isticated mathematical
concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or
exemption from MATH 100.
109
APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS
An intuitive approach to the calculus
concepts with applications to business,
biology, and social-science problems. Not
open to students who have completed MATH
128. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption
from MATH 100.
112
FINITE MATHEMATICS
FOR DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to some of the principal
mathematical models, not involving calculus,
which are used in business administration,
social sciences, and operations research. The
course will include both deterministic models
such as graphs, networks, linear programming
and voting models, and probabilistic models
such as Markov chains and games. Prerequisite:
Credit for or exemptionfrom MA TH 1 00.
123
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Topics include tabular and graphical
descriptive statistics, discrete and continuous
probability distributions. Central Limit
Theorem, one- and two-sample hypotheses
LYCOMING COLLEGE
tests, analysis of variance, chisquared tests,
nonparametric tests, linear regression and
correlation. Other topics may include index
numbers, time series, sampling design, and
experimental design. Course also includes som
use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite: Credit
for or exemptionfrom MATH 100
m
PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS
The study of polynomial, rational, exponen-
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions,
their graphs and elementary properties. This
course is an intensive preparation for students
planning to take Calculus (MATH 128-129),
those in the Scholars Program, or those whose
major specifically requires Precalculus. Prerequisite.
Creditfor or exemptionfrom MATH 100.
128-129
CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC
GEOMETRY I - II
Differentiation and integration of algebraic
and trigonometric functions, conic sections and
their applications, graphing plane curves,
applications to related rate and external problems,
areas of plane regions, volumes of solids of
revolution, and other applications; differentia-
tion and integration of transcendental functions,
parametric equations, polar coordinates, infinite
sequences and series, and series expansions of
functions. Prerequisite for 128: Exemption
from or a grade ofC- or better in MATH 127.
Prerequisite for 129: exemptionfrom or a
grade ofC- or better in MATH 128.
130
INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA
Systems of linear equations and matrix
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear
independence. Matrix representations of linear
mappings. The fixed point problem. Special
classes of matrices. Prerequisite: MATH 127
or its equivalent.
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG I
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
205
MATHEMATICS IN ELEMENTARY
EDUCATION
This course is intended for prospective
elementary school teachers and is required of
all those seeking elementary certification.
Topics include systems of numbers and
numeration, computational algorithms,
environmental and transformation geometry,
measurement, and mathematical concept
formation. Observation and participation in
Greater Williamsport elementary schools.
Prerequisite: PSY 138 and credit for or
exemption from MATH J 00. Corequisite:
Any EDUC course numbered 341 or above
which is specifically required for elementary
certification.
214
MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS
The study of statistical techniques involv-
ing several variables. Topics include multiple
regression and correlation, one-and two-way
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance,
analysis of two- and three-way contingency
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics
may include cluster analysis, factor analysis
and canonical correlations, repeated measure
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet-
ric methods. Course also includes extensive
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP).
Prerequisite: A grade of C- or better in
MATH 123 or its equivalent, or MATH 332.
216
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
An introduction to discrete structures. Topics
include equivalence relations, partitions and
quotient sets, mathematical induction,
recursive functions, elementary logic, discrete
number systems, elementary combinatorial
theory, and general algebraic structures
emphasizing semi-groups, lattices. Boolean
algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequisite:
CPTR 125 or consent of instructor.
231
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
A study of ordinary differential equations
and linear systems. Solution techniques
include: reduction of order, undetermined
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical
methods may also be included. Prerequisite:
A grade ofC- or better in MATH 129; MATH
130 recommended.
233
COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, analytic functions,
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and
their applications. Corequisite: MATH 238.
Alternate years.
234
FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Topics regularly included are the nature of
mathematical systems, essentials of logical
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set
theory. Other topics frequently included are
approaches to the concepts of infinity and
continuity, and the construction of the real
number system. The course serves as a bridge
from elementary calculus to advanced courses
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade
ofC- or better in MATH 129 or 130; both
courses recommended.
238
MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS
Algebra, geometry, and calculus in multi-
dimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, matrices;
lines, planes, curves, surfaces; vector functions of
a single variable, acceleration, curvature;
functions for several variables, gradient; line
integrals, vector fields, multiple integrals, change
of variable, areas, volumes; Green's theorem.
Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or better in MATH
129, and either MATH 130 or 231.
321
INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL
ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximating roots
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
and functions, integration, systems of differen-
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inver-
sion, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequi-
site: CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130
strongly recommended Cross-listed as CPTR
321.
324
AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES,
AND COMPUTABILITY
The study of finite state machines, push-
down stacks, and Turing machines along with
their equivalent formal language counterparts.
Topics covered include results on computabil-
ity, including results regarding the limits of
computers and specific problems that cannot
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234.
Cross-listed as CPTR 324. Alternate years.
330
TOPICS IN GEOMETRY
An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean
geometry with an historical perspective.
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years.
332-333
MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS HI
A study of probability, discrete and
continuous random variables, expected values
and moments, sampling, point estimation,
sampling distributions, interval estimation,
test of hypotheses, regression and linear
hypotheses, experimental design models.
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years.
336
CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
A course designed for mathematics majors
who are planning to teach at the secondary
level. Emphasis will be placed on the mathe-
matics that form the foundation of secondary
mathematics. Ideas will be presented to
familiarize the student with the various
curriculum proposals, to provide for innova-
tion within the existing curriculum, and to
expand the boundaries of the existing
curriculum. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or
better in MATH 129; student must be junior or
LYCOMING COLLEGE
senior mathematics major enrolled in the
secondary certification program.
338
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Queuing theory, including simulations
techniques, optimization theory, including
linear programming, integer programming,
and dynamic programming; game theory,
including two-person zero-sum games, coopera-
tive games, and multiperson games. Prerequi-,
site: MATH 112 or 130. Alternate years.
432
REAL ANALYSIS
An introduction to the rigorous analysis of
the concepts of real variable calculus in the
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: topology ol
the Euclidean plane, completeness, compact-
ness, the Heine-Borel theorem; functions on
Euclidean space, continuity, uniform continu-
ity, differentiability; series and convergence;
Riemann integral. Prerequisite: MATH 238
and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234.
434
ABSTRACT ALGEBRA
An integrated approach to groups, rings,
fields, and vector spaces and functions which
preserve their structure. Prerequisite: MATH.
130 and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234-J
438
SEMINAR
Topics in modem mathematics of current
interest to the instructor. A different topic is
selected each semester. This semester is
designed to provide junior and senior mathe-
matics majors and other qualified students with
more than the usual opportunity for concen-
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit.
This course may be repeated for credit.
339 & 449
MATH COLLOQUIUM
This non-credit but required course for
mathematics and actuarial mathematics majors
offers students a chance to hear presentations
^R
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • MILITARY SCIENCE
n topics related to, but not directly covered in
Drmal MATH courses. Mathematics majors
resent two lectures, one during the junior
ear and one during the senior year. Actuarial
lathematics majors present one lecture during
ne of the semesters in which they are
nrolled. A letter grade will be given in
smesters in which the student gives a
resentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F.
Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of
istructor. One hour per week.
70-479
VTERNSHIP (See index)
J80-N89
MDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
90-491
MDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
)EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
MILITARY
SCIENCE (MLsc)
The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to Lycoming
College students in cooperation with Bucknell
University. Details of the ROTC program can
be found on page 4 1 .
The following courses may be used to fulfill
one semester of the Physical Activities Distribu-
tion Requirement: 01 1, 021, 031 or 041.
Oil
INTRODUCTION TO ROTC
The course is designed to acquaint the
student with the ROTC program and with the
\rmy as a potential employer after graduation.
Students will learn about the Army's history,
organization, equipment, and role in the
nation. Students will also learn some funda-
mental military skills, customs, and traditions.
No credit.
012
INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS
The course expands upon the skills learned
in the previous semester. Several classes will
be held at the rifle range to develop marksman-
ship skills. There will also be training in radio
communication and first aid skills. No credit.
021
LAND NAVIGATION
Students will learn how to use military
topographic maps and reference systems. The
course includes theory and practical exercises
in navigating using compass, map terrain
association. There will also be some instruc-
tion and practice in military writing and
briefing skills. No credit.
022
LEADERSHIP THEORY
The focus is on leading a small group of
individuals. The course examines the role of
the leader, military leadership concept,
personal character, decision-making, imple-
menting decisions, motivation and supervision.
[X)2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MILITARY SCIENCE • MUSIC
The course also includes instruction and
practice on conducting performance-oriented
training. No credit.
031
APPLIED LEADERSHIP
The student serves as a small unit leader in
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is
evaluated and developed. The student has
some responsibilities to care for and train
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan-
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide
students a variety of leadership challenges.
No credit.
032
SMALL UNIT TACTICS
The course requires planning and practic-
ing tactical operations at small unit level.
Students continue to apply/develop leadership
skills in increasingly complex situations.
Topics include preparation of orders, offense,
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire
support, and airmobile operations. No credit.
041
MENTORING AND MANAGING
The student serves as a cadet officer in the
ROTC organization and plans and organizes
several major training activities. Course work
includes delegating and con-trolling, setting
objectives, making leadership assessments,
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No
credit.
042
PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS
The student serves in a different leadership
position and continues to develop and apply
the skills learned in the previous semester.
The course also examines military officership
as a profession and the ethical behavior
expected of an officer. The course also serves
to prepare the student for an initial assignment
as an Army lieutenant. No credit.
MUSIC (Mus)
Professors: Boerckel (Chairperson), Thayer
Visiting Instructor: Woodruff
Part-time Instructors: Adams, Anstey, Breon,
Janda, Laib, Lakey, Leidhecker, Lundquist,
MacPhail, Miller, Rammon, Spencer, Woods
The student majoring in music is required
to take a balanced program of music theory,
history, applied music, and ensemble. A
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and
vocal methods courses) is required and must
include MUS 1 10, 1 1 1, 220, 221, 335, and
336. Each major must participate in an
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and
take one hour of applied music per week for a
minimum of four semesters including the
entire period in which the individual is
registered as a music major (see MUS 160-
169). The major must include at least one-hali
hour of piano in the applied program unless a
piano proficiency test is requested and passed.
Anyone declaring music as a second major
must do so by the beginning of the junior yearj
Music majors seeking teacher certification iij
music education (K-12) must also take PSY
1 10 and 138; EDUC 200, the pre-student
teaching participation, and the Professional
Semester; MUS 261-7, 333, 334, 340, 341,
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina-
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification
in music education should consult with the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO<
MUSIC
•
lepartment as soon as possible, preferably
Defore scheduling classes for the freshman year.
The Music Department recommends that
ion-majors select courses from the following
ist to meet distribution requirements: MUS
1 16, 1 17, 128, 135-8, 224, and 234. Applied
Tiusic and ensemble courses may also be used
o meet distribution requirements.
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain
experience in public performance. Music
Tiajors and other students qualified in perfor-
nance may present formal recitals.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: MUS 1 16, 128, and
234. The following course, when scheduled
is a W course, counts toward the writing
ntensive requirement: MUS 336.
110-111
VIUSIC THEORY I AND II
A two-semester course, intended for students
A'ho have some music-reading ability, which
examines the fundamental components and
heoretical concepts of music. Students develop
nusicianship through application of applied
;kills. Prerequisite to MUS 111: MUS 110.
116
>JTRODUCTION TO MUSIC
A basic course in the materials and tech-
liques of music. Examples drawn from various
periods of western and non-western styles are
designed to enhance perception and apprecia-
ion through careful and informed listening.
117
5URVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC
A chronological survey of music in
iVestem civilization from Middle Ages to the
Dresent. Composers and musical styles are
considered in the context of the broader
culture of each major era.
128
\MERICAN MUSIC
An introductory survey of all types of Ameri-
can music from pre-Revolutionary days to the
)resent. Categories to be covered are folk music
of different origins, the development of show
music into Broadway musicals, serious concert
music for large and small ensembles, jazz, and
various popular musics from "Tin Pan Alley" to
Rock to New Wave. Alternate years.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz,
and modern dance. Classes include improvi-
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for
MUS 136: MUS 135 or consent of instructor.
One -half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for THEA
135-136 or THEA 235-236.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets de
cour of 1 7th century France to the present with
emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, Fokien,
Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half unit of
credit. Not open to students who have received
credit for THEA 137 or 138.
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE U
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art
and as they have reflected the history of
civilization from primitive times to the
present. Prerequisite: MUS 137 or consent of
instructor. One-half unit of credit. Not open
to students who have received credit for
THEA 137 or 138.
220-221
MUSIC THEORY III AND IV
A continuation of the integrated theory
course moving toward newer uses of music
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111.
224
ELECTRONIC MUSIC I
A non-technical introduction to electronic
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital
Interface) for the major and non-major alike.
5002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^«
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC
•
The course traces the development of MIDI
from its origin to present-day digital synthesiz-
ers in combination with sequencing computers.
225
ELECTRONIC MUSIC II
Further consideration of recording tech-
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and
synchronization will be introduced. Students
will take part in live recording of concerts and
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student
projects will include complete recording
sessions and the production of electronic
music compositions utilizing classical studio
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi-
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor.
234
HISTORY OF JAZZ
A survey of jazz styles, composers, and
performers from 1890 to the present: origins,
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing,
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and
contemporary.
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and
modem dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUS 136 or
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS
236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One-
half unit of credit each. Not open to students
who have received credit for THEA 135-136
or THEA 235-236.
330
COMPOSITION I
An introductory course for majors and non-
majors who wish to explore their composing
abilities. Guided individual projects in smaller
instrumental and vocal forms, together with
identification and use of techniques employed
by the major composers of the 20th
century. Prerequisite: MUS 111 or consent of
instructor.
333
CHORAL CONDUCTING
A study of choral conducting with frequent
opportunity for practical experience.' Empha-
sis will be placed upon technical development
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity.
Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years. •
334
INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING
A study of instrumental conducting with an
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis.
Topics include the physical skills and intellec-
tual preparation necessary for clear, expressive,
and informed conducting. Other areas such as
the development of rehearsal techniques and
improvement of aural skills will be addressed on
a continual basis. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
335
HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I
The development of musical styles and
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart,
including composers from the medieval,
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras
336
HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II
The development of musical styles and
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ-
ing composers from the late classical, roman-
tic, and modem eras.
339
ORCHESTRATION
A study of modem orchestral instmments
and examination of their use by the great
masters with practical problems in instmmen-
tation. The College Music Organizations
serve to make performance experience
possible. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO(
MUSIC
•
340
'TEACHING MUSIC IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Methods and materials of teaching music
in the elementary school with emphasis on
conceptual development through singing,
[moving, listening, playing classroom instru-
ments, and creating music. Course work will
include peer teaching demonstrations, practical
I use of the recorder and autoharp, as well as
observation of music classes in elementary
schools in the Greater Williamsport area.
[Alternate years.
,341
TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY
iSCHOOLS
Methods and materials of teaching music
[in the secondary schools with emphasis on the
idevelopment of concepts and skills for
effective instruction in all aspects of music
learning. The teaching of general music and
music theory, as well as the organizing and
i conducting of choral and instrumental en-
sembles, will be examined. Course work will
include evaluation of instructional and
performance materials, practical use of the
recorder and guitar in middle school settings,
as well as observation of music classes in
secondary schools in the Greater Williamsport
area. Alternate years.
440
COMPOSITION II
For students interested in intensive work
emphasizing the development of a personal
style of composing. Guided individual
projects in larger instrumental and vocal
forms, together with analysis of selected
works from the 20th century repertory. Pre-
I requisite: MUS 330 or consent of instructor.
445
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC
j The intensive study of a selected area of
! music literature, designed to develop research
! techniques in music. The topic is announced
at the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna
1900-1914. Prerequisite: MUS 116, J 17 or
221; or consent of instructor.
446
RECITAL
The preparation and presentation of a full-
length public recital, normally during the
student's senior year. MUS 446 may substi-
tute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160-
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart-
ment. May be repeated for credit.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
APPLIED MUSIC
AND ENSEMBLE
The study of performance in piano, harpsi-
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass,
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to
develop sound technique and a knowledge of
the appropriate literature for the instrument.
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain
experience in public performance.
Credit for applied music courses (private
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One half-
hour lesson per week earns one half-hour credit.
Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if the
student enrolls for one or two ensembles (for
more information, see course descriptions
below). When scheduling please note that an
applied course or ensemble should not be
substituted for an academic course, but should
be taken in addition to the normal four aca-
demic courses.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^R
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC
Applied music courses are private lessons
given for 1 3 weeks: 1 60, Piano or Harpsichord;
161, Voice; 162, Strings or Guitar; 163, Organ;
164, Brass; 165, Woodwinds; and 166,
Percussion. Extra fees apply. See Additional
Charges under Financial Matters on page 13.
167
ORCHESTRA
The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra
allows students with significant instrumental
experience to become members of this regional
ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. is
contingent upon audition and the availability of
openings. Students are allowed a maximum of
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A
student who is enrolled in orchestra only
should register for MUS 167B (one hour
credit). A student may belong to two en-
sembles, choosing either Choir or Concert
Band as the second group. Such a student will
then register for MUS 167 A (1/2 hour credit)
plus either MUS 168 A (1/2 hour credit) or
MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit).
168
CHOIR
The Lycoming College Choir is open to all
students who would like to sing in an en-
semble setting. Emphasis is on performing
quality choral literature while developing
good vocal technique. Students are allowed a
maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per
semester. A student who is enrolled in Choir
only should register for MUS 168B (one hour
credit). A student may belong to two different
ensembles, choosing either Orchestra or Band
as the second ensemble. Such a student will
then register for MUS 168A (1/2 hour credit)
plus either MUS 167 A (Orchestra - 1/2 hour
credit) or MUS 169A (Band - 1/2 hour credit).
If a student has auditioned and been selected
for the Chamber Choir (no credit available),
he/she should register for MUS 168C in
addition to registering for the Lycoming
College Choir.
169
BAND
The College Concert Band allows students
with some instrumental experience to become
acquainted with good band literature and develop
personal musicianship through participation in
group instrumental activity. Participation in the
Band is contingent upon audition. Students are
allowed a maximum of one hour of Ensemble
credit per semester. A student who is enrolled
in Band only should register for MUS 169B
(one hour credit). A student may belong to two
ensembles, choosing either Orchestra or Choir
as the second group. Such a student will then
register for MUS 169 A (1/2 hour credit) plus
either MUS 167 A ( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS
168 A (1/2 hour credit). If a student has audi-
tioned and been selected for the woodwind or
brass quintets (no credit available), he/she
should register for MUS 169C or 169D.
261-267
INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL METHODS
Instrumental and vocal methods classes are
designed to provide students seeking certifica-
tion in music education with a basic under-
standing of all standard band and orchestral
instruments as well as a familiarity with
fundamental techniques of singing.
MUS 261 Brass Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 262 Percussion Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
MUS 265 Vocal Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
NURSING
•
.NURSING (NURS)
i PROGRAM NOTE: The Bachelor of Science in
I Nursing degree will be discontinued as of August
2003. In order to enter the Nursing program, a
I student must complete all degree requirements
j (distribution, major, and electives) by the end of
' August 2003.
Professor: Pagana
I Associate Professor: Parrish (Chairperson),
\ Visiting Instructor: Terry-Manchester
Visiting Assistant Professor: Ingram
Part-time Instructors: Bower, Davis,
Dieffenbach, Haupt, Nuss
Courses in Nursing will not be available
I after spring semester 2003.
Students wishing to major in nursing will be
admitted to the College under the usual admis-
sion procedures. Freshmen are required to
satisfactorily complete ENGL 106 or 107, BIO
, 1 10-1 1 1 and PSY 1 10. In addition, to be
I considered for continuation in nursing, a
minimum GPA of 2.50 is required at completion
of the freshman year, and any student who did
not successfully complete high school chemis-
I try must satisfactorily complete one semester
of college chemistry. A declaration of major
I form should be submitted to the Department of
Nursing by April 30 of the Freshman year.
Major in Nursing
The major in nursing consists of: NURS
120, 121, 200, 221, 324, 330, 331, 332, 333,
337, 338, 339, 340, 424; 432 and 433, or 435;
438, 439, 440, 441 , and 442. Statistics also is
required. Courses are ordered and must be taken
in sequence. In addition, the following are
prerequisites for specific nursing courses: BIO
110, 1 1 1, 323, 328; PSY 1 10. NURS 339 and
340 are taken the May Term between the junior
and senior years.
The following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: NURS 121, 432 together with
433, and 435.
Second Degree Students
The Department of Nursing offers a unique
opportunity for individuals who have already
earned a baccalaureate degree in another
discipline to complete the requirements for a
B.S.N, in 18 months. Students interested in
pursuing this FasTrack program must complete
the liberal arts and general science requirements
prior to beginning this 1 8 month clinical track.
Applications are accepted throughout the
academic year with clinical nursing courses
beginning in Summer Session I. Individualized
advisement is available on an ongoing basis
through the Department of Nursing.
Registered Nurses
The Department of Nursing offers an
alternative curriculum for registered nurses
within the existing B.S.N, program. The goals
of this alternative curriculum are to provide
registered nurses with the opportunity to earn
an educationally sound B.S.N, degree while
completing the degree requirements in as short a
time period as possible, and to meet the unique
needs of registered nurses. NURS 302
is open only to registered nurses and is required
as part of the alternative curriculum.
The Department of Nursing supports the
Pennsylvania Articulation Model which
promotes the practice of providing educational
programs for nurses from state approved and
National League for Nursing accredited schools
which facilitates progression into the next
educational program without unnecessary
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
repetition. Validation testing (ACT PEP
exams, Mosby Assess Test, or NLN Mobility
Exams) will be required for (1) individuals
who graduated from any nursing program
more than 10 years prior to application, (2)
individuals who graduated more than 3 years
prior to application and who have not worked
at least 1000 hours in the preceding 3 years,
or (3) individuals who graduated from non-
NLN accredited nursing programs.
RNs from an NLN accredited program who
graduated within 3 years of matriculating into
the B.S.N, program and RNs who graduated
from an NLN accredited program more than 3
but not more than 10 years before matriculat-
ing into the B.S.N, program and who have
worked for at least 1000 hours within the last
three years will receive transfer credit for
NURS 200 (1 credit), 221 (3 credits), 330,
331, 332, 333, 337, 338, 340, and 440 upon
successful completion of NURS 44 1 , Compre-
hensive Nursing Care.
To obtain the B.S.N., all RNs will be
required to successfully complete NURS 302,
339, 424; 432 and 433, or 435; 438, 439, 441,
and 442. In addition, RNs will be required to
take any 4 science courses chosen from
CHEM 108 or higher, BIO 1 10 or higher,
PHYS 225 or higher, or other courses ap-
proved by the Department of Nursing upon
evaluation of a student's transcript.
Additional information for registered
nurses seeking the B.S.N is available from the
Department of Nursing. Individual advising is
offered to all registered nurses.
School Nurse Certification
The Department of Nursing, in collaboration
with the Department of Education, offers an
additional curriculum for the Registered Nurse
with a B.S.N, (or a Lycoming College nursing
student) who wishes to be certified as a school
nurse. The goal of this program is to provide
the RN with a B.S.N, an opportunity for career
mobility. Courses required for completion of
the certification program consist of EDUC
200, an approved education-related elective.
PSY 138, and NURS 422, 423, 424, 430, and
43 1 . In addition, the following are prerequisites
for specific courses: PSY 1 10 and 1 17.
Additional information for registered nurses
seeking School Nurse Certification is available
from the Department of Nursing. Individualize(
advising is offered to all prospective School
Nurse Candidates.
Clinical Learning Resources
In addition to the College's modem, well-
equipped Nursing Skills Lab complete with
Critical Care Unit and interactive video technol-'
ogy, opportunity for self-learning is provided ini
the adjacent Learning Center which is equippedi
with electronic study carrels and audio-visual
materials.
A wide variety of health-care agencies in the
surrounding area is utilized for clinical experi-
ences. Cooperating hospitals and agencies
include: Susquehanna Health Services, Evangeli-
cal Hospital, Geisinger Medical Center, Leader i
Nursing Home and Rehabilitation Center,
Danville State Hospital, Pennsylvania Depart-
ment of Health, Regional Home Health Ser-
vices, Rose View Manor, and The Williamsport
Home.
Expenses of the Nursing Program
Students are responsible for their own tran-
sportation to assigned clinical areas. The student
of nursing assumes all financial obligations
listed in the section on fees in this bulletin
including a $50 lab fee for each of the clinical
nursing courses (NURS 200, 221, 330, 331,
332, 333, 340, 438, 439, 440, and 441). Addi-
tional expenses include uniforms, name pin,
watch with second hand, bandage scissors,
stethoscope, blood pressure cuff, annual health
examinations, and standardized achievement tests
Students must also maintain annual Health
Provider CPR certification as offered by the
American Heart Association or American Red
Cross.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
NURSING
•
Policies Specific to Nursing
In addition to the Lycoming College
continuance policies, the following policies are
specific to all declared majors in the Depart-
ment of Nursing:
1 . A grade of C- or better is required in all
clinical nursing courses to continue in the
nursing program. These courses are NURS
200, 221, 330, 331, 332, 333, 340, 438,
439, 440, and 441. Students who earn a
grade of less than 70 percent or 1.67 in
either the theoretical or clinical component
of a nursing course will be required to
repeat both components of the course
before being permitted to continue in the
nursing sequence. Students who do not
satisfy this requirement in the second attempt
will be dismissed from the nursing program.
2. Policies regarding absence from classes or
from the clinical portion of nursing
courses are determined by the instructor(s)
responsible for the course. No absence
from the clinical portion of the course will
be excused other than for illness or family
emergency. In individual cases, students
may make arrangements with instructors to
be excused for extracurricular activities.
Excessive absence for any reason will
necessitate repeating the entire course.
Nursing Scholars Program
The Nursing Scholars Program is a depart-
mental honors program designed to recognize
and support continued development of the
academically talented student. Students who
are invited to membership in this program
participate in special nursing seminars, have
internships and/or independent study experi-
ences and give formal presentations during the
senior year.
To be invited to become a Nursing
Scholar, a student must have:
a. Declared a major in nursing.
b. Participated in three activities sponsored
by the Center for Nursing Excellence
(CNE).
c. Demonstrated academic excellence with
an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher.
d. Demonstrated those qualities most
conducive to a positive and contributing
member of the nursing profession
including professional commitment and
community service.
To graduate as a Nursing Scholar,
the student must :
a. Complete an approved internship,
practicum and/or independent study or
honors project;
b. Maintain an overall GPA of 3.25 and a
nursing GPA of 3.25.
c. Continue to participate in CNE
sponsored activities.
d. Continue to develop those attributes
necessary for professional success,
including a commitment to the profession
and community service.
Students with a major in nursing and who
are currently Lycoming College Scholars may
become Nursing Scholars and participate in both
programs.
Center for Nursing Excellence
The Center for Nursing Excellence (CNE)
provides educational opportunities for
Lycoming College students as well as health
care professionals in the greater Williamsport
community. The CNE offers professional
education in the form of courses-for-credit and
non-credit continuing education (CE) courses.
All students who have a declared major in
nursing or who are designated prenursing are
encouraged to participate in career and profes-
sional development seminars offered by faculty
from the Department of Nursing. In addition,
a limited number of internships are available to
qualified applicants. Additional information is
available through the Center for Nursing Excel-
lence.
101
TOPICS IN HEALTH
Exploration of health-related topics designed
for the prenursing or first-year nursing student
and non-majors. Topics vary. May be repeated
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
for credit. No prerequisites. 1/2 unit of credit.
May not be used to satisfy major requirements.
120
NURSING SEMINAR I
Designed for the pre-nursing student.
Focus is on career opportunities available to
nurses, roles and responsibilities of nurses,
educational requirements, and history of
nursing. Emphasis is also placed on survival
skills for college and for the nursing major.
The grade will be P/F. Non-credit course.
One hour per week. This course is required of
all pre-nursing students.
121
NURSING SEMINAR II
Continuation of Nursing Seminar I. Focus
is on the development of professional writing
skills pertinent to nursing, professional
behaviors, and portfolio development. The
grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. One
hour per week. This course is required of all
pre-nursing students.
200
HEALTH PROMOTION AND WELLNESS
ACROSS THE LIFESPAN
Primary focus on wellness which includes
normal growth and development, health
promotion and essentials of normal nutrition.
Introductory therapeutic communication and
teaching/learning skills are explored. Applica-
tion of theory to individuals, families and
communities occurs during clinical experi-
ences in the community setting. One hour of
lecture and 3 1/2 hours of clinical lab. 1/2
unit of credit. Prerequitisites: BIO 110, 111
and GPA of 2.50 or higher at the completion of
the Freshman year. Corequisite: BIO 323 or
338.
221
FOUNDATIONS OF
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
Introduction of major theoretical elements
underlying professional practice. Focus on
common health problems and basic rehabilitation
principles while recognizing the multi-
directional influence of the individual, family
and environment. The student will utilize the
nursing process in assisting clients to attain a
maximum level of functioning. Two hours of
lecture and seven hours of clinical laboratory.
1 unit of credit. Prerequisites: BIO 110, 111;
Prerequisite or Corequisite: BIO 323 or 338.
Open to nursing majors only.
302
PERSPECTIVES ON PROFESSIONAL
NURSING
This course introduces the student to the
historical and political development of the
profession of nursing. The foundations of
professional nursing practice are discussed
with a critical view on nursing theory, profes-
sionalism in nursing, and career development.
Meets 2 hours weekly for 1/2 unit of credit.
Open to RNs only.
324
HEALTH ASSESSMENT
Identification and demonstration of basic
physical assessment skills. Emphasis placed
on assessment findings across the life span.
Focus on normal findings with attention on
development of skill and confidence in
performing physical assessments. Meets two
hours weekly for 1/2 unit. Corequisite:
NURS 330, 332, or consent of instructor.
Open to non-majors by consent of instructor.
330-331
NURSING CARE OF
THE DEVELOPING FAMILY
Examination of health and nursing needs of
beginning and developing families. Initial
emphasis on nursing needs of mothers and
infants within the family unit as well as the
common health problems of children through
adolescence. Subsequent emphasis on nursing
needs of children and mothers with health
problems of acute and long term nature, the
influence of illness on the family. Three hours
of lecture, 7 hours clinical laboratory. 1 1/4
units each. Prerequisite for NURS 330:
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
NURSING
•
NURS 221; Corequisites: NURS 324, 332,
ami 337. Prerequisite for NURS 331: NURS
324, 330, 332, and 337; Corequisites:
NURS 333, 338, and 424.
332-333
NURSING CARE OF THE ADULT
Identification of adult health care needs and
implementation of nursing activities based on
an understanding of growth and development,
pathophysiology, communication skills, inter-
personal dynamics, and psychosocial interven-
tions. Three hours of lecture, 7 hours clinical
laboratory. 1 1/4 units each. Prerequisite for
NURS 332: NURS 221, Corequisites: NURS
324, 330, and 337. Prerequisites for NURS
333: NURS 330, 332, and 337. Corequisites:
NURS 331, 338, and 424.
337-338
BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHARMACOLOGY
AND THERAPEUTICS I and II
Fundamentals of pharmacology and
therapeutics are presented for the various
classes of drugs. Relationships of pharmaco-
logical mechanisms to the affected biochemi-
cal and physiological processes. Interactions
and toxicological aspects of drug therapy are
reviewed. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of
credit each. Corequisites for NURS 337: NURS
324, 330, and 332, or consent of instructor.
Corequisites for NURS 338: NURS 331, 333,
and 424, or consent of instructor. Open to non-
nursing majors with appropriate science hack-
ground, corequisites waived for non-majors.
339
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
The study of physiologic mechanisms
altered by illness, injury or disease processes
in humans. Fundamental disease processes,
specific illnesses, and their effects on human
homeostasis will be discussed. The links
between pathophysiology, diagnosis, and
therapeutic interventions will be emphasized.
One-half unit of credit. Prerequisites: NURS
331, 333, 338, or consent of instructor. Open
to non-majors by consent of instructor.
340
CLINICAL PRACTICUM
Focus is on the integration of concepts
from pathophysiology, application of knowl-
edge while caring for clients with complex
health problems in a variety of nursing
settings. Students will enhance current
skill level and organization of care. 96 hours
of clinical laboratory. One-half unit of credit.
Prerequisites: NURS 331, 333, 338.
Corequisite: NURS 339
422
HEALTH EDUCATION
Examination of learning theories appropriate
to all age groups. Discussion of the concepts
and techniques necessary for assessment, plan-
ning, implementation, and evaluation of the
teaching/learning process. Emphasis will be
placed on self care. Two hour lecture for 1/2
unit of credit. Required for school nurse
candidates. Prerequisite: Senior standing or
consent of instructor.
423
HEALTH EDUCATION CLINICAL
Clinical practice includes teaching experience
in the public school system. This practice
results in a culmination of the theoretical con-
tent contained in NURS 422. Five hour clinical
laboratory for 1/2 unit ofcedit. Required for
School Nurse Candidates. Prerequisites:
Senior standing or consent of instructor.
424
ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT
Identification and demonstration of
advanced assessment techniques with an
emphasis on abnormal findings. Learning
experiences are provided to develop a
systematic approach to physical assessment.
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on
the correlation of assessment findings and
major health deviations. Meets two hours
weekly for 1/2 unit of credit. Corequisites:
NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instructor.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
425
ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT
CLINICAL LABORATORY
A clinical laboratory that allows additional
practice for the student enrolled in NURS 424.
Five hours clinical laboratory for 1/2 unit of
credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing or
consent of instructor.
431
SCHOOL NURSE PRACTICUM
Essentials of school health, school nursing,
and health promotion. These concepts serve as
a basis for the development of an understand-
ing of the role of the school with the opportu-
nity to function in the role of the school nurse.
It is a course built on the culmination of know-
ledge obtained in previous nursing courses
and nursing experiences. 210 hours clinical
and seminar. Prerequisite: OPEN TO SCHOOL
NURSE CANDIDATES who have met all
other requirements for certification and have
obtained departmental approval. Must have a
valid Pennsylvania RN license.
432
NURSING RESEARCH I
Introduction to the theory and process of
research with emphasis on critical analysis of
research and the development of a research
proposal. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of
credit. Prerequisites: Statistics, successful
completion of NURS 331, 333, or consent of
instructor. Not open to students who have
completed NURS 435. Open to non-nursing
majors.
433
NURSING RESEARCH II
Implementation of the research process.
Proposals submitted in NURS 432 will
provide the basis for data collection, analysis
and reporting of research findings. Continued
development of critical analysis skills. Two
hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of credit. Prereq-
uisite: NURS 432 or consent of instructor.
Not open to students who have completed
NURS 435. Open to non-nursing majors with
consent of instructor.
435
RESEARCH IN NURSING
Expansion of theoretical basis of research
methodology with emphasis on analyzing,
criticizing, and interpreting nursing research.
Development and implementation of a research
proposal focusing on a nursing problem. Four
hours of lecture. 1 unit. Prerequisites: statis-
tics, NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instruc-
tor. Open to non-nursing majors.
438
HIGH ACUITY NURSING
Combines conceptual foundations and clinical
decision making regarding the care of high
acuity patients. Designed to bridge the gap
between core medical surgical content and
more advanced critical care concepts. Three
hours of lecture and 3.5 hours of clinical lab.
1 unit of credit. Prerequisite: NURS
339 or consent of instructor.
439
NURSING CARE IN THE COMMUNITY
Overview of the role of the community
health nurse in a variety of community and
mental health venues. Discussion of the
history and future of community health nursing
including attributes of practice. Health and
wellness promotion; health teaching; economic
political, legal and ethical influences; environ-
mental issues; epidemiology; communicable
disease and vulnerable populations (including
the psychiatric or mental health client) will be
addressed. Focus is on the application and
integration of health and wellness concepts.
Three hours lecture and 7 hours clinical
laboratory. 1 1/4 units. Prerequisites: NURS
440, 438, or consent of instructor.
440
NURSING CARE OF THE EMOTIONALLY
TROUBLED INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY
Examination of disturbed human relation-
ships with focus on intrapsychic, interpersonal,
and physiologic etiology. Emphasis on ad-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
NURSING • PHILOSOPHY
•
vanced therapeutic nurse-patient relationships
within the context of family, community, and
health care systems. Three hours of lecture and
7 hours clinical laboratory^ I unit. Prerequi-
sites: NURS 331, 333, 339, and 340.
441
COMPREHENSIVE NURSING CARE
Culminating nursing course with focus on
leadership and management issues in health
care. Seminars provide opportunities for
students to share commonalities and unique
aspects of professional practice. A concen-
trated clinical practicum will provide students
the opportunity to integrate practice skills and
course concepts. Three hours of lecture and
128 hours of clinical laboratory. 1 1/4 units.
Prerequisites: NURS 438 and 440.
442
PROFESSIONAL ISSUES
An analysis of nursing issues in the context
of the historical background of the profession,
the social forces which influence nursing, and
nursing's impact upon society. Two-hour
seminar. 1/2 unit of credit. Prerequisite:
Senior standing or consent of instructor.
443
TOPICS IN NURSING
Selected topic courses in nursing designed
to permit students to pursue subjects which,
because of their specialized nature, may not be
offered on a regular basis. 1/2 unit of credit.
May be repeated for credit with departmental
permission Prerequisite: Senior standing or
consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY IN NURSING
An opportunity to develop and implement
an individual plan of study under faculty
guidance.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDIES FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHILOSOPHY
(PHIL)
Professors: Griffith, Whelan
Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson)
Visiting Instructor: M. Griffith
The study of philosophy develops a critical
understanding of the basic concepts and
presuppositions around which we organize our
thought in morality, law, religion, science,
education, the arts and other human endeavors.
A major in philosophy, together with other
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent
preparation for policy-making positions of
many kinds, for graduate study in several
fields, and for careers in education, law, and
the ministry.
The major in philosophy requires eight
courses including PHIL 223, 224, 440, and at
least four others numbered 225 or above.
PHIL 340 can be counted toward the major
only once.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 2 1 9, 30 1 ,
332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 340.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 96.
Minors
The Philosophy Department offers three
minors. (1) A minor in philosophy consists of
any four philosophy courses numbered 220 or
above, or any five philosophy courses which
include three numbered 220 or above.
(2) A minor in philosophy and law consists of
four courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334, 335,
337, 340 and independent studies. (3) A
minor in philosophy and science consists of
four courses from PHIL 223, 225, 333, 340
and independent studies. Since topics in PHIL
340 and independent studies vary, these
courses may count toward a minor only if they
are approved by the department.
105
PRINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING
An introduction to the elements of critical
thinking centered on developing the skills
necessary to recognize, describe, and evaluate
arguments. Not open to juniors and seniors
except with consent of instructor.
114
PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE
An introductory philosophical examination
of a number of contemporary moral issues
which call for personal decision. Topics often
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga-
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience to
the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to
morality. Discussion centers on some of the
suggestions philosophers have made about
how to make such decisions. Not open to
juniors and seniors except with consent of
instructor.
115
PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY
An introductory philosophical examination
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of
various contemporary public issues, such as
the relation of ethics to politics and the law,
the enforcement of morals, the problems of
fair distribution of goods and opportunities,
the legitimacy of restricting the use of natural
resources, and the application of ethics to
business practice. Discussion centers on some
of the suggestions philosophers have made
about how to deal with these issues. Not open
to juniors and seniors except with consent of
instructor.
140
CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY
A study of several central philosophical
problems, such as the problem of free will and
determinism, the relationship between mind and
body, the nature and limits of human knowl-
edge, arguments about the existence of God,
and the problem of personal identity. Not
open to juniors and seniors except with
consent of instructor.
215
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN COMMUNICATION
An introduction to the foundations of
communication. Theories of truth and meaning
are illustrated by means of practical examples,
with special attention given to the issue of
objectivity and bias in communication.
216
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS
A systematic and philosophically informed
consideration of some typical moral problems
faced by individuals in a business setting, and
a philosophical examination of some common
moral criticisms of the American business
system.
217
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN EDUCATION
An examination of the basic concepts
involved in thought about education, and a
consideration of the various methods for
justifying educational proposals. Typical of
the issues discussed are: Are education and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHILOSOPHY
indoctrination different? What is a liberal
education? Are education and schooling
compatible? What do we need to learn?
Alternate years.
218
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
A philosophical examination of some
important controversies which arise in
connection with the American criminal justice
system. Typically included are controversies
about the nature and purpose of punishment,
the proper basis for sentencing, the correct
understanding of criminal responsibility, and
the rationale and extent of our basic human
rights with respect to the criminal law.
219
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN HEALTH CARE
An investigation of some of the philosophi-
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health
research and planning. Topics typically
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed
consent, behavior control, experimentation on
humans and animals, abortion, genetic
engineering, population control, and distribu-
tion of health care resources.
223
HISTORY OF SCIENCE
AND METAPHYSICS
An historical survey of the attempt to
understand the physical universe. Particular
attention is paid to common origins of
philosophy and science in the works of the
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of
how scientific and philosophical thinking
differs from mythological and technological
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to the
interaction between philosophy and science in
formulating fundamental questions about the
physical universe and in developing and
criticizing concepts designed to answer them.
►
224
HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
An historical survey of the most important
social and political philosophers from Socrates
to Marx. Special attention is paid to the
relationship between ethics and politics as
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and
Rousseau.
225
SYMBOLIC LOGIC
A study of modern symbolic logic and its
application to the analysis of arguments.
Included are truth-functional relations, the
logic of prepositional functions, and deductive
systems. Attention is also given to
various topics in the philosophy of logic.
Alternate years.
301
ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY
A critical examination of the ancient Greek
philosophers, with particular emphasis on
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Two
courses in philosophy or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
332
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A philosophical examination of religion.
Included are such topics as the nature of
religious discourse, arguments for and against
the existence of God, and the relation between
religion and science. Readings from classical
and contemporary sources. Prerequisite:
Students without previous study in philosophy
must have consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
333
PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE
A consideration of philosophically impor-
tant conceptual problems arising from
reflection about natural science, including
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and
theories, the character of explanation, the
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY
importance of prediction, the existence of
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying
induction, and various puzzles associated with
probability. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL
PHILOSOPHY
A close reading of four or five defining
works of contemporary political philosophy,
beginning with A Theory of Justice by John
Rawls. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
335
ETHICAL THEORY
An inquiry about the grounds for distin-
guishing morally right from morally wrong
actions. Central to this course is critical
consideration of important theories, such as
relativism, utilitarianism, and subjectivism, as
well as historically important theorists, such as
Aristotle, Mill, and Kant. Prerequisite:
Students without previous study in philosophy
must have consent of instructor Alternate
years.
336
CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY
A close reading of four or five centrally
important works of contemporary moral
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
337
PHILOSOPHY OF LAW
An introduction to the philosophy of law
using both classical and contemporary
sources. General theories concerning the
nature of law, as well as philosophical issues
which arise primarily within a legal context,
will be discussed. Prerequisite: Students
without previous study in philosophy must
have consent of instructor. Alternate years.
340
SPECIAL TOPICS
Study of selected philosophical problems,
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics
include ethical obligations to animals, lying
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics,
research on human subjects, and artificial
intelligence. Students without previous study
in philosophy must have consent of instructor. .
With consent of the instructor, this course may
be repeated for credit.
440
PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH
AND WRITING
In-depth instruction in both the independent
and the cooperative aspects of philosophical
research and writing. Each student undertakes
an approved research project and produces a
substantial philosophical paper. Open only to,
and required of, senior philosophy majors.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent independent studies in philosophy
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls'
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia,
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS
(See Astronomy/Physics)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
•
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson)
Part-time Intstructor: Dill
PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES,
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY
SERVICE
This program is designed to promote
students' physical welfare, health awareness,
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility.
Students must successfully complete any
combination of two semesters of course work
selected from the following:
1 . Designated Physical Activities courses,
2. Designated varsity athletics,
3. Designated wellness courses,
4. Designated community service projects,
5. Designated military science courses (Oil,
021,031,041).
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY
COURSES (PHED)
102
PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES
This topics course satisfies one-half
semester of physical education. Coeduca-
tional classes meet twice a week with basic
instruction in fundamentals, knowledge, and
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is on
the potential use of activities as recreational
and leisure time interests.
105
PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES
This topics course satisfies one semester of
physical education. Coeducational classes meet
twice a week with basic instruction in fund-
amentals, knowledge, and appreciation of various
sports. Emphasis is on the potential use of
activities as recreational and leisure time interests.
110-125
VARSITY ATHLETICS
Students who compete on a varsity sports
team may register for a semester of Physical
Activity during the semester listed. Two full
seasons must be completed to satisfy the
Physical Activity requirement. It is the
student's responsibility to withdraw from the
course should they not complete the season.
110 - BASKETBALL
111 - CROSS COUNTRY
112 - FOOTBALL
113 - GOLF
114 - SOCCER
115 - SOFTBALL
116 - SWIMMING
117 - TENNIS
118 - TRACK
119 - VOLLEYBALL
120 - WRESTLING
121 - LACROSSE
WELLNESS (WELL)
102
TOPICS IN WELLNESS
This topics course satisfies one-half semester
of wellness study. Wellness courses meet two
hours per week covering various topics that may
include Stress Management, Preventing Com-
municable Diseases, Personal Health and
Wellness, and other current health issues. These
courses promote student wellness during their
stay at Lycoming as well as their post graduate
years. This course may be repeated with the
same topics only with departmental consent.
105
TOPICS IN WELLNESS
This topics course satisfies one semester of
wellness study. Wellness courses meet two
2(K)2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHYSICAL EDUCATION • POLITICAL SCIENCE
hours per week covering various topics tiiat
may include Stress Management, Preventing
Communicable Diseases, Personal Health and
Wellness, and other current health issues.
These courses promote student wellness
during their stay at Lycoming as well as their
post graduate years. This course may be
repeated with the same topics only with
departmental consent.
106
FIRST AID/CPR
This course satisfies one semester of
wellness study. This course will prepare
students to recognize emergencies and make
appropriate decisions for first aid care. Also
included are an emphasis on safety and
assessment of personal habits to reduce risk of
injury and illness. American Red Cross First
Aid and CPR certifications are earned upon
successful completion of the course.
COMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS)
These courses require 2-3 hours per week
in a combination of seminars and agency
placement.
105
COMMUNITY SERVICE I
This course satisfies one semester of
community service. An experiential learning
opportunity accomplished in conjunction with
local agencies or college departments. The
outcome of such service will promote stu-
dents' personal and social development as well
as civic responsibility. Students must pre-
registerfor this course. May not be repeated.
106
COMMUNITY SERVICE II
This course satisfies one semester of
community service. Students may elect to
enroll in a second semester of community
service to satisfy the graduation requirement.
This will require the student to be engaged in
a somewhat more sophisticated level of
learning and service. Students must preregis-
terfor this course. Prerequisite: COMS 105.
POLITICAL
SCIENCE (psci)
Professor: Roskin (Chairperson)
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies: Raup
The major is designed to provide a systematic
understanding of government and politics at the
international, national, state, and local levels.
Majors are encouraged to develop their skills to
make independent, objective analyses which
can be applied to the broad spectrum of the
social sciences.
Although the political science major is not
designed as a vocational major, students with
such training may go directly into government
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin-
istrative agencies. A political science major can
provide the base for the study of law, or for
graduate studies leading to administrative work
in federal, state, or local governments, interna-
tional organizations, or college teaching.
Students seeking certification to teach secon-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG >
POLITICAL SCIENCE
dary school social studies may major in political
science but should consult their advisors and the
education department.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 96.
A major in Political Science consists of
eight courses as follows: PSCI 106, PSCI 400;
two courses in American Politics from PSCI
111, 223, 333, 347, 448; one course in Legal
Studies from PSCI 331, 332, 334, 335, 436;
two courses in World Politics from PSCI 221,
225, 243, 327, 439; and one additional PSCI
course. Prospective majors are encouraged to
take PSCI 106 in their freshman year. An
exemption will be granted only if it strengthens
the student's program.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: PSCI 221 and 327. The
following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PSCI 210, 334 and 400.
Minors
For non-majors, the department offers three
minors: a minor in Political Science consists of
any four courses number 200 or above excluding
PSCI 2 1 0 and 400; a minor in World Politics
consists of four courses selected from PSCI 22 1 ,
225, 243, 327 or 439; and a minor in Legal
Studies consists of four courses selected from
PSCI 331, 332, 334, 335, or 436. Students are
encouraged to consult with department members
on the selection of a minor.
106
INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS
The U.S. political system in comparative
perspective. Basic concepts, vocabulary, and
examples to ground students in the objective
analysis of politics.
Ill
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT
An examination of the general principles,
major problems, and political processes of the
states and their subdivisions, together with
their role in a federal type of government.
210
COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY
Reviews and critiques the impact of the
mass media on American society. Consider-
ation of how the media form attitudes,
nominate and elect candidates, cover news,
and monitor governmental activities as well as
possible remedies to media-related problems.
Alternate years.
221
COMPARATIVE POLITICS
AND GEOGRAPHY
The politics and geography of nations in
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And
South American in a search for comparisons
and patterns. Includes history, institutions,
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises.
223
PRESIDENCY AND CONGRESS
The constitutional roles, campaign styles, and
interactions of the U.S. presidency and
congress. Special attention is given presi-
dents, senators, and congresspersons who
substantially contribute to the democratic
process. Alternate years.
225
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
The basic factors and concepts of interna-
tional relations, such as international systems,
national interest and security, wars, decolon-
ization, nationalism, economic development,
trade blocs, and international law and
organizations.
243
THE VIETNAM WAR
The background and context of the war, how
the United States got involved, the military
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society,
politics, and economy. Alternate years.
327
WORLD CRISES
The study of selected current major interna-
tional problems, such as the Middle East,
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
POLITICAL SCIENCE
•
Balkans, East Asia, India-Pakistan, or
whatever new dangers arise. Alternate years.
331
CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES
What are our rights and Hberties as
Americans? What should they be? A frank
discussion of the nature and scope of the
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and
equal protection of the laws. Students will
read and brief the more important Supreme
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing, or consent of instructor.
332
COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL
JUSTICE SYSTEM
The course consists of two components:
criminal law and criminal procedure. Crimi-
nal procedure carefully explores constitutional
law and procedural rules which dominate
court handling of criminal cases. Criminal
law explores concepts relating to criminal
responsibility and the establishment of
selected offenses. Emphasis is placed on "hot
button" issues in the field: balancing protec-
tion of fundamental freedoms against society's
need to solve an prevent crime; plea negotia-
tions; the politicizing of the criminal justice
system; mandatory sentencing schemes;
management challenges to fast handling of
criminal cases; the changing line between
juvenile and adult criminal court; wisdom of
using criminal punishment in an attempt to
control some forms of behavior. There will be
two field trips to court proceedings. Prerequi-
site: junior or senior standing, or consent of
instructor.
333
BUREAUCRACY AND PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION
The business of making government work
at the administrative level. The organizational
structure, relevant laws and court cases, and
legislative oversight of federal, state, and local
public bureaucracy. Alternate years.
334
LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING
Students learn to perform legal research
with realistic problems in civil and criminal
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional,
regulatory, procedural and common law.
They will write briefs and memoranda based
upon the research in the form expected of
legal interns and paralegal personnel. Some
classes may be held at the Lycoming County
Courthouse law library. Alternate years.
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.
335
LAW AND SOCIETY
An examination of the nature, sources,
functions, and limits of law as an instrument
of political and social control. Included for
discussion are legal problems pertaining to the
family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, and
minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing, or consent of instructor.
347
WOMEN AND POLITICS
The historical, philosophical, and practical
context and conduct of women in a variety of
political roles. This course considers both
elective and nonelective activities, and includes
analyses of women' s issues currently on
legislative and court agendas. Alternate years.
400
POLITICAL ANALYSIS
A capstone course required for majors in
Political Science normally taken in their
senior year. Students will integrate their
knowledge of political phenomena and deepen
their methodological sophistication by
applying several analytical approaches to a
series of case studies. Open to non-majors
with permission of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
®
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
POLITICAL SCIENCE • PSYCHOLOGY
436
MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION
' An examination of the legal structure and
the system by which mass communication is
controlled in this society. The forces which
shape, influence, and make policy will be
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior
\ standing, or consent of instructor.
439
i AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
I The U.S. role in the world in geographic,
I strategic, historical, and ideological perspec-
tives, plus an examination of the domestic
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years.
I
1448
PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING
A course dealing with the general topic
^ and methodology of polling. Content includes
I exploration of the processes by which
' people's political opinions are formed, the
manipulation of public opinion through the
[ uses of propaganda, and the American
response to politics and political issues.
Alternative years.
470-479
INTERNSHIPS (See index)
Students may receive academic credit for
serving as interns in structured learning situations
with a wide variety of public and private
agencies and organizations. Students have
served as interns with the Public Defender's
Office, the Lycoming County Court Adminis-
trator, and the Williamsport City government.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current studies relate to elections — local,
state, and federal — while past studies have
included Soviet and world politics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PSYCHOLOGY
(PSY)
Professor: Ryan (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: Berthold
Assistant Professors: Kelley, Olsen, Beery
Visiting Instructors: Cimini, Holmes, Mitchell
The major provides training in both theoreti-
cal and applied psychology. It is designed to
meet the needs of students seeking careers in
psychology or other natural or social sciences.
It also meets the needs of students seeking a
better understanding of human behavior as a
means of furthering individual and career
goals in other areas. Psychology majors and
others are urged to discuss course selections in
psychology with members of the department
to help insure appropriate course selection.
A major consists of 32 semester hours in
psychology, including PSY 1 10, 431, 432, and
436. Statistics also is required.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 96.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY
The following course satisfies the cultural
diversity requirement: PS Y 341. The
following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PSY 225, 324, 431, 432, and 436.
Minor
A minor in psychology consists of 20
semester hours in psychology including PSY
1 1 0 and four other psychology courses (three
of which must be numbered 200 or above)
which must be approved by the department.
101
TOPICS
Exploration of a specific basic or applied
topic in psychology. Different topics will be
explored different semesters. Potential topics
include the psychology of disasters, applied
behavioral psychology, and organizational
psychology. The course is open to elemen-
tary and advanced undergraduates. No
Prerequisites. One-half unit of credit. May
be repeated once for credit with departmental
permission. May not be used to satisfy
distribution or major requirements.
110
INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
human and other animal behavior. Areas
considered may include: learning, personal-
ity, social, physiological, sensory, cognition,
and developmental.
112
GROUP PROCESSES AND
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
An introduction to research and theories on
small group formation, structure, and perfor-
mance. Topics include group communication,
conformity, leadership, conflict, and decision-
making. Emphasis will be placed upon
applying principles of group dynamics to
different types of groups. Prerequisite: PSY
110 or consent of instructor. May term only.
116
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the patterns of deviant
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, and
treatment. The various models for the concept-
ualization of abnormal behavior are critically
examined. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
117
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the basic principles of human
growth and development throughout the life
span. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
118
ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY
The study areas will include theories of
adolescence; current issues raised by as well
as about the "generation of youth"; research
findings bearing on theories and issues of
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora-
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
138
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
the teaching-learning process. Areas consid-
ered may include educational objectives, pupil
and teacher characteristics, concept learning,
problem-solving and creativity, attitudes and
values, motivation, retention and transfer,
evaluation and measurement. Prerequisite:
PSY 110 or consent of instructor.
211
LEARNING DISABILITIES
An examination of learning disabilities,
emotional problems, and social problems of
children. Topics will include the legal and
educational rights of children with disabilities,
the various categories of disability qualifying
for Special Education services, assessment of
children with learning disabilities, characteris-
tics of and interventions to help children with
learning disabilities and attention difficulties,
the educational placements and support
services available, and Individualized Educa-
tional Programs (EEPs). Prerequisite: PSY 110.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PSYCHOLOGY
•
220
THE PSYCHOLOGY OF
CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS
This course will review current theory and
research on love. The progress of close,
interpersonal relationships from initiation to
termination will be discussed. In addition, the
relation between love and sex will be ex-
plored, and current research on sexuality
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
225
INDUSTRIAL AND
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
The application of the principles and
methods of psychology to selected industrial
and organizational situations. Prerequisite:
PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor.
237
COGNITION
An in-depth examination of the field of
human cognition. Topics include perception,
attention, short and long term memory,
reading comprehension, problem solving and
decision making. Emphasis will be placed on
understanding the scientific nature of the
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
239
BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION
A detailed examination of the applied
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the
application of experimental method to the
individual clinical case. The course will
cover targeting behavior, base-rating,
intervention strategies, and outcome evalu-
ation. Learning-based modification tech-
niques such as contingency management,
counter-conditioning, extinction, discrimina-
tion training, aversive conditioning, and
negative practice will be examined. Pre-
requisite: PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor.
240
PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT
A study of psychological theories and
research on coping with normal developmen-
tal changes and common problems of
adulthood. Focus will be upon adult transi-
tions, stress management, intimate relation-
ships, sexuality, parenting skills, and work
adjustment. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
310
FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of psychological theories
and research on topics related to psychology
and law. Areas covered include forensic
pathology, psychological theories of criminal
behavior, eyewitness testimony, jury decision
making, expert witnesses, the insanity
defense, and criminal profiling analysis.
Prerequisites: PSY 1 10 and 116.
324
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
The scientific exploration of interpersonal
communication and behavior. Topics include
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and
communication, social perception and social
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10.
333
PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the physiological
psychologist's method of approach to the
understanding of behavior as well as the set of
principles that relate the function and organi-
zation of the nervous system to the phenom-
ena of behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or
consent of instructor.
334
PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT
Psychometric methods and theory, including
scale transformation, norms, standardization,
validation procedures, and estimation of
reliability. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and statis-
tics.
341
PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN
A review of contemporary theory and
research on the psychology of gender differ-
ences. Special topics include sex differences
in achievement, power, and communication;
sex-role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY
and femininity; and gender influences on
mental health. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10.
410
DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES AND CHILD
DEVELOPMENT
This course will explore the relations
between a variety of types of family dysfunc-
tions and child development and psychopathol-
ogy. Specifically, topics in child abuse, neglect,
sexual abuse, and children from violent homes,
alcoholic homes, and homes with mentally ill
parents will be studied. The course will focus
on empirical literature about dysfunctional
families and child development, biographical
and political perspectives. Prerequisite: PSY
J 16 and 117, or consent of instructor.
431
EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the scientific method, experi-
mental design and the application of statistics
to psychology. Emphasis will be placed on
understanding the place of research in the field
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and
statistics.
432
SENSATION AND PERCEPTION
The examination of psychophysical
methodology and basic neurophysiological
methods as they are applied to the understand-
ing of sensor processes. Prerequisites: PSY
110, 431 and statistics.
436
PERSONALITY THEORY
A review of the major theories of personal-
ity development and personality functioning.
In addition to covering the details of each
theory, the implications and applications of
each theory are considered. This course is best
taken by Psychology majors in the senior year,
because it integrates material from diverse
areas of psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
448-449
PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY
An off-campus experience in a community
setting offering psychological services,
supplemented with classroom instruction and
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic
counseling skills, while PSY 449 covers the
major theoretical approaches to counseling.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Internships give students an opportunity to
relate on-campus academic experiences to
society in general and to their post-baccalaure-
ate objectives in particular. Students have, for
example, worked in prisons, public and
private schools, county government, and for
the American Red Cross.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent study is an opportunity for
students to pursue special interests in areas for
which courses are not offered. In addition,
students have an opportunity to study a topic
in more depth than is possible in the
regular classroom situation. Studies in the
past have included child abuse, counseling of
hospital patients, and research in the psychol-
ogy of natural disasters.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Honors in psychology requires original
contributions to the literature of psychology
through independent study. The most recent
honors project was a study of the effect of
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RELIGION
•
RELIGION (RED
Professor: Hughes
Assistant Professor: Johnson (Chairperson)
Instructor: Knauth
A major in Religion consists of 10 courses,
including REL 113, 114, and 120. At least
seven courses must be taken in the depart-
ment. Up to three of the following courses
may be counted toward fulfilling the major
requirements: GRK 221. 222. HEBR 221,
222, HIST 340, 416, PHIL 332 and SOC 336.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: REL 1 10, 224, 225,
226, 228. The following courses, when
scheduled as W courses, count toward the
writing intensive requirement: REL 230, 33 1 ,
and 337.
Minors
A minor in religion consists of one course
from REL 110, 1 13 or 1 14 and four religion
courses numbered 200 or above.
An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical
Languages requires the completion of GRK
101-102, HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK
221,222, HEBR 221, 222.
110
INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION
Designed for the beginning student, this
course examines what it means to be religious.
Some of the issues are the definition of
religion, the meaning of symbolism, concepts
of God, ecstatic phenomena. Specific
attention will be devoted to the current
problem of cults and religious liberty.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
RELIGION
113
OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting and in the light of
archaeological findings to show the faith and
religious life of the Hebrew-Jewish commu-
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduction
to the history of interpretation with an
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament
criticism and theology.
114
NEW TESTAMENT FAITH
AND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting to show the faith
and religious life of the Christian community
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to
the history of interpretation with an emphasis
on contemporary New Testament criticism
and theology.
119
RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE
An examination of the interaction of religion
and culture in an historical perspective
followed by a direct analysis of the ethical and
religious issues raised by contemporary
American popular culture. Readings include
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical
and religious approaches to popular culture.
120
DEATH AND DYING
A study of death from personal, social and
universal standpoints with emphasis upon what
the dying may teach the living. Principal issues
are the stages of dying, bereavement, suicide,
funeral conduct, and the religious doctrines of
death and immortality. Course includes, as
optional, practical projects with terminal
patients under professional supervision. Only
one course from the combination ofREL 120
and 121 may be used for distribution.
121
AFTER DEATH AND DYING
An examination of the question of life after
death in terms of contemporary clinical
studies, the New Testament resurrection
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarnation,
and the classical theological beliefs of
providence and predestination. REL 120 is
recommended but not required. Only one
course from the combination of REL 120 and
121 may be used for distribution.
Ill
PROTESTANTISM IN THE
MODERN WORLD
An examination of Protestant thought and
life from Luther to the present against the
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from
the 1 7th century scientific revolution to
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology.
Special attention will be paid to the constant
interaction between Protestantism and the
world in which it finds itself.
223
BACKGROUNDS OF EARLY
CHRISTIANITY
A study of historical, cultural, and religious
influences that shaped the formation of early
Christianity and the antecedents of Christian
doctrine and practice in Hellenistic, Roman,
and post-exilic Jewish cultures.
224
JUDAISM AND ISLAM
An examination of the rise, growth, and
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special
attention given to the theological contents of
the literatures of these religions as far as they
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and
organization. Also, a review of their contribu-
tions to the spiritual heritage of mankind.
225
ORIENTAL RELIGION
A phenomenological study of the basic
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RELIGION
•
Taoism with special attention to social and
political relations, mythical and aesthetic
forms, and the East- West dialogue.
226
BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY
A study of the role of archaeology in
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical
literature originated with special attention
given to archaeological results that throw light
on the clarification of the Biblical text. Also,
an introduction to basic archaeological method
and a study in depth of several representative
excavations along with the artifacts and material
culture recovered from different historical
periods.
227
HISTORY AND THEOLOGY
OF THE EARLY CHURCH
An examination of the life and theology of
the church from the close of the New Testa-
ment to the fifth century. Special attention
will be given to the struggles of the church
with heretical movements, the controversies
concerning the person and nature of Christ,
and the encounter of the church with the
Roman Empire.
228
HISTORY AND CULTURE
OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST
A study of the history and culture of
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will be
given to the religious views prevalent in the
ancient Near East as far as these views
interacted with the culture and faith of the
Biblical tradition.
230
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION
A study into the broad insights of psychol-
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion
and religious behavior. The course concen-
trates on religious experience or manifesta-
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solutions
will be sought to questions such as: What
does it feel like to be religious or to have a
religious experience? What is the religious
function in human development? How does
one think psychologically about theological
problems?
331
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
A study of Christian ethics as a normative
perspective for contemporary moral problems
with emphasis upon the interaction of law and
religion, decision-making in the field of
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of
society in a planetary civilization.
332
CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
An examination of the approach of religion
and other disciplines to an issue of current
concern; current topics include the theological
significance of law, the ethics of love, and the
Holocaust. May be repeated for credit if the
topic is different from one previously studied.
337
BIBLICAL TOPICS
An in-depth study of Biblical topics related
to the Old and New Testaments. Topics include
prophecy, wisdom literature, the Dead Sea
Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, Pauline
theology, Judaism and Christian origins,
redaction criticism - the way the Synoptic
Gospels and John give final form to their
message. Course will vary from year to year
and may be repeated for credit once if the
topic is different from one previously studied.
341
CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES
A study of the theological significance of
some contemporary intellectual developments
in Western culture. The content of this course
will vary from year to year. Subjects studied
in recent years include the theological
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^«
LYCOMING COLLEGE
RELIGION
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche;
Christianity and existentiaUsm; theology and
depth psychology; the religious dimension of
contemporary literature.
342
THE NATURE AND MISSION
OF THE CHURCH
A study of the nature of the Church as "The
People of God" with reference to the Biblical,
Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman Catholic
traditions.
401
FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY
Participation in an approved archaeological
dig or field school program in the Near East or
Mediterranean region. Includes instruction in
excavation techniques, recording and process-
ing of artifacts. A survey of excavation and
research and the use of archaeology as a tool
for elucidating historical and cultural changes.
Under certain circumstances, participation in
an archaeological field school program within
the United States, Central or South America,
or elsewhere may be accepted. Special fees
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only.
421
ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD SUPERVISION
Participation in an archaeological excava-
tion or field school program at the level of
assistant supervisor or above. Includes
instruction in on-site supervision of daily
digging, record-keeping, and interpretation of
finds, and/or specialized training in excavation
project coordination, data processing, or
analysis of specific types of material culture.
Research project required. Prerequisite: REL
401 or equivalent experience. Special fees
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in religion usually work in local
churches under the supervision of the pastor
and a member of the faculty. Interns in
archaeology usually work in historical
museums or art museums under the supervi-
sion of a museum director/curator/archaeolo-
gist and a member of the faculty.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current study areas are in the Biblical
languages. Biblical history and theology.
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions,
and the ethics of technology.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GREEK (GRK)
Greek is not offered as a major. An
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages
requires the completion of GRK 101-102,
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222,
HEBR221,222.
101-102
NEW TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of New Testament Greek
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
Ill
READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS
A comparative study of the synoptic tradition
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or equiva-
lent. Does not satisfy humanities requirement.
Ill
READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES
Selected readings from the letters of Paul
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 221 or equivalent.
Does not satisfy humanities requirement.
HEBREW (HEBR)
Hebrew is not offered as a major. An
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages
requires the completion of GRK 101-102,
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222,
HEBR 221, 222.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RELIGION
SCHOLAR PROGRAM
•
101-102
OLD TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
221
READINGS IN OLD
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE
A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected narrative portions of the Old Testa-
ment with special attention being given to
exegetical questions. The text read varies
from year to year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102
or equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
222
READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS
AND WISDOM LITERATURE
A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy
and wisdom literature with special attention
being given to exegetical questions. The text
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite:
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy
humanities requirement.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SCHOLAR
PROGRAM (scHOL)
Professor: Briggs (Director)
The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a
special program designed to meet the needs and
aspirations of highly motivated students of
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming
Scholar satisfies the College distribution
requirements, generally on a more exacting
level and with more challenging courses than
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars
and in serious independent study culminating
in a senior project.
301
LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held
each semester under the direction of the
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated
for credit. Completion of five semesters is
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequisite:
Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade
will be recorded as "A " or "F. "
450
SENIOR SEMINAR
During the senior year, Lycoming Scholars
complete independent studies or departmental
honors projects. These projects are presented
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar.
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance
into the Lycoming Scholar Program.
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
(SOC)
Professor: Wilk (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: S. Alexander
Assistant Professor: Ross
The Sociology-Anthropology Department
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks
introduce the students to the fundamental
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks
prepare the student for graduate school.
Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects
of sociology and anthropology. Track II
emphasizes the application of sociology and
anthropology to human services.
Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires
the core course sequence SOC 110, 114, 229,
330, 430, 444 and three other courses within
the department with the exception of SOC
443. REL 226 may also be counted toward
the major.
Track II - Human Services In a Soclo-
Cultural Perspective requires SOC 1 10, 222,
229, 330, 430, 443, and 444. In addition,
students must select two courses from among
the following: SOC 220, 221, 228, 300, 334,
and 335. Students are also required to choose
two units from the following courses: PSY
1 10, ECON 224, PSCI 333, and SOC 230.
Recommended courses: ACCT 1 10, 226;
SPAN 111,112; HIST 126; and PHIL 334.
Majors in both tracks are encouraged to
participate in the internship program.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 96.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: SOC 229, 33 1 , 334,
335, 336, and 337. The following courses,
when scheduled as W courses, count toward
the writing intensive requirement: SOC 222,
228, 229, 230, and 331.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Minor
A minor in sociology and anthropology
consists of SOC 1 10 and four other SOC
courses approved by the department, three of
which must be numbered 220 or above.
110
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
An introduction to the problems, concepts,
and methods in sociology today, including
analysis of stratification, organization of
groups and institutions, social movements,
and deviants in social structure.
114
INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
An introduction to the subfields of anthro-
pology; its subject matter, methodology, and
goals, examination of biological and cultural
evolution, the fossil evidence for human
evolution, and questions raised in relation to
human evolution. Other topics include race,
human nature, primate behavior, and prehis-
toric cultural development.
^A
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
220
MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY
The history, structure, and functions of
modem American family life, emphasizing
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjustment,
and the changing status of family members.
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor
221
JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
A multidisciplinary approach to the study
of the constellation of factors that relate to
juvenile delinquency causation, handling the
juvenile delinquent in the criminal justice
system, treatment strategies, prevention, and
community responsibility. Prerequisite: SOC
1 10 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
222
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES
This course is for students interested in
learning about, or entering, the human
services profession. It will review the history,
the range, and the goals of human services
together with a survey of various strategies
and approaches to human problems. A
twenty-hour community service component is
an optional element of the course. Prerequi-
site: SOC 110 and/or PSY 110; or consent of
instructor.
228
AGING AND SOCIETY
Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of
the aged as individuals and as members of
groups. Emphasis is placed upon media
portrayals as well as such variables as health,
housing, socio-economic status, personal
adjustment, retirement, and social participation.
Sociological, social psychological, and
anthropological frames of reference are utilized
in analysis and description of aging and its
relationship to the individual and society.
Prerequisite: SOC 110.
229
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of cultural and social anthro-
pology designed to familiarize the student with
the analytical approaches to the diverse cultures
of the world. The relevancy of cultural anthro-
pology for an understanding of the human
condition will be stressed. Topics to be covered
include the nature of primitive societies in
contrast to civilizations, the concept of culture
and cultural relativism, the individual and
culture, the social patterning of behavior and
social control, an anthropological perspective
on the culture of the United States.
230
SELF AND SOCIETY
This course is concerned with the behavior
of individuals who occupy positions in social
structures, organizations and groups. The
focus is on the behavior of individuals as it is
controlled, influenced, or limited by the social
environment; and the manner in which the
behavior of individuals reacts upon, shapes and
alters social structures and enters into the
functioning of groups. This course will also
explore symbolic interactionism, a major
theoretical perspective in sociology which
focuses primary attention on the way in which
individuals define and continually redefine
reality on the basis of social interaction.
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
300
CRIMINOLOGY
Analysis of the sociology of law; conditions
under which criminal laws develop; etiology of
crime; epidemiology of crime, including
explanation of statistical distribution of
criminal behavior in terms of time, space, and
social location. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or
consent of instructor.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
330
RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
In studying the research process in sociol-
ogy-anthropology, attention is given to the
process of designing and administering both
qualitative and quantitative research. Students
complete an original field work project in a
public setting. Additionally, students will
learn to compile and analyze quantitative data
through a micro computer statistical software
package. Different methodological skills
considered include: field work, questionnaire
construction, unobtrusive research, and
program evaluation. The course must be
taken in the junior year. Prerequisite: SOC
1 10 and MATH ] 23.
331
SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER
Virtually every society known to us is
founded upon assumptions of gender differ-
ences and the politics of gender inequality.
This course focuses on the ways in which
gender is socially constructed and institution-
alized in societies. Topics to be considered
include cultural constructions of masculinity,
femininity, heterosexuality, and homosexual-
ity; institutional sites of gender differentiation
such as work, family, military, and education;
media representations of gender and sexuality;
and reproduction politics. Emphasis is placed
on various theories that have been advanced to
explain gender stratification. Prerequisite:
SOC 1 10. Alternate years.
334
RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES
Study of racial, cultural, and national
groups within the framework of American
cultural values. An analysis will include
historical, cultural, and social factors underly-
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and
individual reports are part of the requirements
for the course. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or
consent of instructor.
335
CULTURE AND PERSONALITY
Introduction to psychological anthropol-
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha-
sis will be placed on the relationship between
individual and culture, national character,
cognition and culture, culture and mental
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of
the concept of self. Prerequisite: SOC 229 or
consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
336
I THE ANTHROPOLOGY
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS
The course will familiarize the student with
the wealth of anthropological data on the
I religions and world views developed by prim-
I itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel-
! igion in regard to the individual, society, and
I various cultural institutions will be examined.
' Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch-
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the
i cultural use of dreams, and revitalization
I movements. Particular emphasis will be given
to shamanism, transcultural religious experi-
ence, and the creation of cultural realities
through religions. Both a social scientific and
I existential perspective will be employed. Pre-
j requisite: SOC 229 or consent of instructor.
! 337
THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF
AMERICAN INDIANS
An ethnographic survey of native North
i American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as
the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, Kwakiutl,
and Netsilik. Changes in native lifeways due
to European contacts and United States
expansion will be considered. Recent cultural
developments among American Indians will
be placed in an anthropological perspective.
430
SOCIAL PROBLEMS
Building on the research skills acquired in
SOC 330, students will complete an original
quantitative research project on a topic of their
own choosing. The theoretical emphasis of
this course covers the social construction and
life course of a social problem. Additionally,
several social problems will be analyzed in
1 depth. Prerequisite: SOC 330.
443
HUMAN SERVICES IN
HELPING INSTITUTIONS
i The course examines the organizational
and conceptual context within which human
services are delivered in contemporary society.
Subjects to be covered include ethnographic
study of nursing homes, prisons, therapeutic
communities, mental hospitals, and other
human service institutions. The methodology
of fieldwork will be explored so as to sensitize
the student to the socio-cultural dimensions of
helping environments and relationships.
Prerequisite: SOC NO or 229, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
444
SOCIAL THEORY
The history of the development of sociologi-
cal thought from its earliest philosophical
beginnings is treated through discussions and
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite:
SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in sociology-anthropology typically
work off campus with social service agencies
under the supervision of administrators.
However, other internship experiences, such
as with the Lycoming County Historical
Museum, are available.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
An opportunity to pursue specific interests
and topics not usually covered in regular
courses. Through a program of readings and
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity
to pursue these interests and topics in
greater depth than is usually possible in a
regular course.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
•
THEATRE (thea)
Associate Professor: Allen (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Stanley
Visiting Assistant Professors: Beetem, Jaffe
Part-time Instructor: Clark
The primary responsibilities of the Theatre
Department are to teach appreciation, service,
foundational and specialized courses; to
prepare students for advanced study and
training; and to sponsor worthwhile produc-
tion programs in which students can practice
the art and craft of theatre, and which will be a
dynamic contribution to the cultural life of the
College community.
Production groups sponsored by the
Theatre Department are the Arena Theatre,
The Arena Summer Theatre, The Emerald
City Players, The Alpha Psi Omega Fraternity
and the Downstage Theatre. Facilities used
for performances by these groups are an
intimate thrust stage (The Mary L. Welch
Theatre) and a small black box studio theatre
(The Downstage Theatre) in the Academic
Center.
The department offers several courses to be
selected for distribution requirements: THEA
100, 1 14, 148, 212, 332, 333, 335 (Fine Arts)
THEA 333, 335 (Humanities and Literature).
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: THEA 114, 212, 332,
333, 335, and 410. The following courses,
when scheduled as W courses, count toward
the writing intensive requirement: THEA 212,
332, and 333.
Major
The major consists of the equivalent of 10
to 10.5 units. All theatre majors are required
to complete the following: THEA 100, 148,
332, 333, 410 and the equivalent of 1 full unit
of THEA 160 and/or 161 (6 units).
The department offers three major tracks:
Track I: Acting (4.5 Units) THEA 140, 226,
240, 232 (1/2 unit); and one from the follow-
ing: 335 or 402.
Track II: Directing: (4.0 Units) THEA 140,
226, 336; and one from the following: 335 or
402.
Track ID: DesignyTech (4.5 Units) THEA
228, 229, 232 (1/2 unit), 320; and one from
the following: 335, 402, 425, 428, 429, 431.
Majors are urged to include courses in art,
music, psychology, and English, or other areas
of special interest.
Majors are urged to include THEA 440 in
Track I, THEA 426 in Track II, and THEA
430 in Track III.
Minors
Three minors are available in the Theatre
Department.
• A minor in Performance consists of THEA
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THEATRE
•
100,140,226,240,336.
• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of
THEA 100, 148, 228, 229, and 320 or 430.
• A minor in Theatre History and Literature
consists of THEA 100, 332, 333, 335 and
410.
100
INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE
A comprehensive introduction to the
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's
point of view, the nature of theatre will be
explored, including dramatic literature and the
integral functioning of acting, directing and all
production aspects. Concurrent enrollment in
THEA 148 prohibited.
114
FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE
MASTERPIECES
Study of selected classic experimental and
narrative films from around the world as well
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what
makes a classic through examination of such
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and
genre.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz,
and modem dance. Classes include improvi-
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for
THEA 136: THEA 135 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
135-136 or MUS 235-236.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the
Ballets de cour of 1 7th-century France to the
present with emphasis on the contributions of
Petipa, Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine.
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students
who have received credit for MUS 137 or
138.
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art and
as they have reflected the history of civil-
ization from primitive times to the present. Pre-
requisite: THEA 1 37 or consent of instructor.
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138.
140
ACTING I
An introductory study of the actor's pre-
paration with emphasis on developing the
actor's creative imagination through improvisa-
tions and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA
100.
148
PLAY PRODUCTION
Stagecraft and the various aspects of
production are introduced. Through material
presented and laboratory work on the Arena
Theatre productions, students will acquire
experience with design, scenery, properties,
costumes and lighting. Prerequisite: THEA
100. Concurrent enrollment in THEA 100
prohibited.
160
TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM
161
REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE
PRACTICUM
Supervised participation in the various
aspects of technical production, rehearsal and
performance of the Theatre Department's
major presentations in the Arena Theatre.
Credit for Theatre Practicum is earned on a
fractional basis. Students may register for
one-half semester hour course credit per
production for active participation in the
:(«):-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
designated area of technology and perfor-
mance, limited to one semester hour credit per
semester and eight semester hours credit over
four years. Credit may not be used to satisfy
distribution requirements in Fine Arts.
Students may not register for Theatre
Practicum while taking THEA 148 without
permission of the instructor. When scheduling,
students should register for Theatre Practicum
in addition to the normal four academic
courses. Because students may not be cast or
assigned duties in time to meet the drop/add
deadline, late registration for THEA 160 and
161 (Rehearsal and Performance) will be
permitted without penalty.
212
MULTICULTURAL AMERICA ON
SCREEN
Introduction to the art of understanding
moving images to discover the cultural values
of American filmmakers and their audiences.
Comparison of the ways in which films and
television use comedy, drama, and the docum-
entary to examine topics having to do with
values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in
America.
220
VOICE AND DICTION
Introduction to the fundamental techniques
of vocal production for the theatre. Empha-
sizes an individual program of personal vocal
development. Dialects and phonetic study of
the major European accents and English
accents. Includes oral practice of relevant
literature. Alternate years. One-half unit of
credit.
226
DIRECTING I
An introductory study of the function of the
director in preparation, rehearsal and perfor-
mance. Emphasis is placed on developing the
student's ability to analyze scripts.
and on the development of the student's
imagination. Prerequisite: THEA 140. Alter-
nate years.
228
SCENE DESIGN
Development of scene design techniques
through study of the practice in rendering,
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching
and model building. Beginning work in
theory, techniques, and practices in scenery
painting for the theatre. Participation on Arena I
Theatre productions will be part of the class-
room requirements. Prerequisite: THEA 148.
229
LIGHTING DESIGN
The theory of stage and lighting design with
emphasis on their practical application to the
theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 148.
231
SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM
Practical application in construction, design
and production problems and techniques
through laboratory and plays in production.
Pre- requisite: THEA 148. Offered summer
only.
232
STAGE MAKEUP
Essentials in stage makeup: straight,
character, special types. Effects of light on
makeup are included. Recommended for
performers and directors of educational, church
and community theatres. Prerequisite: THEA
148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate Years.
233
ADVANCED MAKEUP
Advanced techniques in makeup design.
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232.
One-half unit of credit. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THEATRE
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and
modem dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
135-136 or MUS 235-236.
240
ACTING II
Continued practice in character analysis.
The study of acting styles is introduced with a
strong emphasis on performing Shakespeare's
plays. Prerequisite: THEA 140
320
COSTUME DESIGN
The theory of costuming for the stage,
elements of design, planning, production and
construction of costumes for the theatre.
Students will participate in the construction of
costumes for Arena Theatre productions.
Prerequisite: THEA 148 or consent of
instructor.
332
THEATRE HISTORY I
A historical survey of Western and Non-
Western styles of theatre from the beginning
to the present. Included is a study of the
evolution of theatre architecture and perfor-
mance space as well as technical develop-
ments. Alternate years.
333
THEATRE HISTORY II: LITERATURE
A study of the major dramatic literature
that shapes the Western and non-Western
theatre. Benchmark plays that are identified
with specific periods and styles will be
explored in depth. Prerequisite: THEA 332.
335
MODERN DRAMA
A study of the major dramatic literature in
depth that constitutes the body of the modem
theatre, from 1 875 to the present. Included
will be a survey of altemative theatre styles,
both scripted and non-scripted. Ethnic,
minority and contemporary problem plays will
be surveyed as well.
336
DIRECTING II
Emphasis is placed on the student's ability
to function as a director in the rehearsal
process. Practical experience involves the
directing of two one-act plays from the
contemporary theatre in the Downstage
Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226.
337
PLAYWRITING
An investigation of the techniques of
playwriting with an emphasis on creative
writing, culminating in a written one-act
play. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 and
THEA 226. Alternate years.
402
SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE
A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc-
tion terms. Emphasis will be on translating
works from the page to the stage, with special
attention to language, poetry, acting styles as
well as technical problems. Contemporary
productions will be viewed
410
THEATRE AND CULTURE
Exploration of one or more historic periods
in a specific locale to discover the nature of
the theatre in its cultural context. Included
will be a study of the art, music, literature,
political and social framework of the period
and locale. Prerequisite: THEA 332 and 333.
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
425
ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of costume design for
the studio or main stage productions.
Prerequistie: THEA 320 and consent of
instructor. May be repeated for credit.
426
DIRECTING III
Emphasis will be placed on the student's
ability to produce a major three-act play from
the script to the stage for public performance.
Prerequisite: THEA 336.
428
ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of scene design for the
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi-
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated
for credit.
429
ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of lighting design for
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq-
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated
for credit.
430
PROPERTY DESIGN
The theory of properties design for the
stage, including the production of specific
properties for staging use. Elements of design,
fabrication, and the construction of properties
employing a variety of materials and applica-
tion of new theatrical technology. Prerequi-
sites: THEA 228 and 320. Alternate years.
431
ADVANCED PROPERTY DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of properties design
for studio or main stage productions. Prereq-
uisite: THEA 430 and consent of instructor.
May be repeated for credit.
440
ACTING III
Preparation of monologues and two
character scenes, contemporary and classical,
and preparation of a professional acting
audition. The student will appear in major
campus productions. Prerequisite: THEA 240.
441
ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO
Practical application of acting for studio or
main stage productions. Prerequisite: THEA
240 and consent of instructor. May be
repeated for credit.
444
ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO
Practical application of directing for studio
or main stage productions. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor and THEA 336. May be
repeated for credit.
470 - 479
INTERNSHIP (See Index)
Students in the theatre work off campus in
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne-
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity
Repertory.
N80/N89
INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index)
Subjects for Independent Studies are
chosen in conjunction with faculty members.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
Students who qualify for Departmental
Honors will produce a major independent
project in research or technical theatre.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
WOMEN'S STUDIES
WOMEN'S STUDIES
(WMST)
Professor: Jensen (co-Director)
Assistant Professor: Kingery (co-Director)
Although a major in women's studies is
available only under the policies regarding
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (page 36),
an established minor in women's studies is
provided. WMST 200 and four of the
following courses are required for the minor.
ART 339 Women in Art
ENGL 334 Women and Literature
HIST 3 1 0 Women in History
PSCI 347 Women and Politics
PS Y 341 Psychology of Women
SOC 33 1 Sociology of Women
WMST 300 Topics in Women's Studies
With the approval of the coordinator, an
appropriate special course or independent
studies project may be substituted for one of
the four courses required for the minor. To
receive credit for a minor in women's studies,
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
a student must maintain at least a 2.00 average
in courses taken for that minor.
The following course satisfies the cultural
diversity requirement: WMST 200.
200
ISSUES IN WOMEN'S STUDIES
An examination of women's issues from an
interdisciplinary perspective. The course will
explore the social construction of gender,
feminist research methods and theories, and
the role of patriarchy in women's lives.
Topics may involve language, art, science,
politics, culture, violence, race, class, ethnic
differences, sexuality, and pornography.
300
TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES
An examination of selected topics in
Women's Studies designed to allow students
to pursue particular subjects in more depth and
detail than in the general introductory course.
With the permission of the Coordinator of the
Women 's Studies Program students may repeat
this course depending on the content.
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
The Board Of Trustees
OFFICERS
Robert L. Shangraw '58
Chairman
First Vice President
for Investments
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner
& Smith/Retired
Williamsport, PA
Donald E. FaUor '68
Vice Chairman
Owner/Chartered Under-
writer
D.E. Failor Associates
Harrisburg, PA
John C. Schultz
Secretary
President
Jersey Shore Steel
Jersey Shore, PA
Harold D.
Hershberger, Jr. '51
Assistant Secretary
President
Deer Mountain Associates
Williamsport, PA
Ann S. Pepperman, Esq.
Assistant Secretary
Partner
McNemey, Page,
Vanderlin & Hall
Williamsport, PA
David R. Bahl, Esq.
Partner
McCormick Law Firm
Williamsport, PA
Melvin H.
Campbell, Jr. '70
Owner/President
Campbell, Harrington &
Brear
York, PA
Harold D. Chapman
Chairman
Cobblers, Inc.
Williamsport, PA
Jay W. Cleveland, Sr.
Owner/President
Cleveland Brothers
Equipment Company
Harrisburg, PA
LYCOMING COLLEGE
James E. Douthat
President
Lycoming College
Williamsport, PA
Daniel G. Fultz '57
Treasurer/Retired
Lycoming College
Williamsport, PA
Arthm- A. Haberberger '59
Investor and Consultant
Reading, PA
Daniel R. Hawbaker
President
Glenn O. Hawbaker, Inc.
State College, PA
Michael J. Hayes '63
President and CEO
Fred's
Memphis, TN
James L. Hebe '71
Portland, OR
Neil L. Irons
Bishop
Central Pennsylvania
Conference
United Methodist Church
Mechanicsburg, PA
Marjorie Ferrell Jones '50
Editor, Jones Journal
Jones Chemicals, Inc.
LeRoy, NY
Dale N. Krapf '67
President
George Krapf, Jr. &
Sons, Inc.
Exton, PA
David B. Lee '61
CEO/Chairman
Omega Financial Corp.
State College, PA
Robert G. Little '63
Family Physician
Community Medical
Associates
Halifax, PA
Rosanna H. Lowry '72
Retired School Teacher
Montoursville, PA
Carolyn-Kay Lundy '63
Community Volunteer
Williamsport, PA
D. Stephen Martz '64
Chairman/PresidentyCEO
Hollidaysburg Trust
Hollidaysburg, PA
President/COO
Omega Financial
State College, PA
Norman B. Medow '60
Physician/Surgeon
Manhattan Eye, Ear &
Throat Hospital
New York, NY
Henry D. Sahakian
CEO, Uni-Marts, Inc.
State College, PA
Hugh H. Sides '60
President
Robert M. Sides Music, Inc.
Williamsport, PA
Clinton W. Smith '55
President Judge, Court of
Common Pleas
29th Judicial District
Williamsport, PA
Charles D. Springman '59
Retired Vice President
May Dept. Store Co. Fndtn.
Williamsport, PA
John S. Trogner, Jr. '68
Partner/ First Commercial
Real Estate
Harrisburg, PA
Burke R. Veley '60
IBM CFO, Retired
West Chester, PA
Phyllis L. Yasui
Nurse/Retired/Homemaker
Williamsport, PA
Alvin M. Younger, Jr. '71
Managing Director,
Treasurer, Secretary/Retired
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Lutherville, MD
EMERITI
David Y. Brouse '47
Manager/Retired
GTE
Montoursville, PA
Richard W. DeWald '61
Chairman
Montgomery Plumbing
Supply
Montoursville, PA
Samuel H. Evert '34
Owner, Retired
S. H. Evert Company
Bloomsburg, PA
Kenrick R. Khan '57
Clergy/Teacher, Retired
Mayor
Penney Farms, FL
Margaret D. L'Heureux
Realtor
Fish GMAC Real Estate
Williamsport, PA
W. Gibbs McKenney '37
Partner, Retired
McKenney, Thomsen
& Burke
Lutherville, MD
William Pickelner
Owner
Pickelner Fuel Oil Company
Williamsport, PA
Marguerite Rich VI '42
Homemaker
Woolrich, PA
Harold H. Shreckengast,
Jr. '50
Audit Partner/Retired
Price Waterhouse
Jenkintown, PA
Wallace F. Stettler
President, Wyoming
Seminary, Retired
Dallas, PA
^M
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Administrative Staff
James E. Douthat (1989)
President
A.B., The College of William and Mary
M.Div., Duke University
Ed.D., Duke University
John F. Piper, Jr. (1969)
Dean of the College
Professor of History
A.B., Lafayette College
B.D., Yale University
Ph.D., Duke University
Robert Griesemer (2001)
Vice President and Treasurer
B.S., Lafayette College
Thomas Ruhl (2000)
Vice President for Development &
College Relations
B.S., Bloomsburg University
Sue Saunders (2000)
Dean of Student Affairs
B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University
Ph.D., University of Georgia
James D. Spencer (1989)
Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid
B.A., Concordia College
Jeffrey G. Baird (1992)
Director of Safety & Security
B.A., Mansfield University
R. Joseph Barraclough (2000)
Director of Physical Plant
B.A., Bucknell University
Patricia E. Bausinger (2001)
Campus Store Manager
Dale V. Bower (1968)
Planned Giving Consultant
B.S., Lycoming College
B.D.. United Theological Seminary
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Mark Britten (1994)
Director of Counseling & Wellness Services
B.A., Mansfield University
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Steven Caravaggio (1992)
Director of Academic Computing
& End User Services
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., University of Pittsburgh
Regina Collins (1991)
Assistant Dean for Freshman
B.A., Rosemont College
M.S., Bucknell University
Molly Costello (1991)
Director of College Relations
A.B., Mount Holyoke College
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts University
Robert L. Curry (1969)
Associate Director of Athletics
B.A., Lycoming College
Brian R. Derr (2001)
Development Officer
A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology
B.A., Bloomsburg University
Robert C. Dietrich (2000)
Sports Information Director
B.S., Westminster College
Charles W. Edmonds (1998)
Assistant Director of Admissions
B.A., Lycoming College
Jerry S. Falco (1990)
Director of Career Development Center
B.S., Westminster College
M.A., Bowling Green State University
Sister Catherine Ann Gil vary IHM (1994)
Catholic Campus Minister
A.B., M.A., M.S., Maiywood College
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Frank L. Girardi (1984)
Director of Athletics
Head Football Coach
B.S., West Chester State College
Murray J. Hanford (1991)
Publications Manager
Daniel J. Hartsock (1981)
Assistant Dean for Sophomores
Director of Academic Resource Center and
Coordinator of Advising
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
David Heffner (1994)
Assoc. Dean/Director of
Communications Technology
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Bloomsburg University
David Heiney (1997)
Director of Administrative Services
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Bucknell University
Ed.D., Nova University
Tliomas J. Henninger (1966)
Director of Administrative
Computing and Data Networks
B.S., Wake Forest College
M.A., University of Kansas
Rebecca L. C. Hile (1995)
Registrar
B.A., Point Park College
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Nancy Hollick (1990)
Staff Accountant
A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology
B.S., Lock Haven University
J. Marco Hunsberger (1989)
Campus Minister
B.A., Mercer University
M.Div., United Theological Seminary
Susan Jewel (1999)
Director Student Programs/Leadership
Development
B.A., Allegheny College
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Michelle M. Jones (1996)
Director of Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
Jane C. Keller (1998)
Asst. Director Academic Resource Center
B.A., Bucknell University
M.S., Wilkes University
Wayne E. Kinley (1990)
Controller and Assistant Treasurer
B.A., Lycoming College
Adrianna Kuckla (2001)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
F. Douglas Kuntz (2000)
Assistant Director of Physical Plant
B.S., West Virginia University
Linda B. Loehr (2001)
Registered Nurse, Health Services
Wendy Mahonski (1995)
Director of Financial Aid
B.A., Lycoming College
Jason L. McCahan (2001)
Development Officer
B.A., Lock Haven University
A. Sue B. McCormick (1997)
Director of Alumni and Parent Programs
B.S., Lycoming College
Bobbi J. McLean (2001)
Counselor, Counseling & Wellness Services
B.S.W., Lock Haven University
M.S.W., Marywood University
Anne L. McMunn (1996)
Coordinator of Internships and
Assistant to the Director of IMS
B.A., Bloomsburg University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
•
Shauna C. McQuillen (2001)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Thomas A. Murphy (2001)
Assistant Director Student Programs/
Leadership Development
B.S., Susquehanna University
M.S., University of New Hampshire
Heather R. Myers (2001)
Student Life Coordinator
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Canisius College
Michelle M. Parks (2001)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Cheryl Riley (1998)
Prospect Research Coordinator
B.A., Lycoming College
Denise Robinson (1994)
Asst. Dean, Director of Residence Life
B.A., Clark University
M.S., Miami University of Ohio
Cathleen R. Savidge (1999)
Instructional Services Librarian
Mary E. Savoy (2002)
Assistant Registrar
B.A., Indiana University of PA
Georgia R. Smith (2000)
Instructional Services Librarian
B.A., Bucknell University
M.S.L.S., Clarion University
Melissa A. Smith (2001)
Assistant Director of Financial Aid
B.A., Lycoming College
Jeremy C. Spencer (2000)
Associate Director of Admissions
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Miami University
Sarah A. Spencer (2001)
Student Life Coordinator
B.A., Western New England College
M.S., Miami University
Cindy Springman (1999)
Bursar
A. A., Williamsport Area Community College
Sondra L. Stipcak (1995)
Nurse, Director of Health Services
B.S.N., Indiana University of PA
Kimberly A. Waterman (2000)
Student Life Coordinator
B.A., Lycoming College
Deborah E. Weaver (1978)
Manager Residence Halls Operations
Jennifer Wilson (2000)
Director of Annual Giving
B.S., Carnegie Mellon University
Maramonne Wright (2000)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Niagara University
Emeriti
Jack C. Buckle
Dean of Students Emeritus
A.B., Juniata College
M.S., Syracuse University
Harold H. Hutson
President Emeritus
B.A., LL.D., Wofford College
Ph.D., University of Chicago
L.H.D., Ohio Wesleyan University
Bishop D. Frederick Wertz
President Emeritus
A.B., Dickinson College
M.A., Boston University
S.T.B., Boston University
LL.D., Dickinson College
D.D., Lycoming College
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^«
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
•
FACULTY
* On Sabbatical Fall Semester 2002
** On Sabbatical Spring Semester 2003
*** On Sabbatical Academic Year 2002-03
* * * * On Sabbatical Calendar Year 2002
Professors
Gary M. Boerckel (1979)
Music
Director of Lycoming Scholars
B.A., B.M., Oberlin College
M.M., Ohio University
D.M.A., University of Iowa
Jack D. Diehi, Jr. (1971)
Biology
B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
David A. Franz (1970)
Chemistry
Marshal of the College
The Frank and Helen Lowry Professor
A.B., Princeton University
M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Stephen R. Griffith (1970) **
Philosophy
A.B., Cornell University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
G. W. Hawkes (1989)
English
B.A., University of Washington-Seattle
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton
Richard A. Hughes (1970)
M.B. Rich Chair in Rehgion
B.A., University of Indianapolis
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University
Emily R. Jensen (1969)
English
B.A., Jamestown College
M.A., University of Denver
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Robert H. Larson (1969)
History
Robert L. and Charlene Shangraw Professor
B.A., The Citadel
M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Paul A. MacKenzie (1970)
German
A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Boston University
Chriss McDonald (1987)
Chemistry
B.S., Manchester College
Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio
Richard J. Morris (1976)
History
John P. Graham Teaching Chair
B.A., Boston State College
M.A., Ohio University
Ph.D., New York University
Carole Moses (1982)
English
B.A., Adelphi University
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton
Kathleen D. Pagana (1982)
Nursing
B.S.N. , University of Maryland
M.S.N. , Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John F. Piper, Jr. (1969)
History
Dean of the College
A.B., Lafayette College
B.D., Yale University
Ph.D., Duke University
David J. Rife (1970)
English
B.A., University of Florida
M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
Michael G. Roskin (1972)
Political Science
A.B., University of California at Berkeley
M.A., University of California at Los Angeles
Ph.D., The American University
Kathryn M. Ryan (1981)
Psychology
B.S., University of Illinois
M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
•
Roger D. Shipley (1967)
Art
B.A., Otterbein College
M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art
Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976)
Music
A.B., Syracuse University
B.M., Ithaca College
MM., SUNY at Binghamton
D.M.A., Cornell University
John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971)
Philosophy
B.A., University of Notre Dame
Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin
Stanley T. Wilk (1973)
Anthropology
B.A., Hunter College
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979)
Biology
B.S., SUNY at Cortland
M.S., Ph.D., Miami University
Associate Professors
Susan Alexander (1991)
Sociology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University
Jerry D. Allen (1984)
Theatre
B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University
Susan K. Beidler (1975)
Collection Management Services Librarian
B.A., University of Delaware
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976)
Psychology
B.A., Franklin and Marshall College
M.A., University of Iowa
Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts
Barbara F. Buedel (1989)
Spanish
B.A., University of Kentucky
M.A., M. Phil, Ph.D., Yale University
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Richard R. Erickson (1973)
Astronomy and Physics
B.A., University of Minnesota
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago
B. Lynn Estomin (1993)
Art
B.A., Antioch College
M.F.A., University of Cincinnati
Sascha Feinstein (1995) **
English
B.A., University of Rochester
M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University
David Fisher (1984)
Physics
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Edward G. Gabriel (1977)
Biology
B.A., M.A., Alfred University
M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Amy Golahny (1985)
Art
B.A., Brandeis University
M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute
M. Phil, Ph.D., Columbia University
Gary Hafer (1992)
English
B.A., M.A. Kutztown University
Ph.D., Purdue University
David K. Haley (1980)
Mathematics
B.A., Acadia University
M.S., Ph.D., Queens University
Habil, Universitat Mannheim
Janet Hurlbert (1985)
Director of Library Services
Associate Dean
B.A., M.A., University of Denver
EldonF.Kuhns, 11(1979)
Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Darby Lewes (1993)
English
B.A., Saint Xavier College
M.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., University of Chicago
D. Litt, Wilson College (Honors Causa)
Mehrdad Madresehee (1986)
Economics
B.S., University of Tehran
M.S., National University of Iran
M.S., University of Idaho
Ph.D., Washington State University
Doris P. Parrish (1983)
Nursing
B.S., SUNY at Plattsburgh
M.S., Russell Sage College
Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
Gene D. Sprechini (1981)
Mathematics
B.S., Wilkes College
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton
Mark Toncar (1994)
Business Administration
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University
H. Bruce Weaver (1974)
Business Administration
Director of Institute for Management Studies
B.B.A., Stetson University
J.D., Vanderbilt University
M.B.A., University of Central Florida
Richard Weida (1987)
Mathematics
B.S., Muhlenberg College
M.S., Ph.D, University of Delaware
David S. Witwer (1994) *
Assistant Professor of History
B.A., DePauw University
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University
David H. Wolfe (1989)
Physics
B.S., Lock Haven State College
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., Kent State University
Robert A. Zaccaria (1973)
Biology
B.A., Bridgewater College
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Assistant Professors
Susan Beery (1999)
Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Duke University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami
Holly D. Bendorf (1995) **
Chemistry
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles
Michelle Briggs (1992)
Biology
B.S., Cornell University
M.S., University of Iowa
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Timothy Carter (1999)
Sociology/Anthropology (Criminal Justice)
B.A., M.C.J., University of South Carolina
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
G. Kathleen Chamberlain (1999)
Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S.Ed., Mansfield University of
Pennsylvania
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Santusht S. deSilva (1983)
Mathematics
B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Bahram Golshan (1989)
Mathematical Science
B.S., Jundi Shapour University, Iran
M.S., Edinboro State University of
Pennsylvania
M.S., Kent State University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Owen F. Herring (1965)
Philosophy
B.A., Wake Forest College
Garett Heysel (1999)
French
B.A., Middlebury College
M.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., Ohio State University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
•
Rachael Hungerford (1989)
Education
A. A., Cayuga County Community College
B.S., State University of New York at Plattshurgh
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/ Amherst
Steven R. Johnson (1999)
Religion
B.A., California State University
M.Div., San Francisco Theological Seminary
M.A., Miami University of Ohio
M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University
Sue A. Kelley (1999)
Psychology
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Sandra L. Kingery (1998)
Spanish
B.S., Lawrence University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Madison
Steven Koehn (1997)
Communication
B.A., VA Polytechnic & State Univ.
M.A., Pepperdine Univ.
D.Ed., West Virginia Univ.
Joseph L. Lipar (2002)
Biology
B.S., Michigan State University
Ph.D., Indiana University
Charles H. Mahler (1994) *
Chemistry
B.A., The Ohio State University
M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Jeffrey D. Newman (1995) **
Biology
B.S., University of South Carolina
Ph.D., Marquette University
Kurt H. Olsen (1993)
Psychology
Marshal of the College
B.S., St. Lawrence University-
M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester
Eileen M.Peluso( 1998)
Mathematics
B.S., Bloomsburg University
M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Susan M. Ross (1998)
Sociology
B.A., Millersville University
M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
Donald Slocum (1995)
Accounting
B.S., Cornell University
M.S., The American University
Ph.D., Syracuse University
C.P.A., Washington, DC
Philip W. Sprunger (1993)
Economics
B.S., B.A., Bethel College
M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University
N. J. Stanley (2002)
Theatre
B.S., Louisana State Univ
M.F.A., Florida State Univ. Tallahassee
Ph.D., Indiana University Bloomington
Arthur Sterngold (1988)
Business Administration
B.A., Princeton University
M.B.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Brenda Watts (2000)
Spanish
B.A., M.A., University of Montana
Ph.D., University of Oregon
Richard E. Wienecke (1982)
Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Bucknell University
M.B.A., Lcmg Island University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York)
Predric M. Wild, Jr. (1978)
Communication
B.A., Emory University
M. Div., Yale Divinity School
M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
•
Instructors
Deborah J. Holmes (1976)
Physical Education
B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Maria W. Jones (2002)
Education
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University
M.Ed., Clarion University
Robin Knauth (1999)
Religion
A.B., Princeton University
M.T.S., Regent College
Visiting, Special, and
Part-time Appointments
Diane Abercrombie (1988)
Mathematics
B.Bus.Admin., Bernard M. Baruch College,
CUNY
Mark Anderman (1997)
Art
B.A., Lycoming College
Jaye Beetem (1997)
Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre
B.F.A., University of Utah
M.A., Louisiana University
M.F.A., Wayne State University
Robert Bomboy (2001)
English
A.B., Wilkes College
M.S., Columbia College
Betsy Boring (1992)
Spanish
B.S., Bloomsburg State University
David Bower (1994)
Nursing
B.S., Lock Haven University
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
Amy Cartal-Falk (1991)
French & Spanish
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Ted Chappen (1994)
Philosophy
B.A., Bucknell University
M.A., University of Chicago
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Katharine Cimini (1992)
Psychology
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., College of William and Mary
Joan Moyer Clark (1987)
Music/Theatre
Regina Collins (1991)
Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Mathematics
B.A., Rosemont College
M.S., Bucknell University
Harry Davis (1994)
Nursing
B.A., Miller sville State University
M.A., Liberty University
Roger Davis (1984)
Computers/Mathematics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Linda Dieffenbach (1992)
Nursing
B.S.N., Pennsylvania State University
M.S.N., College Misericordia
Pamela Dill (1990)
Wellness
B.S.N. , University of the State of New York
at Albany
M.S.N. , University of Pennsylvania
Kristen Fagnano (1999)
Nursing
B.S.N., Villanova University
Pamela Gaber
Religion- Archa\eology
A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
B.A., university of Wisconson, Madison.
Danielle Goodyear (2000)
Visiting Assistant Professor of Art
B.F.A., Alfred University
M.F.A., Savanah University
Meghan Griffith (2002)
Philosophy
B.A., Bucknell University
Mary Haupt (1999)
Nursing
Evelyn R. Hayden (2000)
Education
B.S., Southern Illinois University
M.El.Ed., Northern Arizona University
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
Michael Holmes (2001)
Psychology
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., University of Pittsburgh
Sherril D. Ingram (1991)
Visiting Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., University of Pittsburgh
M.S.N., Virginia Commonwealth University
D.N.Sc, Widener University
David Jaffe (1998)
Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre
B.A., Kenyon College
M.F.A., Ohio University
Craig Kauffman (1994)
Art
B.S., Kutztown State College
Dianne Langley (2000)
Business Admin./Communication
B.A., M.A., Bloomsburg University
Timothy Mahoney (1992)
Sociology
B.A., Lock Haven State University
M.S., Eastern Kentucky University
William Miele (2001)
Criminal Justice
B.A., Lycoming College
L.L., Stetson University of Law
John Mitchell (1999)
Psychology
B.A., Florida State University
Psy.D., Indiana State University
Michael Musheno (2002)
Criminal Justice
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Ph.D., American University
Noel Trusal (2000)
Nursing
Janet Ogurcak (2001)
Communication, Advisor to The Lycourier
B.A., Pennsylvania State University
Thomas Raup (1995)
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies
A.B., Columbia College
J.D., Columbia School of Law
2(X)2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Larry Rhinehart (2001)
Education
B.S., Mansfield State University
M.S.Ed., Bucknell University
Kim Rhone (1999)
Art
B.A., Lycoming College
Edward R. Robbins (2001)
Criminal Justice
B.A., Mansfield State University
M.S., Shippensburg University
Anthony Salvatori (1988)
Education
B.S., Lock Haven State University
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University
J. David Smith (2001)
Political Science
B.A., Johns Hopkins University
J.D., Temple University School of Law
Kathryn Turner Sterngold (1992)
Art
B.S., Kutztown University
M.A., Alfred University
Don Stuart (2001)
English
B.A., Hamilton College
M.A., Duke University
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Brenda Terry-Manchester (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N., Lycoming College
M.S.N., College Misericordia
Howard Tran (2002)
Visiting Assistant Professor of Art
B.F.A., Boston University
M.F.A., Academy of Art College
Tiffany Wishard (2000)
Criminal Justice/Political Science
B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University
J.D., The Dickinson School of Law
Christopher J. Woodruff (2000)
Visiting Instructor of Music
B.M.E., Louisiana State University
M.Mus., Northwestern University'
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
•
John J. Zaionis (1995)
Education
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College
Applied Music Instructors
Richard Adams (2002)
Saxaphone
Rebecca Stake Anstey (1996)
Horn and Brass Methods
B.Mus., Lawrence University
M.Miis., Eastman School of Music
Douglas Barclay (2002)
Piano
B.A., Lycoming College
Tim Breon (1998)
Electronic Music Lab
Diane C. Janda (1988)
Woodwinds
B.M., University of Texas at Austin
M.M., D.M.A., University of Cincinnati,
College-Conservatory of Music
William Kellerman (2001)
Brass
Richard J. Lakey (1979)
Organ and Piano
A.B., Westminster Choir College
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Robert Leidhecker (1989)
Percussion
B.M., Mansfield University
Yvonne Lundquist (1992)
Piano
B.A., Lycoming College
Paul MacPhail (2002)
Voice
Janice Miller (2001)
Voice
B.M.E., Westminister Choir College
M.M. in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy,
The Pennsylvania State University
Andrew Rammon (2001)
Cello and String Methods
M. Music, The Cleveland Institute of Music
B.A., Pepperdine University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Frank Spencer (2001)
Voice
Deborah Woods (2002)
Woodwinds
B.M.E., University of Missouri at Kansas City
Conservatory of Music
M.M., Northwestern University
Member of the Williamsport Symphony
Orchestra
Adjunct Faculty & Staff
Paul J. Cherney, M.D.
Medical Director, School of
Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital
Abington, PA 19001
James Eastman, M.D.
Medical Director, School of Medical
Technology
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster, PA 17603
Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of Medical
Technology
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster, PA 17603
Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program
Allegheny University Hospitals/Elkins Park
El kins Park, PA 19117
Joseph T. King, M.D.
Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist
Clinical Laboratory Science Program
Robert Packer Hospital
Say re, PA 18840
Don M. Larrabee, II
Lecturer in Law
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College
LL.B., Fordham University
Willem Lubbe, M.D.
Medical Director CLS Program
Williamsport Hospital
Williamsport, PA 17701
®
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
•
Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director
Williamsport Hospital CLS Program
Williamsport. PA 17701
Richard Rupkalvis, M.D.
Medical Director, School of Clinical Labora-
tory Science Program
Elkins Park Hospital
El kins Park, PA 19027
Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of
Medical Technology
Ahington Memorial Hospital
Abington, PA 19001
Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP)
Program Director
Clinical Laboratory Science Program
Robert Packer Hospital
Sayre,PA 18840
Emeriti
Robert B. Angstadt
Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.S., Ursinus College
M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University
Jon R. Bogle
Professor Emeritus of Art
B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art;
Temple University
Clarence W. Burch
Professor Emeritus of Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Mr. John H. Conrad
Professor Emeritus of Education
B.S., Mansfield State College
M.A., New York University
Robert F. Falk
Professor Emeritus of Theatre
B.A., B.D., Drew University
M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University
Dr. Morton A. Fineman
Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.A., Indiana University
Ph.D., University- of Pittsburgh
Ernest P. Giglio
Professor Emeritus of Political Science
B.A., Queens College
M.A., SUNY at Albany
Ph.D., Syracuse University
John P. Graham
Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Dickinson College
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Eduardo Guerra
Professor Emeritus of Religion
B.D., Southern Methodist University
S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary
John G. Hancock
Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., M.S. Bucknell University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
John G. Hollenback
Professor Emeritus of Business
Administration
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania
James K. Hummer
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.N.S., Tufts University
M.S., Middlebury College
Ph.D., University of North Carolina
Bruce M. Hurlbert
Associate Professor Emeritus of Library Services
B.A., The Citadel
M.S.L.S., Florida State University
M. Raymond Jamison
Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.S., Ursinus College
M.S., Bucknell University
Robert J. B. Maples
Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Lang.
A.B. , University of Rochester
Ph.D., Yale University
Walter G. Mclver
Professor Emeritus of Music
Mus.B., Westminster Choir College
A.B., Bucknell University
M.A., New York University
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
•
ATHLETIC STAFF
Roger W. Opdahl
Professor Emeritus of Economics
A.B., Hofstra University
M.A., Columbia University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Robert W. Rabold
Professor Emeritus of Economics
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
John A. Radspinner
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.S., University of Richmond
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute
Logan A. Richmond
Professor Emeritus of Accounting
B.S., Lycoming College
M.B.A., New York University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
Mary Landon Russell
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
Mus. B., Susquehanna University
Conservatory of Music
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Louise R. Schaeffer
Associate Professor Emeritus of Education
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Bucknell University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
James W. Sheaffer
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S., University of Pennsylvania
Frances K. Skeath
Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
A.B., M.A., Bucknell University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
John A. Stuart
Professor Emeritus of EngHsh
B.A., William Jewell College
M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Athletic Staff
Jason Betz
Assistant WrestUng Coach
Kyle Bidelspacher
Assistant Men's Soccer & Track Coach
David Bower
Football Coach
George Camp
Head Men's & Women's Cross Country Coach
Terry Conrad
Men's Basketball Head Coach
B.S., Bloomsburg University
M.B.A., Shenandoah University
Roger Crebs
Head Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
A. C. Cruz
Strength Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Robert L. Curry
Associate Athletic Director
B.A., Lycoming College
Christen Ditzler
Head Women's Basketball Coach
Head Women's Softball Coach
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College
Kara Dumond
Assistant Women's Soccer Coach
Joe Eaton
Assistant Wrestling Coach
Royce Eyer
Assistant Wrestling Coach
Mike Fiamingo
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.S., Mansfield University
Robyn Flaherty
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Frank L. Girardi
Director of Athletics
Head Football Coach
B.S., West Chester State College
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ATHLETIC STAFF
Frank L. Girardi, Jr.
Assistant Football Coach
A.B., Lycoming College
Jerry Girardi
Assistant Football Coach
Gerald Hammaker
Head Men's & Women's Swimming Coach
B.A., The College ofWooster
Kristi Hammaker
Assistant Swimming Coach
Scott Hill
Assistant Football Coach
Deborah J. Holmes
Women's Tennis Coach
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Jared Jankowski
Assistant Men's Lacrosse Coach
Jon Jean
Assistant Football Coach
Vonnie Kaiser
Assistant Women's Tennis Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Scott Kennell
Head Men's Soccer and Track Coach
B.S., North Carolina Wesleyan College
Kathy Loy
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach
Joe Lumbis
Equipment Manager
Joe Mark
Head Men's Tennis Coach
Timothy P. McMahon
Head Women's Volleyball Coach
A.B., Penn College
B.S. Mgnt., Lock Haven University
Joe Moore
Assistant Women's Softball Coach
Dan Muthler
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy
Frank Neu
Head Athletic Trainer
B.A., Central College
M.S., Drake University
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Mike Pearson
Assistant Football Coach
Gene J. Peluso
Head Men's Lacrosse Coach
B.S., Nazareth College of Rochester
Michelle Quaglino
Assistant Athletic Trainer
B.S., Ithaca College
Katherine A. Roberts
Head Women's Soccer Coach
Head Women's Lacrosse Coach
O 'Berlin College
Scott Rogers
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
Shawn Rosa
Head Men's Lacrosse Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Scott Rosenbaum
Assistant Swimming Coach
Victoria Smithkors
Cheerleading Advisor
B.S., Lock Haven University
Jamie Spencer
Head Golf Coach
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Kristian Stedje-Larsen
Assistant Swimming Coach
Margot Tomasella
Assistant Women's Lacrosse Coach
Wendy Warfield
Assistant Volleyball Coach
B.S.N., Pennsylvania College of Technology
Mike Weber
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Steve Wiser
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Jamie Yonkin
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Matt Yonkin
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Richard Zalonis
Assistant Football Coach
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF
Administrative Support Staff
Clifford E. Allen
Security Officer
Lorri Amron
Faculty Secretary
Melody A. Bartlett
Purchasing Coordinator
Mark D. Earner
Security Officer
Michael J. Beatty
Security Shift Supervisor
Cynthia Bezilla
Library Evening Proctor
Marsha Boler
Secretary, Athletics
Brigitte C. Brahms
Telecommunications Coordinator
Julia L. Brink
Secretary, Director of Physical Plant
Diane M. Carl
Executive Secretary to President
Barbara J. Carlin
Executive Secretary to Dean of
Admissions & Financial Aid
Diana L. Cleveland
System Administrator
James M. Columbia
Security Officer
Richard L. Cowher II
Printing Services Coordinator
June V. Creveling
Secretary, Buildings & Grounds
and Safety & Security
Mary E. Dahlgren
Data Information Specialist & Project Supervisor
Jonathan DeSantis
Staff Technician
Rosemarie DiRocco
Faculty Secretary, Music & Art
Julia Dougherty
Library Technician, Archives
Terri R. Driscoll
Campus Store Textbook Coordinator
Nancy Engel
Accounts Payable Coordinator
Peggy Fenstermacher
Information Data Specialist, Secretary
Orlan J. Fisher
Mailroom Coordinator
Nicole S. Franquet
Network Administrator
Beatrice D. Gamble
Student Information Specialist
Anthony S. Hagler
Communications Officer
Diane J. Hassinger
Executive Secretary to Dean of College
Esther L. Henninger
Secretary, Athletics
MaryAnn HoUenbach
Faculty Secretary
Barbara E. Horn
Faculty Secretary
Tamara Hutson
Library Technician, Instructional Services
Sandra L. Jansson
Secretary, College Relations
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF
David M. Kelchner
Programmer Analyst
Margaret I. Kimble
Secretary, Career Development Center
Shelly A. LaForme
Cashier & Bookkeeper
Sandra L. Lander
Systems Analyst
Donna M. Laughrey
Assistant to Campus Store Manager
Peggie A. LeFever
Personnel Coordinator
Tina J. Lorson
Secretary, Residence Life
John J. Maness
Security Shift Supervisor
Dorothy E. Maples
Box Office Manager
Nielin L. Meredith
Admissions Data Entry Clerk
Zee L. Merkel
Switchboard Operator & Receptionist
Tracy B. Miles
Special Events Coordinator, Executive
Secretary
Rebecca R. Miller
Secretary, Financial Aid
Tara Miller
Payroll & Student Loan Coordinator
Leroy C. Mosteller
Security Officer
Marlene L. Neece
Library Technician, Document Dehvery
Judith E. Noble
Library Technician, Acquisitions
Ben Pelipesky
Media Technology Coordinator
Wilma L Reeder
Library Technician, Cataloging/Govt. Pub.
Laura T. Riel
Faculty Secretary
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Margaret Rockroth
Technical Support Analyst
Diana Salamone
Coordinator of Student Computing
Leslie J. Schier
Assistant to the Registrar
Brenda Schmick
Gift Records Specialist & Secretary
Debbie Smith
Office Manager, Secretary Alumni & Development
Marilyn E. Smith
Printing Services Assistant
Gail M. Spencer
Library Technician, Circulation Supervisor
Sheran L. Swank
Faculty Secretary
Devin A. Thompson
Security Officer
Ruthe Toncar
Library Proctor
Judy E. Walker
Secretary, Health & Counseling Services
Donna A. Weaver
Secretary, Student Programs/
Leadership Development
Sandra Wenzel
Switchboard Operator, Receptionist
Roberta Wheeler
Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen
Mary S. White
Campus Store Clerk
Jennifer M. Wick
Faculty Secretary
Jean C. Wool
Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs
Michelle M. Yaw
Database Administrator
Cristen J. Yothers
Security Shift Supervisor
Salvatore Zangara
Mailroom Assistant
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
AI.UMNI ASSOCIATION
Alumni Association
The Alumni Association of Lycoming
College has a membership of over 13,000 men
and women. It is governed by an Executive
Board consisting of 24 members-at-large. The
Board includes members representing various
class years and geographic areas, the senior
class president, the current student body pres-
ident, and past presidents of the last graduating
class and the Student Senate of Lycoming
College. The Director of Alumni and Parent
Programs manages the activities of the Alumni
Office.
The Alumni Association has the following
purpose as stated in its constitution: "As an
off-campus constituency, the association's
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an
active and mutually beneficial relationship
between the College and its alumni, utilizing
their talents, resources, and counsel to further
the objectives and programs of Lycoming
College."
LYCOMING COLLEGE
All former students of Williamsport
Dickinson Seminary and all former students
who have successfully completed one year of
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior
College or Lycoming College are considered
members of the association.
Acting as the representative of alumni on
the campus and working also with under-
graduates, the Alumni Office is responsible
for keeping alumni informed and interested in
the programs, growth, and activities of the
College through regular publications mailed to
all alumni on record. Arrangements for
Homecoming, Class Reunions, club meetings,
and similar activities are coordinated through
this Office. Through the Lycoming College
Annual Fund, the Alumni office is closely
associated with the development program of
the College. Communications to the Alumni
Association should be addressed to the
Alumni and Parent Programs Office.
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD
Alumni Association executive board
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2005
D. Keigh Earisman '58
Andrew Gross '59
John Lea, HI '80
Erman E. Lepley, Jr. '78
John Murray '81
Matthew T. Pivirotto '98
James G. Scott '70
Gary Spies '72
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2004
Robert L. Bender '59
Karin Botto '93
Kathleen Tighe Gaye '75
Frances Graham '73
Meredith Rambo Murray'92
Cheryl Eck Spencer '70
Jay Thomson '86
Linda Wallace '77
Dennis Youshaw '61
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2003
Thomas Beamer '74
Andrew Bucke '71
David E. Detwiler, III '75
David Freet '68
John J. Joe '59
Barbara Robinson Jones '60
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2002
Brenda J. Bowser '98
A. Davin D'Ambrosio '86
Patricia M. Krauser '68
Susan Shangraw Myers '90
Otto L. Sonder '46
Ronalee B. Trogner '69
David A. Walsh '76
Members of the Board Serving a
One- Year Term
Student Senate of Lycoming College
(SSLC) President
Austin L. Ducket
(SSLC) Past President
Shauna C. McQuillen
2001 Senior Class President
Adrienne Reichenbach
2002 Senior Class President
Phillip C. Zimmerman
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INDEX
Index
Academic Advising 44
Academic Calendar 2
Academic Honesty/Standing 29
Academic Honors 29
Academic Program 30
Accounting Curriculum 51
Accounting-Mathematics 54
Admission to Lycoming 10
Advanced Placement 24
Advanced Standing by Transfer 24
Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 45
Alumni Association 180
American Studies Curriculum 55
Anthropology Curriculum 154
Application Fee and Deposits 13
Applied Music Requirements 129
Archaeology and Near East Culture (EIM) 56
Art Curriculum 57
Astronomy and Physics 63
Astronomy Curriculum 63
Athletic Training 141
Audit 26
Biology Curriculum 69
Board of Trustees 164
B.S.N. Degree 32
Business Administration Curriculum 76
Campus Facilities 6
Capitol Semester 49
Career Development Services 20
Chemistry Curriculum 82
Christian Ministry, Advising for 45
Class Attendance 26
College and the Church 6
College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) 24
Communication Curriculum 86
Community Service Curriculum 142
Computer Science Curriculum 1 19
Conduct, Standards of 22
Contingency Deposits 14
Cooperative Programs 38
Engineering 39
Environmental Studies 39
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Forestry 39
Medical Technology 39
Military Science 41
Optometry 40
Podiatry 40
Counseling, Personal 20
Course Credit by Examination 24
Creative Writing 100
Criminal Justice Curriculum 90
Cultural Diversity 34
Degree Programs/Requirements 31
Dental School, Preparation 38
Departmental Honors 44
Deposits/Deposit Refunds 13
Distribution Requirements 33
English 33
Fine Arts 33
Foreign Language 33
Humanities 33
Mathematics 33
Natural Sciences 34
Social Sciences 34
Economics Curriculum 93
Education Curriculum 96
Educational Opportunity Grants 17
Engineering, Cooperative Program 39
English Curriculum 100
English Requirement 33
Entrance Examination (CEEB) 24
Environmental Science Minor 70
Environmental Studies 39
Established Interdisciplinary Major 36
Faculty 168
Financial Aid/Assistance 16
Fine Arts Requirements 33
Foreign Language Requirement 33
Foreign Languages and
Literatures Curriculum 105
Forestry, Cooperative Program 39
French Curriculum 106
German Curriculum 108
Grading System 26
Graduation Requirements 31
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INDEX
Greek Curriculum 152
Health Professions, Preparation 45
Health Services 20
Hebrew Curriculum 152
History Curriculum 1 1 1
Honors Program 41
Honor Societies 30
Humanities Requirement 33
Independent Study 47
Institute for Management Studies 1 15
Interdisciplinary Majors 36
Established Majors (EIM) 36
Individual Majors (IIM) 36
International Studies 116
Internship Programs 48
Legal Professions, Preparation 45
Literature (EIM) 118
Loans 18
Lycoming Scholar Program 41
Major 35
Admission to 35
Departmental 36
Interdisciplinary (EIM, IIM) 36
Management Scholars Program 1 15
Mathematical Sciences 119
Mathematic Requirements 33
Mathematics Curriculum 121
May Term 47
Medical School, Preparation 45
Medical Technology 39
Military Science Curriculum 125
Minor 36
Music Curriculum 126
Natural Science Requirement 34
Non-degree Students 25
Nursing Curriculum 131
Optometry 40
Optometry School, Preparation 45
Osteopathy School, Preparation 45
Oxford-Brooks Semester 49
Payment of Fees 13
Philadelphia Semester 48
Philosophy Curriculum 137
Physical Activity, Wellness
& Community Service Program 141
Physical Activity Curriculum 141
Physics Curriculum 66
Placement Services 20
Podiatric Medicine,
Cooperative Program 40
Political Science Curriculum 142
Pre-Medicine 38
Psychology Curriculum 145
Readmission 12
Refunds 14
Registration 25
Religion Curriculum 149
Repeated Courses 28
Reserve Officer Training
Corps Program (ROTC) 41
Residence and Residence Halls 7
Scholarships/Grants 17
Scholarships (ROTC) 19
Scholar Seminar 153
Social Science Requirement 34
Sociology-Anthropology Curriculum 154
Spanish Curriculum 109
Staff 165, 178
State Grants and Loans 18
Student Records 24
Study Abroad 49
Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 18
Theatre Curriculum 158
Theological Professions, Advising 45
Transfer Credit 11,24
Unit Course System 23
United Nations Semester 49
Veterinary School, Preparation 45
Washington Semester 49
Wellness Curriculum 141
Withdrawal from College 26
Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12
Women's Studies 163
Work-Study Grants 19
Writing Across The Curriculum Program ... 34
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Communicating with lycoming college
Please address specific
inquiries as follows:
Director of Admissions:
Admissions; requests for publications
Treasurer:
Payment of bills; expenses
Director of Financial Aid:
Scholarships and loan fund;
financial assistance
Dean of the College:
Academic programs; faculty;
faculty activities; academic support
services
Assistant Dean for Freshmen:
Freshman Seminar; freshman
academic concerns
Dean of Student Affairs:
Student activities; residence halls;
religious life; health services
Registrar:
Student records; transcript requests;
academic policies
Career Development Center:
Career counseling; employment
opportunities
Vice President for Development:
Institutional relations; annual fund;
gift programs
Athletic Director:
Varsity Sports
Director of Alumni and
Parent Programs:
Alumni information; Homecoming;
Family Weekend activities
Director of College Relations:
Public information; publications;
sports information; media relations
All correspondence
should be addressed to:
Lycoming College
700 College Place
WilHamsport, PA 17701-5192
The College telephone number
is (570) 321-4000
http://v»'ww.lycoming.edu
Visitors
Lycoming welcomes visitors to the
campus. If you would like a guided tour,
call the Office of Admissions
(570) 321-4026 before your visit to
arrange a mutually convenient time.
Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920
e-mail: admissions@lycoming.edu
Lycoming College welcomes applications
from prospective students regardless of age,
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances,
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex,
race, religion, handicap, finances, national or
ethnic origin, or color in the administration of
any of its policies and programs.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
13
H
m
<
<
>
o
o
n
o
O
^
7^
,,v
(_
o
(D
S'
■0
CO
3
1.
3
>
;?
o
Z
■u
■M
fO
P
no
o
o
0}
CD
O
c»
T)
CO
>